.lame* Jil.uuui.

*T^v' i u < L .

N |

U^-VV *VUi Ai.^vVi iA/UOj 1w* vV \v ' '*

■\\~t y^-t^i.'1

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2018 with funding from
University of Toronto

https://archive.org/details/britishseaweedsi00gray_1

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS:

INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY

OF TIIE

MARINE ALGM

SAMUEL OCTAYUS GRAY.

“ Thus learn we Bounty’s lore
Along the unbounded shore.” — Keble.

LONDON:

L. BE EYE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

1867.

PRINTED DY J. E. TAYLOR AND CO.,
LITTLE yUEEN STREET, LINCOLN’S INN FIELDS.

TO

JOHN EDWARD GRAY, F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S.. F.L.S., ETC. ETC. ETC'.,

AND TO HIS WIFE

MARIA EMMA GRAY,

THIS LITTLE WORK IS AFFECTIONATELY INSCRIBED

BY THEIR GRATEFUL NEPHEW

S. O. Grit AY .

PREPACE.

- ♦ -

The study of Sea-weeds, — Phycology, as it is technically
termed, — was formerly a comparatively neglected science,
and in consequence there was scope for more rapid pro¬
gress in it than in the better known branches of botany.
Accordingly, in the interval that has elapsed since the
publication of Dr. Harvey’s admirable ‘ Phycologia
Britannica,’ many very important changes have been
made in the classification and nomenclature of Sea¬
weeds, particularly of those of the Red series. These
changes are recorded, chiefly, in expensive works, such
as Harvey’s ‘ Nereis Boreali-Americana ’ and 1 Phycolo¬
gia Australica,’ etc., in scientific periodicals, or in the
foreign publications of Agardh, Kiitzing, and others ;
and have not, that I am aware, been introduced into any
easily accessible English work, with the exception of Dr.
Gray’s ‘ Handbook of Water-weeds.’ In the following
pages I have endeavoured to supply the want that ap¬
peared to me to exist, — to offer to the more or less ad¬
vanced student a manual of British Sea-weeds, based on
the most recent scientific research ; and to the beginner

Vlll

PREFACE.

an introduction to the study, and a guide to his early
wanderings on the shore among the rocks and tide-pools.
I have freely used all the works mentioned above, par¬
ticularly the ‘ Nereis Boreali- Americana’ and ‘Phyco-
logia Britannica,’ and have endeavoured to condense the
facts that they contain into the most intelligible, least
technical, and briefest language that a strict regard for
scientific accuracy would permit. I have, also, recorded
with diffidence the results of my own experience and
study, and have collected all the information that I
could obtain from friends and fellow-students.

I have embodied in the text my acknowledgments to
those persons who have kindly furnished me with speci¬
mens or information ; I must here thank those from
whom I have received more general assistance. I am
most deeply indebted to my uncle, Dr. John Edward
Gray. His early instruction and great example first led
me to take delight in the study of botany ; his recom¬
mendation obtained for me this opportunity to use the
knowledge that he had induced me to acquire ; his library
has supplied me with the costly scientific works to which
I have had to refer ; and the material in his ‘ Handbook
of Water- weeds’ and his manuscript notes have been
freely placed at my disposal. For all these benefits, and
for his valuable counsel, which has been, during the pre¬
paration of these pages, as it has been throughout my
life, my ever-ready resource on any occasion of doubt or
difficulty, I am deeply grateful. To Mrs. Gray, also, I
owe many thanks, for the advantages that I have de¬
rived from the study of the authentic specimens of rare

PREFACE.

IX

and doubtful species which are contained in her rich col¬
lections. I venture to mention in this place that in ad¬
dition to her other labours of love in the service of
science, this talented lady has recently supplied to many
large public and private schools, in various parts of the
kingdom, sets of named specimens of British Sea-weeds
and Ferns, in the hope that she may thereby promote a
taste for those pursuits from which she herself has de¬
rived so paucli pleasure.

Both during the preparation of the work, and while it
has been passing through the press, my wife has con¬
stantly helped me as an amanuensis, and with advice
and criticism ; and for the patience, perseverance, and
ability with which she has done so, I offer her my loving
thanks.

I desire to add a few words “ in memoriam ” of Dr.
Harvey and of Mr. Lovell Reeve. The recent death of
the former, at a comparatively early age, has robbed
botanical science of one of her most distinguished
votaries. His splendid works, more especially those
which had reference to marine Algse, deserve the
deepest gratitude of every student of phycology, and
will form for him a fitting and imperishable monument.

It was at the request of Mr. Reeve, that this work
was undertaken, and he has died during its progress.
Both as an author and as a publisher he has left
science deeply his debtor. His labours in the former
capacity are well known and recognized ; those in
the latter, though not so ambitious, were scarcely less
useful. He strove to divest scientific books of unneces-

X

PREFACE.

sary technicalities, and to introduce correct teaching into
popular works, so as to make them the fit commence¬
ment of the pursuit of real science. The many excel¬
lent publications bearing his monogram are the best evi¬
dence of the success that he attained.

In the humble hope that my feeble efforts may not
disgrace that impress, nor be found altogether un¬
worthy of the cause in which they have been exerted,
I commend the result of mv labours to the tender
treatment of the indulgent reader.

S. 0. G.

Ralston Rise, 31s£ August, 1867.

CONTENTS

— ♦ —

PAGE

Systematic List of Orders, Genera, and Species . . xvii

Chapter I. — The Position of Sea-weeds in the Ve¬
getable Kingdom; their Structure, etc. ... 1

Chapter II. — On the Colour, Distribution, etc., of

Sea-weeds . 1G

Chapter III. — On Collecting and Preserving Sea¬
weeds, their Uses, etc . 24

Olive-coloured Sea-weeds. — Melanospermeje . . . 3G

Fucacese . 36

SporochnacesB . 46

Laminariacea3 . 51

Dictyotacese . 55

CiiordariacesB . 66

Ectocarpaceae . 75

Ped Sea-weeds. — Ehodosperme^: . 87

Kliodomelacea; . 87

Laurenciacese . 118

Corallinaceai . 125

Hapalidiaceas . 133

Spliserococcoideffi . 134

Gelidiaceae . 149

Spongiocarpese . 151

Xll

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Squamariae . 152

Helmintliocladioc . 156

"Wrangeliaceae . 160

Bliodymeniaceae . 163

Cryptonemiaceae . 173

Spyridiaceae . 197

Ceramiaces6 . 199

Geass-geeen Sea oe Feeshwatee Weeds. — Chloeospee-

MEiE . 241

Siphonacea) . 241

Ulvaceae . 247

Confervaceae . 258

Oscillatoriaceae . 282

Nostochineae . 294

Bulbochaetaceae . 297

Explanation of Scientific Teems . 298

Index . 307

LIST OF PLATES.

PLATE I.

1. Sargassum vulgare.

la, air-vessel.

1 b, spore-receptacles.

2. Halidrys siliquosa.

2 a, section of receptacle,

showing spores.

3. Pycnophycus tuberculatus.

3 a, section of receptacle,

showing spores.

4. Leathesia tuberiformis.

4 a , filaments with spores.

PLATE II.

1. Fucus vesiculosus.

1 a, section of receptacle,

showing spores.

2. Asperccoccus Turneri.

2 a, part of frond, showing

spore-clusters.

3. Laurencia csespitosa.

3 a, tip of branch, showing

tetraspores.

PLATE III.

1. Fucus nodosus.

1 a, segment of a spore-
receptacle.

2. Fucus anceps.

2 a, pointed spore-recep¬
tacle.

2 b, branchlet with antlie-

ridia.

3. Haliseris polypodioides.

3 a, portion of frond with

sorus.

4. Sphacelaria filicina.

4 a, a pinna.

PLATE iv.

1. Fucus canaliculatus.

1 a , part of spore-recep¬

tacle.

L b, section of spore-recep¬
tacle.

2. Delesseria ruscifolia.

2 a, tip of leaf with spore-

conceptacle.

3. Schizymenia edulis.

3 a, section of frond, show¬

ing spore-clusters.

PLATE V.

1. Alaria esculenta.

1 a, section of part of a

sorus.

2. Laminaria saccharina.

2 a, slice of frond.

XIV

LIST OF PLATES.

PLATE VI.

1. Laminaria Pkyllitis.

1 a, slice of frond.

2. Lomentaria ovalis.

2 a, a branclilet with spore-

conceptacles.

2 b, a branclilet with te-

traspores.

3. Porpkyra vulgaris.

3 a, vertical section of

frond.

PLATE VII.

1. Chorda lomentaria.

1 a, transverse section of

part of frond.

2. Padina pavonia.

2 a, recurved margin.

2 b, fringe.

2 c, young sorus.

2 d, old sorus.

3. Dictyota dickotoma.

3 a, sorus.

4. Elacliista fucicola.

4 a , branched thread of

tubercle, with spore.

5. Melobesia potymorpha.

5 a , portion of frond, show¬

ing spore-concepta-
cles.

PLATE VIII.

1. Odontkalia dentata.

1 a, branclilet with spore-
conceptacles.

1 by branclilet with sti-

chidia.

2. Nitopkyllum punctatum.

2 a, sorus.

3. Catenella opuntia.

3 a, fronds,

3 b, branch with spore-con-
cep tacle.

PLATE IX.

1. Polysiphonia parasitica.

1 a, branclilet with spores.

2 b, branclilet with tetra-

spores.

2. Gelidium corneum.

2 a, branclilet with spores.

2 b, branclilet with tetra-

spores.

3. Halymenia ligulata.

3 a, section of frond with

spores.

4. Griffithsia corallina.

4 a, part of branch with

tetraspores.

4 b, spore-clusters.

PLATE X.

1. Bonnemaisonia aspara-

goides.

1 a, branch with spore-

conceptacles.

2. Wrangelia multifida.

2 a, part of a branch.

2 b, tetraspores.

3. Callopkvllis laciniata.

3 a, spore-conceptacles.

PLATE XI.

1. Nitopkyllum laceratum.

1 a, marginal processes

with tetraspores.

2. Ckylocladia articulata.

2 a, part of a branch with

spores.

3. Gloiosiphonia capillaris.

3 a, branclilet with fructi¬

fication.

4. Call itk amnion plumula.

4 a, spore-clusters.

PLATE XII.

1. Sphairococcus coronopifo-

lius.

1 a, branclilet with spores.

2. Maugeria sanguinea.

2 a, midrib with spore-

leaflets.

LIST OF PLATES.

XV

3. Ptilota plumosa.

3 a, comb-like brancklet.

3 b, spore-clusters.

PLATE XIII.

1. Desmarestia aculeata.

1 a, branchlet of a youmr

frond.

2. Cladostepkus verticillatus.

2 a, whorls of brancklets.
2 b, brancklets.

2 c, brancklets with spores.

3. Ulva latissima.

3 a, cellules of upper layer

of frond.

PLATE XIV.

1. Sporocknus pendunculatus.

1 a, a mature receptacle.

2. Codium bursa.

2 a, fibres of frond.

3. Enteromorplia intestinal is.

3 a, small portion of frond.

4. Calotkrix confervicola (on

Ceram ium rub rum).

4 a, proliferous thread.
4 b, spores.

4 c, portion of thread.

plate xv.

1. Striaria attenuata.

1 a, part of a branch with

spores.

2. Cladopkora laetevirens.

2 a, part of a branch.

3. Cladopkora lanosa.

3 a, part of a branch.

4. Ckaetomorpha Melagoniuna.

4 a, cells of thread.

plate xvi.

1. Bryopsis plumosa.

1 at, a plumule.

2. Enteromorpha compressa.

2 a, part of a frond.

3. Cladopkora falcata.

3 a, branch.

-1 O', cn

Wll

SYSTEMATIC LIST

OF THE

ORDERS, GENERA, AND SPECIES.

— » —

[In tills list A. is an abbreviation for Aprardh, J. A. for J. Agardb, P. for Berkeley,
G. for Greville, J. E. G. for Dr. J. E. Gray, 11. for Harvey, K. for Kditzing, L. for
Linnaeus, La. for Lamouroux, Lb. for Lyngbye, T. for Turner, and P. 11. for Pliy-
cologia Britannica.J

Olive-coloured Sea-weeds. Melanospennece.

I. Fucacese.

I. Saegassum, A.

1. vulgare, A.

2. bacciferum, A.

II. Halideys, Lb
S.siliquosa, Lb.

III. Cystoseiea, A.

4. ericoides, A.

. granulata, A.

. barbata, A .

/ . foeniculacea, G.

8. fibrosa, A.

IV. Pycnophycus, K.

9. tuberculatus, K.

V. Pucus, L.

10. vesieulosus, A.

11. ceranoides, X.

12. serratus, L.

13. nodosus, L.

14. Mackaii, T.

15. canaliculatus, L.

16. anceps, II. and Ward.

VI. IlniANTHALIA, Lb.

17. lorea, Lb.

If. Sporoclmaceae.

VII. Desmaeestia, X«.

18. ligulata, La.

19. pinnatinervia, Mon-

tagne.

20. aculeata, La.

21. viridis, La.

VIII. Aetheocladia,
Dubg.

22. villosa, Dubg.

IX. Spoeociinus, A.

23. pedunculatus, A.

X. Caepomitea, K.

I 24. Cabrerae, K.

III. Laminariacese.

XT. Alaeia, G.

25. esculents, G.

XII. Laaiinaeia, La.

2G. digitata, La.

v. stenophylla, K.

27. bulbosa, La.

28. longicruris, De la

Dglaie.

29. saccharins, La.

30. Phyllitis, La.

31. fascia, A.

XIII. Ciioeda, Staclch.

32. filum, La.

33. lomentaria, Lb.

IV. Dietyotaceae.

XIV. CUTLEEIA, G.

34. multifida, G.

b

XV111

LIST OF ORDERS^ GENERA^ AND SPECIES.

XV. IIaliseris, G.
33. polypodioides, A.

XVI. Padina, Aclanson.

36. pavonia, La.

XVII. Zonaria, A .

37. collaris, A.

38. parvula, G.

XVIII. Taonia, J. A.

39. atomaria, J. A.

( Dietyotaatomaria,V.Jj .)

XIX. Dictyota, La.

40. diehotoma, La.

v. intricata, G.

XX. Stilophora, J. A.

41. rliizodes, J. A.

42. Lyngbyan, J. A.

XXI. Dictyosipiion, G.

43. foeniculaceus, G.

XXII. Striarta, G.

44. attenuata, G.

XXIII. PlJNCTARIA, G.

45. latifolia, G.

46. plantaginea, G.

47. tenuissima, G.

XXIV. Asperococcus,
La.

48. compressus, Griffiths.

49. Turneri, Hooker.

50. ecliinatus, G.

XXV. Litosiphox, IL.

51. pusillus, II.

52. laminarisej II.

Y. Chordariacese.

XXVI. CnORDARIA5A.

53. flagelliformis, A.

54. divai'icata, A.

XXVII. Mesogloia, A.

55. vermicularis, A.

56. GrifFithsiana, G.

57. virescens, Carmichael.

XXVIII. Leathesia,

S. F. Gray.

58. tuberiformis, S. F. Gr.

59. crispa, H.

60. Berkeleyi, 11.

XXIX. Balfsia, B.

61. verrucosa, Areschoug.
( Ualfsia deusta , P. B.)

XXX. Elaciiista, Fries.

62. fucicola, Fries.

63. flaccida, Areschoug .

64. stcllulata, Griffiths.

65. scutulata, Duly.

66. curta, Areschoug.

67. pulvinata, 11.

68. velutina, Fries.

69. Grevillei, II.

XXXI. Myrionema, G.

70. strangulans, G.

71. Lechlancherii, II.

72. punctiforme, II.

73. clavatum, Carmichael.

VI. Ectocarpaeese.

XXXII. Cladostepuus,

A.

7 4. verticillatus, A .

75. spongiosus, A.

XXXIII. Sphacelaria,
Lb.

76. filicina, A.

77. seoparia, Lb.

78. plumosa, Lb.

79. cirrhosa, A.

80. fusca, A.

81. radican s, II.

82. racemosa, G.

XXXIV. Ectocarpus,
Lb.

83. siliculosus, Lb.

84. amphibius, II.

85. fenestratus, B.

86. fasciculatus, H.

87. Hincksia?, II.

88. tomentosus, Lb.

89. crinitus, Carmichael.

90. pusillus, Griffiths.

91. distortus, Carmichael.

92. Landsburgii, 11.

93. litoralis, Lb.

94. longifructus, II.

95. granulosus, A.

96. splueropliorus, Carm.

97. brachiatus, II.

98. Mertensii, A.

XXXV. Myriotrichia,
II.

99. clavaeformis, II.

100. filiformis, II.

VII. Rhodomelacese.

XXXVI. Odontiialia,
Lb.

101. dentata, Lb.

XXXVII. Ciiondria, A.
( Laurencia , P. B.)

102. dasypbylla, A.

Eed Sea-weeds. Ehodospermese.

XXXIX. Bostrychia,
Montague.

106. scorpioides, Mon¬
tague.

XL. Kytipiilcea, A.

104. lycopodioides, A.

105. subfusca, A.

v. squarrosa, II.

103. tenuissima, A.

XXXVIII. Biiodomela,
A.

107. pinastroides, A.
10S. coinplanata, A.

LIST OF ORDERS, GENERA, AND SPECIES. XIX

109. thuyoides, If.

110. fruticulosa, If.

XLI. POLYSIPHONIA, G.

111. Brodisei, G.

11 2. nigresccns, G.

113. atro-rubescens, G.

114. subulifera, A.
115.obscura, J. A.

116. parasitica, G.

117. variegata, A.

118. furcellata, If.

119. urceolata, G.

120. formosa, Suhr.

121. fibrata, If.

122. pulvinata, Sprengel.

123. Griffithsiana, If.

1 24. spinulosa, G.

125. Richardsoni, Hoolc.

126. elongella, If.

127. elongata, G.

128. yiolacea, G.

129. fibnllosa, G.

130. fastigiata, G.

131. byssoidcs, G.

XLIT. Dasya, A.

132. coccinea, A.

133. oeellata, If.

134. arbuscula, A.

135. vemista, //.

136. punicea, If.

137. Cattlowia?, If.

VIII. Laurenciacese.

XLIII. Bonnemaisonia,
A.

138. asparagoides, A.

XLIY. Laeeekcta, La.

139. pinnatifida, La.

140. csespitosa, La.

141. obtusa, La.

XLV. Champta, La.

( Chylocladia , P. B.)

142. parvula, If.

XLVL Lomentaria, Lb.
( Chylocladia , P. IJ.)

143. kaliformis, Gaill.

144. reflexa, Chauvin.

145. ovalis, Endlicher.

IX. Corallinacese.

XLVII. COEALLINA, L.

146. officinalis, L.

147. squamata, Parkin¬

son.

166. TTillire, G.

167. Bonnemaisonii, G.

168. Gmelini, G.

j 169. laceratum, G.

170. uncinatum, J. E. G.

171. versicolor, If.

LOT. Calliblepiiauis,

K.

( Rhodgmenia , P. B.)

172. ciliata, K.

173. jubata, K.

XLYIII. Jania, La.

148. rubens, La.

149. corniculata, La.

XLTX. Melobf.sia, La.

150. calcarea, Ellis.

151. fasciculata, If.

152. polymorpha, I.

153. lichenoides, Lforlase.

1 54. agariciformis, If.

155. membranacea. La.

156. farinosa, La.

157. verrucata, La.

158. pustulata, La.

X. HapalidiaceaB.

L. Hapalidium, K.

159. pliyllactidium, K.

(. Lithocyslis Alim a n ni,

P.B.)

XI. Sphserococcoi-

dete.

LI. Delesseria, La.

160. sinuosa, La.

161. alata, La.

162. angustissima, Grif¬

fiths.

163. Hypoglossuni, A.

164. ruscifolia, La.

LII. N itopit yixfn, G.

165. punctatum, G.
v. /3. ocellatum, If.

y. crispatum, If.

S. Pollexfenii, If.
e. fimbria turn, II.

LIY. Gracilaria, G.

174. multipartita, ./. A.

175. coinpressa, G.

176. confervoides, G.

LY. Sphjerococcus,
Stackhouse.

177. coronopifolius, A.

XII. Gelidiacese.

LYI. Gelidiun, La.

178. corneum, La.

v. 0. sesquipedale, G.
y. pinnatum, G.

5. uniforme, T.

€. capillaceum, T.
£ latifolium, G.
t). confertum, G.

6. flexuosum, If.
i. aculeatum, G.
k. abnorme, G.

A. pulchellum, T.
fi. claviferum, G.
v. clavatum, G.

o. crinale, G.

XIII. Spongiocar-
peas.

LYII. POLYIDES, A.

179. rotundus, G.

XIV. Squamariss,

LYOT. Peyssonelia,
Decaisne.

180. Dubyi, Crouan.

XX LIST OF ORDERS

LIX. Hildenbrandtia,
Nardo.

181. rubra, Meneghini.

LX. Petrocelis, J. A.

182. Cruenta, J. A.
{Cruoria yellita, P. B.)

LXI. Cruoria, Fries.

183. pellita, Fries.

184'. aclhserens, Crouan.

LXII. Actinococcus, K.

185. Ilennedyi, FL.

XV. Helminthocla-

dige.

LXIII. IlELMIXTnORA,

J.A.

(Dudresnaia, P. B.)

186. divaricata, J. A.

LXIV. Nemalion, Buby.

187. multifidum, J. A.

LXV. IIelminthocla-
dia, J. A.

( Nemaleon , P. B.)

188. purpurea, J. A.

LXVI. Scinaia, Bivona.
( Ginnania , P. B.)

189. furcellata, Bivona.

XVI. 'WrangeliacesB.

LXYII. Wrangelia, A.

190. multifida, J. A.

LXVIII. Xaccaria,
Fndl.

191. Wiggii, Endlicher.
LXIX. ATRACTornoRA,

j. F. g.

192. hypnoides, J. F. G.

GENERA, AND

XVII. Rliodymenia-
cese.

LXX. Maugeria,

S. 0. G.

( Delesseria , P. B.)

193. sanguinea, S. O. G.

LXXI. Khobymenia, G.

194. palmata, G.

v. /8. marginifera, II.

7. simplex, II.

S. Sarniensis, //.
e. sobolifera, H.

195. palmetta, G.

LXXII. Euthora, J. A.
{Rhodymenia, P. B.)

196. cristata, J. A.

LXXII I. Kiiodypiiyl-
lis, K.

( Rhodymenia , P. B.)

197. bifida, K.

198. appeudiculata,

J. F. G.

LXXIV. Plocamium,
La.

199. coccineum, Lb.

LXXV. CORDYLECLA-
DTA, J. A.

( Gracilaria , P. B.)

200. erecta, J. A.

XVIII. Cryptonemi-
acese.

LXXVI. Stenogramma,
H.

201. interrupta, Mon¬

tague.

LXXYII. PlTYLLO-
rnoRA, G.

202. Brodiaei, J. A.

203. rubens, G.

201'. membranifolia, J. A.
205. palmettoides, J. A.

SPECIES.

LXXVIII. GtYMNOgox-
grus, Mart.

206. Griffithsise, J. A.

207. Norvegicus, J. A.

( Chondrus Norvegicus ,
P.B.)

LXXIX. Ahnfeltia,
J.A.

( Gymnogongrus , P. B.)

208. plieata, Fries.

LXXX. Cystocloxiuai,
K.

( Hyjpncea , P. B.)

209. purpurascens, X.

LXXXI. Calloph YU¬
LIS, K.

( Rhodymenia , P. B.)

210. laciniata, K.

LXXXII. Kallymenia,

J.A.

211. reniformis, J. A.

212. microphylla, J.A.

LXXXIII. Gigartiya,
La.

213. acicularis, La.

214. pistillata, La.

215. Teedii, La.

216. mamillosa, J. A.

LXXXIV. Chondrus,
StacJch.

217. crispus, Lb.

LXXXV. Chylocladia,
J.A.

218. articulata, G.

219. clavellosa, J. A.

( Chrysymenia c., P. B.)

220. rosea, H.

( Chrysymenia r., T. B .)

LXXXYI. Halymenia,

A.

221. ligulata, A.

LIST OF ORDERS, GENERA, AND SFECII5S.

XXI

LXXXYII. Furcel-
laria, La.

222. fastigiata, Lb.

LXXXYIIT. Gratelou-
pia, A.

223. filicina, A.

LXXXIX. ScnizYME-
nia, J. A.

224. edulis, Stackhouse.

( Iridcea edulis, P. 13.)

225. Dubyi, Chauvin.

( Kallymenia Dubyi, P.B.)

XC. Catenella, G.

226. opuntia, G.

XCI. Gloiosipiionia,
Carmichael.

227. capillaris, Carm.

XCII. Dumontia, La.

228. filiformisj G.

XIX. Spyridiaceae.

XCIII. Spyridia, 1L.

229. filamentosa, LL.

XX. Ceramiacese.

XCIY. Microcladia, G.

230. glandulosa, G.

XCY. Ceramium, Lb.

231. rubrum, A.
v. decurrens, A.

(C. decurrens, P. 13.)
proliferum, A.

((7. botryocarpum, P. IJ.)
secundatum, A.

pedicellatum, A .

232. diaphanum, Llolh.

233. Deslongchampsii,

Chauvin.

234. tenuissimum, Lb.

( C . nodosum , P. 13.)

235. gracillimum, Grif.

Sf II.

236. strictum, K.

237. fastigia turn, H.

238. ecliionotum, J. A.

239. acanthonotum,

Carmichael.

240. ciliatum, Ducluz.

241. flabelligerum, J. A.

XCYI. Ptilota, A.

212. plumosa, A.

243. elegans, Bonnemai-

son.

( P . sericea , P. B.)

XCYIT. Dupresnaia,
Bonnemaison.

244. coccinea, Bonnemai¬

son.

XCYIIT. Crouania ,J.A.

245. attenuata, J. A.

XCIX. ITalurus, K.

( Griffithsia , P. B.)

246. equisetifolius, K.
v simplicifilum

{Griffithsia simplicifilum,
T.B.)

C. Griffithsia, A.

247. setacea, A.

248. secundiflora, J. A .

2 49. corallina, A .

250. Devoniensis, II.

251. barbata, A.

Cl. Seirospora, II.

252. Griffithsiana, LI.

CII. Corynospora,
J.A.

( Callithamnion , P. 13.)

253. pedicellata, J. A.

CIII. Callttii amnion,
Lb.

254. arbuscula, J. A.

255. spongiosum, II.

256. Brodiaei, II.

257. tetragonum, A.

v. ff. brachiatum, II.
(C. brachiatum , P. B.)

258. tetricum, A.

259. IFookeri, A .

210. fascieulatum, II.

261. Borreri, A.

262. polyspcrmum, A.

263. tripinnatum, A.

264. affine, II.

265. thuyoideum, A.

266. gracillimum, A.

267. corymbosum, A.

268. byssoideum, Arnolt.

269. interrupt um, A.

270. roseum, Lb.

271. lloccosuin, A.

272. plumula, Lb.

273. cruciatum, A.

274. pluma, A.

275. Turneri, A.

276. barbatum, A.

277. floridulum, A.

278. Rothii, Lb.

279. mesocarpum, Carm.

280. Daviesii, Lb.

281. virgatulum, II.

I 282. sparsum, II.

Grass-green Sea or Freshwater Weeds. Chlorospermese.

XXI. Siphonacess.

CIY. Codium, Stackh.

283. bursa, A.

284. tomentosum, Stackh.

285. amphibium, Moore.

286. adhserens, A.

CY. Yaucheria, G.

287. submarina, B.

288. marina, Lb.

CYI. Bryopsis, G.

289. plumosa, A.

290. hypnoides, La.

XXII LIST OF

XXir. Ulvace39.

CTII. Porphyry, A.

291. vulgaris, A.

CYIII. Baxgia, Lb.

292. fusco-purpurea, L 3.

293. ciliaris, Carm.

294. ceramicola, Chauvin.

295. elegans, Chauvin.

CIX. Enteromorpha,
Link.

296. cornucopia?, Hooker.

297. intestinalis, Link.

298. compressa, G.

299. clatbrata, G.

v. Linkiana, J. E. G.
{E. Linkiana, P. B.)

erecta, J. E. G.

{. E . erect a, P. P>.)

ramulosa, J. E. G.
(E. ramulosa , P. B.)

300. Hopkirkii, JWCalla.

301. percursa, Hooker.

302. Balfsii, H.

CX. Ulya, L.

303. linza, L.

304. latissima, L.

305. lactuca, L.

XXIII. Confervaeese.

CXI. Leptoctstea,

J. E. G.

306. pellucida, J. E. G.

CXTI. Cladopitora, K.

307- rupestris, K.
v. /3. distort a.

308. rectangular is, Griff.

309. laetevirens, I\.

310. diffusa, H.

311. Hutcbinsise, II.

312. Macallana, II.

313. falcata, H.

314. glaucescens, Griff.

315. flexuosa, Griff.

316. refracta, K.

ORDERS, GENERA, AND SPECIES.

317. albida, E.

318. gracilis, Griff

319. Brownii, H.

320. Magdalen®, II.

321. flavescens, K.

322. nuda, II.

323. Balliana, II.

324. fracta, K.

325. arcta, K.

326. lanosa, K.

327. uncialis, H.

328. Gattyse, II.

329. repens, J. A.

330. Rudolphiana, K.

CXIII. ClLETOMORPIIA,

K.

{Conferva, P. B.)

331. melagonium, If.

332. aerea, K.

333. sutoria, B.

334. linum, K.

335. tortuosa, If.

336. implexa, K.

337. arenicola, B.

338. arenosa, Carm.

CXIY. Cytophora,

J. E. G.

{Conferva, P. B.)

339. litorea, J. E. G.

C XY. Horatotrichum,
If.

340. Younganum, E.
{Conferva Y., P. B.)

341. collabens, If.
{Conferva c., P. B.)

312. bangioides, E.
{Conferva b., P. B.)

343. Cutleri®, II .

{. Lyngbya C., P. B.)

344. speciosum, J. E. G.
{Lyngbya s ., P. B.)

345. Carmichaelii, E.
{Lyngbya C., P. B.)

CXYI. Rhizoclonitjm,
E.

346. riparium, E.

347. Casparyi, II.

348. flaccum, J. E. G.
{Lyngbya f, P. B.)

XXIV. Osciliatoria-
cese.

CXYII. Lyngbya, A.

349. majuseula, H.

350. ferruginea, A.

CXYIII. Calottirix, A.

351. eonfervicola, A.

352. luteola, G.

353. scopulorum, A.

354. pannosa, A.

355. semiplena, A.

CXIX. OSCILLATORIA,
Voucher.

356. litoralis, Carm.

357. spiralis, Carm.

358. nigro-viridis,

Thwaites.

359. subuliformis,

Thwaites.

360. insignis, Thwaites.

CXX. Spirulina,
Turpin.

361. tenuissima, E.

CXXI. Tolypothrix,
E.

362. fasciculata, J. E. G.
{Calothrix f, P. B.)

CXXII. xVrthroxema,
Hassall.

363. hypnoides, J. E. G.
{Calothrix h., P. B.)

364. csespitula, J. E. G.
{Calothrix c., P. B.)

CXXIII. Microcoleus,
JDesmaz.

365. anguiformis, H.

CXXIY. Schizotiirix,
If.

366. Cresswcllii, II.

XX111

LIST or ORDERS, GENERA, AND

CXXV. Schizosimon,

K.

367. Warreniae, Caspar y.

CXXYI. Riyularia,
Roth.

368. plicata, Carm.

369. atra, Roth.

370. nitida, A.

CXXVII. Actinothrix,
J. E. G.

371. Stokesiana, J. E. G.

XXV. Nostochinese.

CXXVIII. Monormia,

B.

372. intricata, B.

CXXIX. SpILEROZYGA,

A.

373. Carmichaelii, II.

374. Thwaitesii, II.

375. Broomei, Thwaites.

376. Berkeleyana,

Thwaites.

SPECIES.

CXXX. Spermosira, K.

377. litorea, K.

378. Harveyana,

Thwaites.

XXVI. Bulbochse-
tacese.

CXXXI. OCHLOCIIJiTE,
Thwaites.

379. hystrix, Thwaites.

ERRATA.

ge 106, line 22, for Richardsonii read Richardsoni.
173, line 2G, and page 174, lines 3 and 12, for St
read Stenogramma.

214, line 19, for XCXIX. read XCIX.

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

♦

CHAPTER I.

THE POSITION OF SEA-WEEDS IN THE VEGETABLE
KINGDOM ; THEIR STRUCTURE, etc.

A plant, according to recent authors, is “ a cellular
body, possessing vitality, living by absorption through
its outer surface, and secreting starch.” Accepting this
definition as sufficient for my present purpose, which is
not to treat of plants generally, but only of a portion of
a single class, I will trace a brief outline of the natural
arrangement, and try to mark distinctly the position in
which Sea-weeds stand in relation to other plants, whe¬
ther of higher or lower organization.

The comprehensive definition which I have quoted is
purposely framed to include the whole of what is aptly
called the Vegetable Kingdom, from the lordly Oak
and mighty Wellingtonia, which take a century to reach
their full growth, to the insignificant Algae which spring
into life, flourish, propagate, and decay in the course of
a few days on the surface of some chance puddle of stag¬
nant water.

B

2

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

This Vegetable Kingdom, in analogy with its proto¬
type, is divided, not into provinces, counties, parishes,
etc., but into classes, orders, genera, and species, based
on and in accordance with the all-wise unchanging na¬
tural laws by which it is governed. »

O

The first division is into the following classes : —

1. E.vogens, or Dicotyledons, whose stems increase in
thickness by the formation of concentric layers of new
wood between the old and the bark ; whose leaves have
branched veins ; and whose seeds, have two separate
germs — one for the stem, the other for the root.

This class includes most of the trees, bushes, and her¬
baceous plants of temperate climates.

2. Endogens, or Monocotyledons, whose stems increase
longitudinally, without becoming much thicker; whose
leaves have parallel veins ; and whose seeds have but
one germ. Palms, Aloes, Grasses, and most bulbous-
rooted plants belong to this class.

3. Acrogens, or Cngptogamic Plants, which differ from
both the other classes in almost every particular. They
have neither stems, leaves, flowers, nor seeds, properly
so called, but have instead differently constituted organs,
answering the same purposes.

All flowerless plants, from the large Tree-ferns of the
tropics to the minute one-celled Algie of our ponds and
ditches, are included in this class; and there is in conse¬
quence much greater difference between the organiza¬
tion of its highest and lowest forms than is to be found
in either of the preceding classes.

Dr. Lindlev, in his c Introduction to Botany,’ divides
Acrogens into six Alliances, which he calls respectively,
Filicals (Ferns, etc.) ; Lycopods (Club-mosses and Pep-
perworts) ; Muscals (Mosses, etc.); Lichens; Fungals

INTRODUCTION.

3

(Fungi) ; and Algals (Conferva?, Seaweeds, etc.) ; so
that Sea- weeds are nearly, not quite, the lowest forms
of vegetable organization. Numerous freshwater Algse
and the large families of Diatomacece and Desmidiacece
are lower still, and for the present at least must be con¬
sidered to be at the base of the scale.

Having thus traced the humble relationship of Sea¬
weeds to their kindred plants, I proceed to describe the
peculiarities on which that relationship is based. In
doing so I shall draw largely on l)r. Harvey’s admirable
introduction to his e Nereis Boreali-Americana,’ and I
take this opportunity to record my deep sense of grati¬
tude for the information that I have derived from that
valuable Essay on this interesting but difficult subject.

All plants are composed of cells variously developed,
according to the functions they have to perform in the
formation of roots, wood, bark, stems, leaves, or flowers.

In Flowering-plants and Ferns, vascular plants as
they are called in consequence of the presence of vas¬
cular tissue in their structure, the cells assume many
varieties of form and substance ; but in cellular plants,
Mosses, Lichens, Fungi, and Algae, they are more uni¬
form and simple, and in Algae, including of course Sea¬
weeds, they are all of the same nature as those found in
the soft parts, the leaves for instance of plants of the
higher orders.

In the Vegetable Kingdom there are however no hard
lines of demarcation ; the descent from the highest to the
lowest form is gradual, and the arrangement of the cells
in the more perfect Sea- weeds, though different from, is
still analogous with that observed in vascular plants.
Organs similar to roots, stems, and leaves are still pre¬
sent, and are furnished with different series of cells,

b 2

4

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

answering to the wood, bark, veins, etc., of the stems
and leaves of trees and plants. “ Passing from such,”
writes Dr. Harvey, “ we meet with others gradually less
and less perfect, until the whole vegetable is reduced
either to a root-like bod}q or a branching, naked stem,
or an expanded leaf; as if Nature had first formed the
types of the compound vegetable organs so named, and
exhibited them as separate vegetables ; and then, by
combining them in a single framework, had built up
her perfect idea of a fully-organized plant. But among
Algae we may go still lower in vegetable organization,
and arrive at plants where the whole body is composed
of a few cells strung together, and finally at others —
the simplest of known vegetables — whose whole frame¬
work is a single cell ”

The root of a Sea- weed is either in the form of a disc,
or, more rarely, fibrous. It is small in proportion to
the size of the plant, and in some species is quite ob¬
scure, or altogether absent.

It does not absorb and transmit nourishment, like the
root of a more highly-organized plant, and indeed its
sole function is to serve as a means of attachment. It
does not penetrate the rock or other substance to which
it may he affixed, but simply clings to the surface. This
it does more or less firmly in proportion to the resist¬
ance that it has to offer to the action of the ever-moving-
sea, and great indeed must be the power which the roots
of the larger Fuci have to exert in order to maintain
their position on rocks exposed to the full sweep of the
ocean waves in all their vicissitudes of mood, from calm
to raging storm.

The term frond, strictly speaking, includes all the parts
of a Sea-weed, except the root and the fructification.

INTRODUCTION.

5

The fronds of different genera vary much in shape
and character. Some consist wholly of a flat, leaf-like
membrane, as Ulva and Porphyra ; others are simple
membranous sacs, as Enteromorpha and Asperococcus ;
some are cylindrical and solid throughout, while others
are so only in the lower part, or stem, and have ex¬
panded leafy processes above. A few are similar in ap¬
pearance to lichens and fungi, while others, again, are
scarcely to be distinguished from the rocks on which
they grow.

In the higher or compound forms the frond is gene¬
rally plant-like, and furnished with stem, branches, and
branchlets. The stem is in most cases composed of two
or more series of cells, and if these cells are all of the
same length, the stem has the appearance of being jointed
or articulated. If the cells are of unequal length, no
joints are apparent, and the stem is said to be inarti¬
culate. The allied genera Rhodomela and Polysiphonia
are examples of these two kinds of fronds, those of the
former being inarticulate, those of the latter articulate.
This cellular arrangement of the interior of the frond is
a very important element in the study of Sea- weeds, and
is a character much relied on in the determination of
orders, genera, and even species.

In order to ascertain the nature and position of the
cells, it is necessary to examine thin transverse and
longitudinal sections of the different parts of the frond
under a microscope. In some genera they are uniform
in size, and all arranged longitudinally ; but more com¬
monly they are divided into two principal series, that in
the centre called the axial series, that on the surface
the peripheric or cortical series. The former series is
generally composed of elongate thread-like cells, ar-

6

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

ranged lengthwise, either packed closely together or se¬
parated by intervening layers of gelatine, and is spoken
of as the axis of the frond. The cells of the peri-
pheric series are for the most part smaller, and are dis¬
posed horizontally. Both these series are subject to
numerous modifications in different genera, and in many
instances subsidiary series are interposed.

The gelatine, which enters largely into the composi¬
tion of the fronds of Sea-weeds, varies very much, both
in quantity and quality, in different genera. In some it
is almost as limpid as water, and in others nearly as
firm as cartilage. In some, as for instance Dudresnaia,
it so overpowers the other constituents of the frond that
the whole plant seems to be but a mass of slime, while
in contrast to this there are many genera where it is
scarcely perceptible.

It is this gelatine which gives substance to the frond,
and hence those plants, where the quantity is small, are
said to be membranaceous ; those where it is abundant
and fluid , gelatinous ; and those where it is firm, carti¬
laginous. The shrinking which all Sea-weeds undergo
in the process of drying is due to the expulsion of this
element of their composition.

The mode of growth is not the same in all Sea-weeds.
The fronds of some genera grow only at the tip, and
their youngest shoots are, therefore, those which are
furthest from the root. In the Laminaria, on the other
hand, the new growth takes place at the base of the old
frond, and for this reason it is almost impossible to find
any but very young specimens with perfect tips. In
several species of this genus a new frond is formed, and
the old one thrown off, every season ; and specimens of
L. digitata, showing this process in progress, are not

INTRODUCTION.

7

uncommon, and arc well worthy of a place in every col¬
lection.

The fronds of some of the filiform genera are deci¬
duous, and their brancldets fall off like leaves in Au¬
tumn, causing the same kind of difference between the
summer and winter aspect of the plant as there is be¬
tween a tree covered with leaves, and one whose branches
are bare. Several species of Rhodomtla and Polysipho-
nia have fronds of this description.

There are other genera, the young fronds of which
are clothed with tufts of delicate, jointed fibres, that fall
off’ as the frond becomes mature. These fibres, which
are most strikingly obvious in Desmarestia, Sjjorochnus,
and Arthrocludia, but exist in variously modified forms
in genera widely separated by other characters, arc al¬
most always found on the growing part of the frond, and
it is therefore supposed that their functions are similar
to those of the leaves of higher plants.

One other organ that I must notice is the air-vessel,
or float, which occurs almost exclusively among plants
of the olive series. It assumes various forms, but is
always adapted to increase the buoyancy of the stem
and branches, and so to lessen the resistance which
they offer to the advancing or receding waves. In some
genera these vessels are simple cavities, formed by swell¬
ings of the stem or branch, and filled with air, as in
the common Popweed [Fucus nodosus) . In others, seve¬
ral placed near together merge into a single, chambered
vessel, as in Halidrys siliquosa. In some of the Sar¬
gasso they are borne, berry-like, at the tips of short
branches. This is notably the case with the Gulf- weed,
which derives its specific name of bacciferum, or berry-
bearing, from these organs. In addition to these forms

8

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

of air-vessels, which are constant to the particular genera
and species to which they belong, there are others which
are occasionally developed in an abnormal manner, to
meet, as it were, the exceptional requirement of some
plant that does not usually bear them, as, for example,
at the tips of the fronds of large, deep-water specimens
of Chorda Jiluin.

I have endeavoured to point out the most important
peculiarities in the form and structure of the frond, as it
is developed in our “ native seaweeds,” but, although
these afford a very fair epitome of the whole marine
flora, it must be borne in mind that many examples cf
brilliant colouring, magnificent size, and exquisite de¬
licacy, both of texture and mechanism, are to be found
in exotic genera, no representatives of which exist on
our shores.

The fructification of Sea-weeds is closely connected
with, and to a certain extent dependent on, the struc¬
ture of the frond, and the consideration of it is of the
highest importance in the pursuit of an accurate syste¬
matic knowledge of the class.

Speaking in general terms of the process of fruiting
among the higher At gee, Dr. Harvey writes as follows : —
“ Spores, or sporangia, appear to be formed by certain
cells attracting to themselves the contents of adjacent
cells; and, in the compound kinds, empty cells are al¬
most always found in the neighbourhood of the fruit-
cells; but, with the complication of the parts of the
frond, the exact mode in which spores are formed be¬
comes more difficult of observation. At length, among
the highest Algie, we encounter what appear to be
really two sexes, one analogous to the anther, and the
other to the pistil of flowering plants. It would seem,

INTRODUCTION.

9

however, that it is not each individual spore which is
fertilized, as is the case in seed-bearing plants; but that
the fertilizing influence is imparted to the pistil, or spo¬
rangium itself, when that body is in its most elementary
form, long before any spore is produced in its substance,
and even when it is itself scarcely to be distinguished
from an ordinary cell. Antheridia, as the supposed fer¬
tilizing organs are called, are most readily seen among
the Fucacece.”

After describing a second mode found only among the
simpler kinds, where the whole body consists of a single
cell, Dr. Harvey proceeds : — “ The third mode of con¬
tinuing the species has been observed in many Algee of
the Green series, in some of which sporangia are also
formed, but in others no fructification other than what
I am about to describe has been detected. This mode
is as follows. In an early stage the green matter, or
endochrorne, contained within the cells of these Algse,
is of a nearly homogeneous consistence throughout, and
nearly fluid ; but at an advanced period it becomes
more and more granulated. The granules, when formed
in the cells, at first adhere to the inner surface of the
membranous wall, but soon detach themselves, and float
freely in the cell. At first they are of irregular shapes,
but they gradually become spheroidal. They then congre¬
gate into a dense mass in the centre of the cell, and a
movement, aptly compared to that of the swarming of
bees round their queen, begins to take place. One by
one these active granules detach themselves from the
swarm, and move about in the vacant space of the cell
with great vivacity. Continually pushing against the
sides of the cell-wall, they at length pierce it, and issue
from their prison into the surrounding fluid, where their

10

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

seemingly spontaneous movements are continued for
some time. The vivacious granules, or zoospores , as
they have been called, at length become fixed to some
submerged object, where they soon begin to develope
cells, and at length grow into Algae similar to those
from whose cells they issued.”

The organs whose production Dr. Harvey has thus
lucidly described are analogous to the seeds of land
plants ; but it is evident that, although they perform
the same function, they are altogether of a different
nature. In the descriptive part of this work they will
be spoken of as spores, tetraspores, antheridia, and zoo¬
spores, and a great many important characters will be
found to depend on them.

A vast amount of study has been devoted to the elu-
cidation of the early and obscure stages of the develop¬
ment of Sea-weeds; but, owing to the difficulty of con¬
ducting observations, the results obtained are not so
definite as those ordinarily derived from scientific re-
search. Various writers do not agree as to the exact
nature of the different kinds of fruit, and the precise
part they play in Nature’s drama.

In the Olive series [Melanospermece) , the fructification
consists wholly of spores and antheridia, which are pro¬
duced either on the same or on separate plants. If the
former, it is said to be monoecious ; if the latter, dioe¬
cious. The spores are olive-coloured, and are formed
from delicate, jointed fibres (paranemata) . They are
enveloped in a transparent membrane, called a peri-
spore. Each perispore contains what, in its early state,
appears to be a single spore; but, as this matures, it
either retains its individuality, or separates into two,
four, or eight sporules. The spores, with their peri-

INTRODUCTION.

11

spores, are either enclosed in spore cavities ( concept a -
cles), or arranged externally, singly or in groups (sori).
The details of this part of the subject will be given in
the description of the Orders and genera.

The origin of the antheridia is very similar to that of
the spores. Both spring from and among the parane -
mat a, and sometimes grow side by side in the same con-
ceptacle. The subsequent development of the antheri-
dium is, however, different. In the place of the spore
and perispore, a large transparent closed cell, filled with
a number of very minute bodies ( sporidia ) is formed.
These sporidia are analogous to the pollen of flowering
plants; but it is not yet decided whether they perform
the same fertilizing functions. Some writers, the ma¬
jority, I think, are of opinion that they do, whilst
others maintain that they are only gcmmules, and them¬
selves capable of germination. Without attempting to
decide where doctors differ, I will again transcribe from
Professor Harvey the following interesting account of
them : — “ They (the antheridia) are oval, somewhat
pointed at one end, and contain a reddish- orange gra¬
nule; and they are furnished with two extremely slen¬
der vibratile hairs, or cilia, one of which issues from the
narrow extremity of the corpuscle; the other, which is
of greater length, from the coloured granule. The
corpuscles, at first contained within the antheridium,
at length issue from it, escaping into the surrounding
water, and immediately commence a succession of rapid
movements to and fro, and in circles and curved lines,
strikingly similar to the ciliary movements ot some of
the Infusoria, or of the spores [zoospores) of some of
the freshwater Algae of the Green series. These move¬
ments depend on the rapid vibrations of the cilia. Du-

12

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

ring progression, the narrow end of the corpuscle is
always in front; while the cilium rising from the co¬
loured granule trails behind, like a tail.”

In the Red series ( Rhodospermece ) spores, tetraspores,
and anlheridia are present, the two former in all, the latter
only in a part of the species. The development of two
kinds of fertile fruit on different individuals of the same
species is the chief character of the series, and that it
should prove to be exactly coincident in general range
with that of colour which had been previously adopted
is a striking proof that both systems of classification
are correct. It would appear that each species of this
series is composed of two distinct parts, each perfect
in itself, and capable of independent reproduction, yet
both so evidently identical as to form inseparable parts
of the same whole. Spores and tetraspores are not
“ different phases of the same organ, but are in their
origin and development perfectly distinct, and formed
with the greatest regularity, following fixed laws,” nei¬
ther are they equivalent to the stamens and pistils of
dioecious plants of higher Orders. They may rather be
considered, the one a true spore, supposed to be ferti¬
lized by means of an antheridium ; the other, a mere
gemmule, or bud of the simplest possible structure,
which is cast off by the parent plant, and carries with
it sufficient vitality to become the nucleus of a fresh in¬
dividual. It is far from certain that this is a true ac¬
count of the nature of these bodies; and even if it be,
there is the further question to be answered, which is
the spore and which the gemmate ? On this latter point
there is a wide divergence of opinion, and as the evidence
on both sides is pretty evenly balanced, it is not wonder¬
ful that the deductions from it should vary.

INTRODUCTION.

13

The spores are always arranged in a more or less
definite mass, or tuft, called the spore-cluster, or spo-
riferous nucleus. Each spore is formed of a single
cellule, with a transparent membrane, and containing a
nearly solid mass of a dark-coloured starch-like sub¬
stance (endo chrome) , which, on being expressed, breaks
up into impalpable granular dust. There are two kinds
of spore-clusters. In that which is found in the most
perfect Orders of the series, the nucleus consists of a
tuft of jointed necklace-like fibres (spore-threacls) , which
radiate in all directions from a central point, or grow
from a placenta lodged in a conceptacle. The spores arc
developed in the cells of the spore -threads, one or seve¬
ral on the same thread, but only one in each cell. “ In
the less organized families,” writes Dr. Harvey, “ the
nucleus is formed either from a single mother-cell, from
several detached mother-cells, or from such cells imper¬
fectly joined together in moniliform strings issuing from
a central joint, or growing from the placenta of a con¬
ceptacle. Each mother- cell, which is at first filled with
a homogeneous endochrome, becomes by repeated cell-
division converted into a cluster of spores, at first re¬
tained within its walls; afterwards, on the bursting of
the wall, dispersed. Thus, by the evolution of one cell,
a favella, or simple globose nucleus, containing many
angular spores within a hyaline periderm, is formed.
By the evolution of several detached, but adjacent, mo¬
ther-cells, a favellidium, or compound favella, results;
and by the similar evolution of the cells of the monili¬
form series, the highest form of favellidium is produced.
In all these cases the general nucleus, as well as the par¬
ticular nucleoli, is surrounded by a gelatinous or sub-
membranaceous hyaline periderm, derived from the cell-
walls of the transformed cells.”

14

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

As the present arrangement of the Red weeds is
founded on the structure of the spore-clusters, it is very
important that the student should become thoroughly
acquainted with these organs. In the various species of
such genera as Polysiphonia, Laurencia, etc., they may
be easily examined under a microscope of moderate
power, by simply pressing the conceptacle between two
slips of glass, and in most of the more perfect divisions
of the series they may be exhibited either in longitudinal
or transverse sections of the conceptacles. Among the
species of the less perfect section the process of examina¬
tion is more difficult, but a little practice and perseve¬
rance will generally yield sufficient results to answer the
purpose of all ordinary collectors.

The tetraspores are formed either from the bark-cells
or from the upper branchlets. They are very variously
arranged in different genera. In some they are scat¬
tered singly among the surface-cells over the whole
frond, in others they are collected in more or less dis¬
tinct clusters ( son ) ; in others, again, they are found
only in the branchlets; or in external warts (; nemat/ie -
cia); or in special leaflets (sporophylla) ; or m pod-like
receptacles (stichidia). They are always produced in a
constant regular manner, in accordance with fixed na¬
tural laws, and are all constructed on the same principle.
Each consists of a dark-coloured mass of endochrome,
enveloped in a transparent, membranous sac, and marked
by lines for division into four parts. This mass, when
mature, separates into four, or rarely into eight or more
sporules. The divisions into four — whence the name
of tetraspore, which is derived from the Greek tetras ,
four, and sporos a seed — are variously made in different
genera, and are frequently used as distinctive cliarac-

INTRODUCTION.

15

ters. There are three principal modes. In the first, the
spore is simply quartered by two transverse lines, cross¬
ing at right angles at its centre, and is said to be cru¬
ciate. In the second, it is divided into four unequal
parts, three of which only are visible at once, by lines
which radiate from the centre, and is called tripartite.
The third and last kind is called zonate , and is trans¬
versely divided.

The annexed woodcuts of the appearance of the dif¬
ferent kinds, when highly magnified, will be more easily
understood than my imperfect description.

Fig. 1. Cruciate. Fig. 2. Tripartite. Fig. 3. Zonate.

The fructification of the Green series is wrapt in
greater mystery than even that of the Reds. It con¬
sists chiefly of zoospores, which have been already de¬
scribed; but ordinary spores and anilieridia are also
developed in certain genera. The existing knowledge
of the subject is too imperfect to afford the data for
a popular detailed description ; and, further, it is al¬
most impossible to separate that part which relates to
the marine species from that belonging only to the
fresh-water.

I trust that I have traced a sufficiently clear outline
of the mode of fructification to serve the purpose of the
majority of my readers. Those who desire to extend
their researches I must refer to the works of Agardli,
Harvey, and other writers.

16

CHAPTER II.

ON THE COLOUR, DISTRIBUTION, ETC., OF SEA-WEEDS.

Among the higher orders of plants, the different parts of
the same individual vary in colour ; but the same part
in different individuals is always approximately of the
same hue. Thus the trunk, or stem, is generally of
some shade of brown, the leaf green, and the flower of a
brighter colour.

Among Sea- weeds, on the other hand, the colour of all
the parts of an individual is the same, while that of in¬
dividuals — of different families, of course — is different.

This variation has been used as a basis of classifica¬
tion, and all Sea-weeds are divided into Olive-green
weeds, or Melanospermece ; Red weeds, or Rhodospermece ;
and Grass-green weeds, or Chlorospermece. Several purple
weeds are included in the last class ; and beside this
there are others which are not in all circumstances con¬
stant to the colour of the class to which they belong.

The Olive-green weeds are for the most part of large
size, and very abundant. They grow chiefly between,
and a little beyond, the tide-marks, and furnish the
great bulk of our shore vegetation. Some exotic species
grow at a great depth, and are of enormous size.

COLOUR^ DISTRIBUTION; ETC.

17

The Red Weeds are; as a rule, of delicate structure,
and grow in deep water, or in pools, or other sheltered
positions. Their colour is fugacious, and is frequently
destroyed by exposure to the influence of light. The
effect produced on them by this means differs in degree
according to the extent and duration of the exposure.
Some fronds are only reduced a few shades paler than
their natural tint ; others are turned yellow or green ;
and others are thoroughly bleached ; but this extreme
is not usually reached except in the case of dead speci¬
mens.

It is a common error among inexperienced collectors
to believe that plants in this abnormal — I might almost
say diseased — state are generically or specifically different
from their bright-coloured, healthy brethren ; but this
is a delusion which a little practice will dispel.

The class of Grass-green Weeds includes the remainder
of the Sea-weeds, and in addition a very large number of
fresh- water species. The marine portion, with which
alone I am at present concerned, grow in shallow pools,
and on the sides of rocks near the surface, but not
usually where they are altogether deprived of water by
the receding tide. Many species, notably some of the
Enteromorplue, seem to grow indifferently in quite fresh
or quite salt, or any intermediate degree of brackish
water, and nearly all the class love the light, and rather
gain than lose colour when exposed to the brightest rays
of the sun. There are, however, deep-water species
which boast as bright a green as their companions on
the shore, and it is therefore evident that light is not an
indispensable agent in the production of their colour.

Several species of Olive and Red weeds are very beauti¬
fully prismatic when in the water, as the light falls on

c

18

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

them in different directions, and exhibit a succession of
the brightest metallic tints of green and blue and purple.
Cystoseira ericoicles is the most remarkable example of
this effect, which is one of its specific characters. The
phenomenon ceases directly the plant is drawn from the
water, and the collector is aware that it must do so.
Nevertheless, he will probably experience a momentary
disappointment to find his dusky beauty so suddenly de¬
spoiled of all her brilliant gems.

There are various processes, such as the application
of heat, steeping in fresh water, etc., by which the
natural colour of Sea-weeds may be heightened or
changed ; but I only mention them in order to caution
my readers that they may be applicable to the produc¬
tion of artistic effects in Sea-weed pictures, baskets, etc.,
but should never be used in the preparation of scientific
specimens.

I have alluded to the general distribution of the three
classes of Sea-weeds — the Olive-greens on the shore and
exposed rocks ; the Reds in deep water or shady pools ;
and the Grass-greens near high-tide mark, where they
are subject to the action of light, and to contact with
fresh water. These are facts which should interest
every student of marine botany, whether his collection
and researches be general or confined to the plants of
any particular locality. The Sea-weeds of our shores
are but a part of the large family distributed over all the
waters of the globe, of which they are, as it were, an
epitome. There is a natural harmony running through
the whole, and the same laws, modified, of course, by
circumstances, apply to the waters which surround these
islands, as to those which beat upon the shores of the
Antipodes.

COLOUR, DISTRIBUTION, ETC.

19

There are certain physical influences which affect Sea¬
weeds, and to some of these I will now refer as briefly
as possible.

I will first revert for a moment to the whole family of
Algce , to state that the only conditions indispensable to
their existence are the presence of air and moisture.
They will grow in the waters of mineral springs, no
matter how hot or how cold ; in vats of poisonous
chemical solutions; in dark caves; and amid the Arctic
snows. Even the nebulous vapours high above the sur¬
face of the earth are supposed to afford them a suffi¬
ciently hospitable shelter. Notwithstanding, however,
this almost universal diffusion of certain of the lower
Orders, the mere perfect members of the class are all
natives of the sea, and thence derive their name of Algce,
or Sea-weeds, the latter name being but a translation of
the former. With few and unimportant exceptions,
such as Zostera marina, — the grass which grows so abun¬
dantly on many muddy shores between the tide-marks,
and which was proposed as a substitute for cotton during
the recent scarcity of that fibre, — the entire vegetation of
the ocean is composed of Sea-weeds. The hardy Fuel
make their appearance on the first rocks that escape the
rigorous grasp of perpetual ice in Arctic and Antarctic
latitudes, and thence with ever-increasing variety of
forms, and, as a rule, with greater and greater luxuriance
of growth, the Nereid multitude rolls on north or south
until it culminates in the perfection of its fairy radiance
and beauty in the hottest regions of the tropical seas.
Rocks are everywhere the chosen haunts of the majority
of Sea-weeds, which do not appear to have much predi¬
lection for any particular kind ; nor indeed is this won¬
derful, for tliev seek them for shelter and for foodiold,

c 2

20

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

not for nourishment. But though the material of the
rock is unimportant, the conformation is not ; and those
which are rough and rugged, and abound in tiny bays
and creeks, are always more productive than those with
smooth surfaces, perpendicular sides, and regular outline.
Not only rocks, but mud, sand, shells, floating or sub¬
merged wood, the copper sheathing or the iron sides of
ships all have their tenants ; nor do these suffice, for even
yet some of our Nereids are homeless, and the mighty mass
of Sarg asset, known as the Gulf- weed, grows unattached
floating on the surface of the sea, and there, unaided by
roots or, I believe, by spores or tetraspores, has attained
a bulk which equals, if, indeed, it does not exceed, that
of any other single kind throughout the world.

The depth to which Sea- weeds extend cannot be very
exactly defined ; but there is no doubt that, as a rule,
they only form a fringe a mile or so wide around the
land. In cold and temperate climates a depth of a dozen
fathoms would be probably a liberal allowance for any
of the more perfect forms, but in tropical and sub-tropical
latitudes perhaps twice or thrice that depth would not
be an exaggeration, and in exceptional instances even
these limits are occasionally exceeded.

These remarks do not apply to the lower forms of
Algae, for myriads of Diatomacece have been found to
exist at every depth of the ocean which has hitherto
been fathomed. There are also a vast number of calcare¬
ous plants, belonging to the family of Corallines, whose
substance is principally composed of lime extracted
from the sea-water. These grow at considerably greater
depths than sea- weeds proper, and are, with the exception
of Diatomacece, the sole representatives of the Vegetable
Kingdom, over considerable regions of the bottom of the
sea.

COLOUR, DISTRIBUTION, ETC.

21

The form and character of a particular species are
frequently much changed in specimens grown either at a
greater or less depth than usual. In the majority of
instances there would be a tendency to increase in luxu¬
riance pari jjassu with the increase of depth. A plant
whose ordinary habitat was near high-water mark, would
attain a larger size in deep water, and one from beyond

the limit of the tide would be dwarfed by transfer to a

*

shallow pool. There are, however, instances where the
change would be in an opposite direction, and the de¬
nizen of the shore would become stunted in deep water.

The bed of the ocean resembles in a great degree the
surface of the earth. It has its mountains and its
valleys, its plains and deserts, its various kinds of rocks
and soils ; and these physical peculiarities affect vegeta¬
tion in the sea very much in the same manner as they
do on land. Submarine mountains, valleys, or deserts
hinder the diffusion of the spores of Sca-weeds from one
coast to another, just as those on land interrupt the
spread of seeds. On the other hand, spores have the
water as a means of transit, and seeds the air ; but
while the former can all float, only a portion of the latter
are furnished with the means of flight. Hence the
barrier opposed to the migration of Sea- weeds is less
complete than it is to that of terrestrial plants.

The temperature of the sea is less liable to variation
than that of the air, and the effect of climate on Sca-
weeds is not in consequence great. Some Orders and
genera are more or less confined to cold or temperate,
and some to warm regions, while others are more
generally diffused ; the different species of the same
genus, and occasionally even the same species, extending
over a wide ramre of latitude. Nature, it would seem.

22

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

does not love hard boundary-lines, and among Sea-weeds,
as in her other works, one form fades into another bv
slow and almost imperceptible degrees. The marine
flora of our own shores offers a happy illustration of
this law, for while it embraces all the hardy, cold -loving
species, it also includes a very large proportion of deli¬
cate southern forms, which reach their northern limit
among the sheltered bays of Devon, Cornwall, the South
and West of Ireland, and the Channel Islands.

Oceanic currents have a very powerful influence on the
distribution of Sea-weeds. They carry masses of water
above or below the mean temperature far beyond the
limits where it would otherwise exist, and thus extend
the range of habitats suitable for particular genera and
species. They also convey the plants themselves, or their
spores, to new localities along the shores round which
thev flow, and even from one coast to another, when they

V ' ' tf

cross a channel, a gulf, or any larger tract of sea.
The great Gulf Stream is the most notable example of
this agency, and its effect is very visible around these
Islands. The coasts of Devon and Cornwall and the
Western shores of Ireland are, with the exception of the
Channel Islands, the chief seats of our Algological
wealth ; and it is a curious fact that the same tender spe¬
cies which appear to maintain with difficulty a precari¬
ous footing on the extreme southern corner of England,
grow more boldly in Ireland in a considerably higher la¬
titude. The explanation of this apparent inconsistency
is doubtless to be found in the presence of the warmer
waters of the Gulf Stream, which flows in that direction.

I have hitherto spoken of the effects of average climate
or temperature. I must not omit to mention that of ex¬
ceptional intensity either of heat or cold. A long cold

COLOUR, DISTRIBUTION, ETC.

23

winter or a brilliant burning summer do not act so di-
nor with such force on Sea-weeds as they do on
gardens and cornfields. Nevertheless the one will some¬
times hinder the development of those more southern
species which ordinarily attain a modified maturity on
our shores ; and the other, on the contrary, will force
them into the full perfection which characterizes them
in their more genial home.

“ The penetrative Sun,

His force deep darting to the dark retreat
Of vegetation, sets the steaming power
At large.” — Thomson.

24

CHAPTER III.

ON COLLECTING AND PRESERVING SEA-WEEDS, THEIR

USES, ETC.

“ As we strolled along,

It was our occupation to observe

Such objects as the waves had tossed ashore.

Tangle, or weed of various hues and forms,

Each on the other heaped, along the line
Of the dry wrack. And, in our vacant mood,

Not seldom did we stop at some clear pool
Hewn in the rock, and, wrapt in pleasing trance,

Survey the novel forms that hung its sides,

Or floated on its surface, — too fair
Either to be divided from the place
On which they grew, or to be left alone
To their own beauty.”

It is not possible to prescribe precise rules which shall
be applicable to the collection of all kinds of Sea- weeds
in every varied circumstance of coast and season, or to
the opportunities or object of each individual collector.
Experience will be found to be the best teacher of all
minor details, and the time and labour expended to ob¬
tain it will be productive of many collateral advantages ;
one of the chief of which will be a practical knowledge
of the habit and appearance of various species, which can

*

COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, USES, ETC.

<40

only be obtained by observing a large number of grow¬
ing specimens.

A few general observations, the result of a long ap¬
prenticeship, may, however, be useful. The dress of a
zealous collector should consist of as few and as coarse,
unspoilable garments as possible, for he will most pro¬
bably get more or less wet, even if he be not tempted to
wade ; he should be furnished with one or two small tin
botanical boxes, a couple of broad-mouthed, two-ounce,
boxwood-topped bottles, an oyster-knife, a good stout
walking-stick, a pocket lens, and a penknife.

Where there is an option, it is well to start for the
shore so as to arrive there about an hour before low
water, and to follow the sea as it recedes. All the pre¬
cious moments of the extreme ebb of the tide should
be devoted to searching the furthest rocks that can
be reached, as it is on these that the most delicate
rare weeds, particularly of the lied series, grow. The
more patient the search, the greater will be the reward.
Every pool, creek, cave, and overhanging or perpen¬
dicular rock, should be carefully examined; all large,
coarse weeds should be pushed aside, or removed, so
as to reveal any of the smaller species that may be
sheltered beneath them, or may grow parasitically on
their roots, stems, and fronds. It is important, when
circumstances permit, to obtain the whole plant with
the root attached, and, in the case of the larger species,
which it is impossible to preserve entire in any ordinary
herbarium, the specimens should be so arranged as to
include all the parts, from the root upwards if possible,
and to exhibit the character and mode of growth, — the
mere fragments of the upper branches, which are some¬
times collected, being comparatively worthless for all

26

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

scientific purposes. In order to avoid carrying liome
useless matter, which is very detrimental to the examina¬
tion or successful preservation of specimens, each plant,
as it is gathered, should be washed in some shore pool,
to free it from sand or other extraneous substance, and the
redundant or broken branches should be removed. It
should then be placed in the box, in such a manner that
it will remain separate and not be damaged by or become
entangled with its fellows. Specimens of Desmarestia,
Sporoch/ius, and Arthrocladia must be kept by them¬
selves, for they not only decompose very rapidly, but
also cause other weeds with which they are in contact to
do the same. Polysiphonias, Dasyas, and Griffithsias,
indeed most of the more delicate Red weeds, lose their
colour if put into fresh-water. They should therefore
be kept separate, and I have always found it convenient
to carry them in a bottle filled with sea-water.

There are three modes in which specimens may be
obtained, — first and best by gathering them in a growing
state ; secondly, by picking up such as are cast on shore
by the sea ; and, lastly, by dredging. The two former
are more accessible than the latter, and a very large col¬
lection may be formed by following them. There are,
however, a few deep-water species which can rarely be ob¬
tained, except by means of the dredge. During spring-
tides, which occur at new and full moon, many rocks
and pools which are ordinarily out of reach may be
explored, and the opportunities thus afforded should
always be diligently used. Again, after a gale, parti¬
cularly if it should be coincident with the spring-tides,
many rare deep-water species are thrown up, and may
be found among the masses of weed left by the receding
waves.

COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, USES, ETC.

27

“ When descends on the Atlantic
The gigantic

Storm-wind of the equinox,

Landwai’d in his wrath he scourges
The toiling surges,

Laden with sca-weed from the rocks.’' — Longfelloro.

The season best adapted for collecting Sea-weeds is
from the beginning of May to the end of September;
but there is no time of the year which may not be pro¬
fitably employed on the shore. There are many kinds
which are only to be found in their most perfect state in
winter, and there are others which then assume a totally
different aspect to that they wear in summer. As with
the season, so also with the locality. There are certain
districts, particularly in the south and west of England
and Ireland, and all round the Channel Islands, which
are more highly favoured than others; but there are
plenty of good weeds to be found on nearly every part
of our coast, and places which to the eye of the young
collector are least promising, are often prolific of in¬
teresting species, and afford the best opportunity for
observing the varying appearances and modes of growth
of different genera.

If, for instance, he should be at West Cowes in early
spring, and will look over the sea-wall of the parade, he
will find it fringed with dwarf plants of Fucus vesiculosus
and the boulders beneath covered with larger specimens
of the same species, or with the wig- like narrow-leafed
Fucus nodosus, on which latter the pretty little Polysi-
phonia fastigiata will appear in dark brown tufts. If he
will descend and examine the wall and boulders more
closely, searching in the less exposed parts, and lifting
or cutting away the Fuci , so as to lay bare what may be

28

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

underneath, he will find a fresh series of interesting
forms. That green growth on the exposed part of the
wall is composed of three distinct species, belonging
to as many different genera. The light green shaggy
tufts are Clcidophora ketevirens ; the longer and darker
green tubular fronds which grow amongst and over¬
hang it, are Enter omorpha compressa; and the pendent
fiat fronds lower down are Ulva Linza. The delicate
filmy purple plant which is so fragile that it is difficult
to gather a perfect specimen, is Porphyra vulgaris ; and
closely applied to the wall like a crust, which any but
a close observer would overlook, are dark-olive patches
of Ra/fsia verrucosa , and the harder, calcareous, purple
fronds of Melobesia. Near the bottom of the wall are
tufts of Chondrus crispus, at present in a young state,
with their fronds imperfectly developed. In the pools,
and on the larger Sea- weeds, are olive spots of what at
first sight appears to be slimy mud, but which, on closer
examination, will prove to be Ectocarpus littoralis and
E. tomentosus. Oti the wall and boulders under the
Fuci, which protect them from the sun and keep them
moist when the tide is down, are lovely Ceramiums
and delicate Cailit.fi amnions ; each species with a colour
and mode of growth peculiar to itself, by which, after it
has once been thoroughly studied, it may be readily
distinguished. Nor are these all. That smooth dark-
green coat on the wall, which has been hitherto over¬
looked, is a species of Conferva ; and the shining purple
spots are Bangia fusco -purpurea, which, though they
appear insignificant to the naked eye, have an internal
structure that will well reward the trouble of a micro¬
scopic examination.

This rough sketch from nature will, I trust, serve to show

COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, USES, ETC.

29

how much may be found even in such a comparatively
unproductive spot as that I have attempted to describe.
I have purposely laid the scene in a locality far below
the average of English watering-places as a collecting-
ground for Sea-weeds, and the colours of the picture
could be gradually heightened until they culminated
in brilliancy on the glowing canvas that should worthily
portray the varied products of the rich rocky shores of
Devon and Cornwall, of Ireland, or of the Channel
Islands.

I do not know that I have anything further to say on
the subject of collecting, and I therefore pass to the
process of preserving the specimens that may have been
obtained.

This should be commenced as soon as possible after
the collector returns from the shore, for many of the
smaller species of the Red series begin to decompose
directly they are taken from the water, and none but a
few of the larger kinds, chiefly of the Olive series, will
keep more than a day or two in a moist state.

The end to be attained is a dried specimen spread on
and adhering to paper in such a manner as shall best
display its natural appearance and characters. There
are, however, some species that will not under any treat¬
ment stick to paper, and must, therefore, be simply
washed in fresh water and dried between two pieces of rag.

With all the others, save a few that require excep¬
tional manipulation which will be referred to hereafter
under their respective descriptions, the modus operandi
is somewhat in this wise : — The specimen should be first
rinsed and thoroughly cleaned in a basin of water, spe¬
cially provided for that purpose. It should then, if too
large or too thick to be laid out entire, be reduced by

30

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

the removal of all awkward or imperfect branches. This
done, it should be transferred into a deep dish full of
water, wherein a piece of paper of the requisite size has
been previously placed. The operator should then sup¬
port the paper in the water with his left hand, wdiile
with his right he carefully spreads the floating specimen
over it, so as to exhibit the plant to the best advantage.
Some species have a natural aptitude to lie flat, and with
these the action of the water, aided by a little judicious
manoeuvring, will effect all that is required. Others
are not so kindly, and call for the exercise of more or
less skill, patience, and perseverance. Their branches
and brauchlets must be picked out and placed in position
one by one with a fine knitting-needle, or some similar
instrument; or, if they be very delicate, with the feather
part of a quill pen or a camel’s-hair brush. When the
plant is properly spread on the paper, both should be
very carefully removed from the dish and placed on some
inclined surface for a few minutes, to allow the water to
drain from them ; but they must not be permitted to be¬
come too dry before they are put to press, or the paper
will be apt to shrink unevenly.

The pressure must be proportioned to the size and
texture of the specimens, and should be applied rather
gradually. The best portable press that I am acquainted
with consists of two pairs of beech-wood or mahogany
bars, fitted with thumb-screws at both ends, and a few
planed deal boards, rather less than half an inch thick,
and about eighteen inches long by a foot broad. The
bars should be made of well-seasoned wood, so that they
may not readily warp, and should be sufficiently strong
to bear the very considerable strain to which they will
be subjected. The screws should be well finished, such

COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, USES, ETC.

31

as are used bv cabinet-makers, and should be at least

•/ *

six inches long, so that several pairs of boards with spe¬
cimens and rags may be pressed at once.

Various other modes of applying pressure will readily
suggest themselves, such as books, weights, a table¬
cloth press, or such other means as may be within reach.
The thin boards and a good supply of cotton or linen
rags, no matter how well worn, to fit them, are all the
apparatus absolutely indispensable. Whenever practi¬
cable, only one layer of specimens should be pressed
between each pair of boards. Thus a pile for pressing
should be formed in this sequence : — a board, a rag, a
series of specimens sufficient to cover the rag without
overlapping each other or the edges of the board, another
rag, another board, and so on. If the specimens be
thick and retain much moisture, a sheet or two of
white blotting-paper may be added between the board
and the rag, but no coarse or coloured paper that might
indent or stain the laying-out paper, or destroy the tex¬
ture of the specimens, must be used for this purpose.

In this mode, a day or two will suffice to dry the spe¬
cimens enough to permit them to be transferred to some
old heavy book to be finished off. As a rule, it is de¬
sirable to change the rags once or twice during the pro¬
cess of pressing; but this cannot always be done without
disturbing the arrangement of the plant, and when there
is any symptom that this will be the case, it is better to
let the rags remain until the specimens be dry. If all
the specimens between each pair of boards be of nearly
uniform thickness, and be placed so that their branches
lie in the same direction, they will dry more evenly, and
there will be less risk of disturbing them when removing
the rags, which should always be stripped off gently,
commencing from the root.

32

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

I must not omit to refer to the paper to be used, first
to lay out and subsequently to mount a collection. The
best kind for the former purpose that I have seen is of
Trench manufacture, wove, very white, thick, and not
highly-sized. I obtained this in Jersey, but have not
always been able to meet with it even there. The most
suitable paper of English make is the very heaviest
printing demy that can be procured. Dr. Cocks, in his
f Seaweed Collector’s Guide,’ states that a ream of the
ordinary size, 17| by 11 inches when folded once, should
weigh about 34 pounds. He adds, “ Having chosen a
paper of this kind, I would strongly recommend that no
other should be used.” For mounting, cartridge-paper
is best, and the size and quality must depend on the
taste and the requirements of the collector. What is
called elephant size, cut iii half for the covers for each
genus, and in quarters for the species, is a convenient
and handsome form.

My own practice is to have two complete sets of
papers, — one rough, with brown-paper genera, and wliity-
brown or newspaper specific cases ; the other — my
collection proper — of cartridge-paper throughout. I
place all my specimens, in the first instance, in the
former, and thence at my leisure transfer to the latter
such as I may wish to keep permanently, leaving the
remainder in the rough cases as duplicates.

I write the name and number of each genus, and of
all the species that it contains, whether I possess speci¬
mens or not, outside the genera cases of both sets, so
that I am always able to keep my whole collection in
systematic order, and to refer readily to any part of it.

I shall insert a numbered, systematic list of genera and
species at the end of this work, to aid those collectors
who may wish to adopt the same plan.

COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, USES, ETC.

33

Before I close this chapter, I must devote a few lines
to a glance at my subject from one other point of view
— the cm bono aspect, if I may so call it, of Sea- weeds.

In early times, when true science scarcely existed, and
every product and phenomenon of Nature was valued
according to its evident effect on man’s real or supposed
happiness, or in proportion to the gratification that it
afforded, many things were deemed worthless simply be¬
cause their uses were not understood, or their indirect
action was overlooked.

This was the case with Sea- weeds, and in the rare in¬
stances that they are mentioned by ancient authors, the
epithet f useless’ or ‘ vile’ is always added.

The spread of scientific knowledge has reversed this
verdict, and oceanic vegetation, which is almost wholly
composed of Algm, is admitted to be of vast importance
in the economy of Nature. To it is entrusted the func¬
tion of converting the mineral matter held in solution
in the water into organic substances fit for food for the
myriads of various animals that inhabit the sea. This

d

it does, either directly or indirectly ; the former in the
case of those mollusks, fish, etc., that are vegetarians,
the latter with those that are carnivorous, — so that we
are in some degree indebted to the “ vile alga” for every
dainty dish of fish we eat. Had Horace, epicure that
he was, thought of this, he would have written very dif¬
ferently on the subject, and would probably have im¬
mortalized the merits of the weeds which lack of know¬
ledge of their virtues led him to despise.

Subsidiary to these general services there are many
special purposes of agriculture, art, manufacture, and
medicine to which certain kinds of Sea-weeds are appli¬
cable. On almost every coast where it is abundant,

D

34

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

wrack, or vraich, a term applied in a general sense to
Sea-weeds, is collected for manure or fuel, and the fer¬
tility of certain localities, as for instance the Channel
Islands, is due to the facility with which this can be ob-
tained. In Jersey there are very stringent laws as to
the season when the vraich may be cut, and during the
prescribed time every available man, woman, and con¬
veyance is devoted to the service. The whole island
reeks of vraich, and carts of all sorts and sizes, heavily
laden with it, are to be met at every turn. The little
island horses seem to thoroughly understand the busi-
ness, and pick their way over the rocks with carts be¬
hind them in a manner perfectly astounding to the
uninitiated beholder.

All the large weeds of the Olive series were formerly
very extensively and profitably used in the manufacture
of kelp, then one of the chief ingredients of glass and
soap, but which has since been superseded by cheaper
alkalies. The chemical substances iodine and mannite
are obtained from Sea-weeds; and a species of Gracilaria,
mixed in most cases with Laurencia obtusa, is used me¬
dicinally under the name of Corsican moss.

Choridrus crispus and some other species yield a
gelatine said to be a remedy for consumption, and
which is at any rate sufficiently good to be used in
the preparation of blancmange. In China a cement
of equal strength with gum and glue is derived from
another species of Gracilaria. Several British species
are reputed to be eatable, but none of them, with the
exception, perhaps, of the Porphyra ?, which yield f stake*
or ‘ laver/ are very palatable. Chinese birds*-nest, which
is composed of an Alga, is, however, a dainty delicacy
when eaten in soup.

COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, USES, ET

35

Knife- and whip-handles, and walking-sticks, are made
from the stems of Laminaria cligitata ; and the fronds of
L. saccharina frequently do duty as barometers. I need
scarcely refer to sea-weed baskets and pictures, or to the
more scientific books and maps of named specimens,
which are often sold at bazaars, and by means of which
considerable sums have been raised for rebuilding
churches, and other similar purposes.

These are some of the uses of Sea-weeds, and I could
enumerate others, did my space permit.

There is, besides, their beauty of colour, of structure,
and of form, and to my mind this is by no means their
least valuable attribute.

“ For not to use alone did Providence
Abound, but large example gave to man
Of grace, and ornament, and splendour rich,

Suited abundantly to every taste^

In bird, beast, fish, winged and creeping thing,

In herb and flower.”

36

OLIVE-COLOURED SEA-WEEDS— MEL ANOSPERMEiE.

Order I. FUCACEiE.

Fronds without joints, mostly large and of tough leathery
texture. Spores in globular cavities, in the substance of the
frond.

Genus I. SARGASSUM.

Frond branched, with a distinct stem bearing leaves.
Air-vessels simple, on short stalks. Spore-receptacles small,
generally in axillary clusters.

Upwards of one hundred species of this genus have
been described. They are distributed over the warmer
latitudes of both hemispheres, and are especially numerous
in the Red Sea. The enormous masses of floating weed,
which exist in the tropical part of the Gulf Stream, are
composed of two or three species, chiefly of S. baceiferum.
The early navigators called the Gulfweed Sargazo, or
Sea-lentils, from the resemblance of its air-vessels, which
they doubtless mistook for seeds, to the pods of the
lentil. Hence the name of the genus. Two species are
usually considered to belong to the English marine flora ;
but they are certainly not natives, and their only claim

to be admitted is the fact that they have been occasion-

•/

ally picked up on our coasts.

Sargassum vulgare. Common Sea-lentils.

Stem smooth, slender, alternately branched. Leaves ob-

FUCACE^.

37

long-lanceolate, of. variable breadth, serrated and ribbed.
Air-vessels round, on short, flattened stalks. Spore-recep¬
tacles in the axils of the leaves.

This plant is found on the shores of the Southern
States of North America, and on the coasts of Spain
and Portugal, to which latter localities we are probably
indebted for the few recorded so-called English speci¬
mens.

Sargassum bacciferum. Berry-bearing Sea-lentils,

or Gulfweed.

Stem cylindrical, much branched. Leaves linear-lanceo¬
late, serrated and ribbed, two to three inches long. Air-
vessels on cylindrical stems, round, terminated by a short
point. Fructification unknown.

The Gulfweed was probably known to the Phoenician
navigators, certainly to Columbus, for he has left an ac¬
count of it, and it is a curious fact that the position of
the principal banks has not varied since his time. Float¬
ing in mid-ocean, this plant appears to have neither root
nor spore, but to be propagated by means of branchlets

broken from the mass bv the action of the sea. Not-

«/

withstanding this apparently abnormal mode of growth,
it is wonderfully prolific, and has been computed by
Humboldt to cover an area of more than a quarter of a
million of square miles of sea, or a space five times as
large as that occupied by England.

Genus II. HALIDRYS.

Foot a conical disc. Frond shrub-like, with branchlets
having the appearance of leaves. Air-vessels pod-shaped,

38

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

jointed, divided internally into cells, pointed at the apex.
Fructification in terminal, tuberculated receptacles.

The name of this genus is derived from the Greek
words ah, the sea, and dr us, an oak. Of the two species
that are known, one has only been found in North
American waters, and the other is common on all parts
of the British coast and the adjacent shores of Europe.

Halidrys siliquosa. Podded Sea-oak.

Frond repeatedly pinnate. Air-vessels oblong, with a
bristle-like point.

This Sea-weed is a perennial, and may be found at all
seasons, in pools between high- and low- water mark. It
varies in size from a few inches long in shallow water to
three or four feet at greater depths.

Genus III. CYSTOSEERA.

Boot a conical disc. Frond shrub-like, having a woody
stem with alternate branches. Air-vessels of one cell in
the substance of the branches. Fructification at the ends
of the branchlets.

The name Cystoseira, from the Greek words kustis,
a bladder, and seira, a string, has reference to the ar¬
rangement of the air-vessels. The larger proportion of the
twenty species which compose this genus are found in
the Mediterranean Sea, and the remainder, with the ex¬
ception of one or two which grow in America, frequent
the shores of Europe. They appear to form the con¬
necting link between the warmth-loving Sargassa and
the Fuci, which delight in colder climates ; and as in geo-'
graphical position, so also in structure they are interme-

FUCACEiE.

39

diate between these two genera, partaking of the charac¬
ters of both.

Cystoseira ericoides. Heath-like Cystoseira.

Stem woody, short, with slender branches covered with
awl-shaped spines or leaves. Air-vessels solitary, small,
placed near the tops of the branches. Spore-receptacles
cylindrical, with awl-shaped points.

The rock pools of the south and south-west coast of
England and Ireland abound with this plant, which is
also very plentiful in the Channel Islands. It is very
rare in the northern districts, and has searcelv ever been
found in Scotland. When seen growing under water it
is beautifully iridescent, and may be easily distinguished
by this character, which no allied species possesses.

Cystoseira granulata. Granular Cystoseira.

Stem covered with elliptical knobs, from which spring
slender, repeatedly divided branches. Air-vessels two or
three together. Spore-receptacles elongated.

The distinctive character of this plant is the knotted
stems from which it takes its name. It is to be found
in similar situations to C. ericoides, and is common in
many localities.

Cystoseira barbata. Bearded Cystoseira.

Stem cvlindrical, with small knobs bearing very slender,
much divided branches. Air-vessels lance-shaped, not always
present. Spore-receptacles small, with a bristle-like point.

The claim of this plant to a place among our native
Sea-weeds is infinitesimally small, and the young collec¬
tor need not, therefore, perplex himself by endeavouring
to find it among his slender specimens of C. granulata,

40

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

to which species he may safely refer all Cystoseirce with
knotted stems.

Cystoseira fceniculacea. Fennel-leaved Cystoseira.

Stem flattened ; branches long, clothed with blunt spines.
Air-vessels small, lance-shaped, placed below the forkings of
the branchlets. Spore-receptacles very small, smooth, and
without points.

The South of England and the Channel Islands are
the best localities for this species, which is not found so
far north as some of its kindred.

Cystoseira fibrosa. Fibrous Cystoseira.

Erond two to three feet long, very much branched ; stem
flattened, as thick as a swan’s quill ; branches slender. Air-
vessels oval, large, imbedded in the lower part of the branch-
lets. Spore-receptacles very long, clothed with bristle-like
fibres.

The only species with which this can be confounded is
C. ericoides, from which it differs in its generally large
size, more prominent air-vessels, and in the absence of
the beautiful iridescence which appears on that plant
when growing under water.

Genus IV. PYCNOPHYCUS.

Root fibrous, spreading. Erond a straight smooth shoot,
entirely without branches for the first few inches, then fork¬
ing, from rounded axils, into branchlets of unequal length
which are again similarly divided. Air-vessels one-celled,
in the substance of the frond, always obscure and frequently
altogether absent. Fructification in cellular receptacles at
the tips of the branchlets.

PUCACEyE.

41

The Greek words pycnos, thick, and pity cos, a sea- weed,
furnish the not very descriptive name of this small but
well-marked and widely distributed genus, whose geo¬
graphical range extends from the south of Africa, along
the Atlantic and Mediterranean shores of that conti¬
nent, and Europe as far north as the west coast of
Ireland.

Pycnophycus tuberculatus. Tubercular Pycno-

phycus.

Even when seen for the first time, this plant can
scarcely be confounded with any other. Its smooth
cylindrical fronds, bright olive-colour, and fibrous root,
are unmistakeable characters. In consequence of its
succulent texture it can only grow under water, and is,
therefore, to be found in pools which are never left
empty by the tide. For the same reason it shrinks much
in drying ; indeed the change is so great that the collec¬
tor can scarcely believe the shrivelled, black, dried speci¬
men to be identical with the handsome bright-coloured
plant which he gathered.

Genus V. FUCUS.

Foot a conical disc. Frond flat, with a midrib, or com¬
pressed without, forked. Air-vessels, one-celled, in the sub¬
stance of the frond, not always present. Fructification in
receptacles at or near the ends of the branchlets, or on inde¬
pendent stems or shoots.

Phycos was the Greek word for sea-weed, and early
writers on the subject adopted Facus as a generic name
for nearly half the marine Algae with which they were
acquainted. Modern research has led to the construc¬
tion of many new genera to which the bulk of the plants
formerly belonging to this genus have been referred.

42

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

At present it contains only about a dozen species, which
are all found in the northern latitudes of the Atlantic
Ocean, either on the coasts of Europe or America, most
of them being common to both continents. They grow
in large numbers on rocks between the tide- marks,
where their tough leathery texture and large size fit
them to bear exposure to air and sun, and to afford
shelter to more delicate species.

Fucus vesiculosus. Twin-bladder Wrack.

Erond flat, with a distinct midrib, not cut at the edges,
varying in length from a few inches to two feet, or more.
Air-vessels, when present, globular, generally in pairs, one
on each side of the midrib. Spore-receptacles terminal,
variable in shape, sometimes forked, full of mucus.

This is, perhaps, the most common British Sea-weed.
It is abundant on all parts of our coasts, and is sometimes
used as fodder for cattle, and more frequently as manure.
It was formerly employed very largely, in combination
with other species, in the manufacture of kelp, for the
use of the glass-blowers and soap-boilers. In those
days, a piece of rocky coast suitable for the growth,
or, I might almost say cultivation, of Sea-weed was
a valuable property ; but improvements in the manu¬
facture of alkalies have destroyed the trade of the
kelp- maker, and with it the value of the rocky shore
where it was conducted.

Fucus ceranoides. Horn Wrack.

Erond flat, with a midrib, not cut at the edges, about a
foot long ; main branches twice as wide as the branchlets
springing from them, which are more distinctly forked. Air-
vessels altogether absent. Spore-receptacles at the tips of
the branchlets, small, spindle-shaped, sometimes forked.

rUCACEJJ.

43

This is not a common plant. It resembles F. vesicu-
losus, but may be readily distinguished by its narrow
side-branches, its thinner texture, and the smaller quan¬
tity of saline matter which it contains. This latter pe¬
culiarity causes it to require less soaking, and to dry
more quickly than other species of the genus.

Fuchs serratus. Serrated Wrack.

Trond flat, forked, toothed at the edge, having a strong
midrib, from two to four feet long, or more. Air-vessels,
none. Spore-receptacles flat, at the ends of the branches.

This species is very common, and is easily identified.
The width of the frond and the depth of its serratures
vary considerably ; but the general character of the
plant is never lost.

Fucus nodosus. Knotted Wrack, or Sea-

whistles.

Trond flattened, without a distinct midrib, one to five
feet long, a quarter of an inch to an inch wide ; branches
springing from slight projections, small at the base, and
more or less pointed at the apex. Air-vessels very large,
oval, formed in the main stem and branches. Spore-recep¬
tacles egg-shaped, on erect slender stalks, springing from
projections on the branches, bright yellow when ripe.

This is the largest, toughest, and most rigid British Fu¬
chs. It grows nearer to low-water mark than any other
species of the genus, and is usually more or less covered
with Polysiphonia fastigiata. It may be easily recog¬
nized by its thick narrow frond and large air-vessels.

44

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Fucus Mackaii. Mackay?s Wrack.

Frond cylindrical, or slightly flattened, slender, much
divided into forked branches. Air-vessels, when present,
below the forkings of the frond, about half an inch long
and one-fifth of an inch in diameter. Fructification in pen¬
dulous, lance-shaped receptacles on slender stalks, spring¬
ing from the sides of the lower part of the branches.

The recorded British habitats of this rare plant are
all in Ireland and Scotland. It was first found on the
coast of Connemara, by Mr. Mackay, and is named
after him. It has been considered to be only a variety
of F. nodosus ; but more careful examination has not
confirmed this view, and it is now recognized as an esta¬
blished species. It grows in a round tuft, about a foot
in diameter, somewhat like mistletoe, without a root,
and not attached to anything, but resting on the sand
or mud, or among rocks.

Fucus canaliculatus. Channelled Wrack.

Frond narrow, channelled on one side, rounded on the
other, without either midrib or air-vessels, forked. Fructi¬
fication in tubercular, forked receptacles, at the tips of the
branches.

With the exception of the newly-discovered F. anceps ,
this is the smallest of our native Fuci , being rarely more
than eight or nine inches high, and often only two or
three. It grows very near high-water mark, and occa¬
sionally in situations where the spray alone reaches it,
but in these positions it is very stunted.

Fucus anceps. Two-edged Wrack.

Frond repeatedly forked, flat in the lower part, tapering
above, with an indistinct midrib. Air-vessels, none. Fruc-

FUCACE.F.

45

tification in elongated, pointed receptacles, at the tips of
the branches.

This plant is one of the most recent additions to our
list of native Sea-weeds. It was discovered bv Professor
Harvey and Mr. N. P. Ward, at Ivilkee, Ireland, in
July, 1863, and was at first considered to be identical
with the Linnsean species F. distichus. Subsequent ex¬
amination and comparison with European specimens of
the latter plant, established the fact that it was a dis¬
tinct species, which had not been previously described,
and it has, therefore, been duly installed as F. anceps,
“ Harvey and Ward.” I dare hardly hope that many
young collectors will be so fortunate as to secure this
rarity; but those who may do so, will readily distin¬
guish it from F. canaliculatus , which is the only Bri¬
tish Fucus which it externally resembles, by its fiat un¬
channelled stem, and long, tapering receptacles. The
‘ Journal of Botany’ for 1863 contains a full description
of this plant, by Mr. W. Carruthers, and a capital plate
by Mr. Fitch.

Genus YI. HIM ANTH ALIA.

Boot a small disc. Frond, in its young state, a pear-
shaped sac, quickly becoming a button, at first flat-topped
and hollow, then concave and solid. Fructification in long,
linear, repeatedly forked receptacles, springing from the
centre of the frond.

It is not easy to determine the exact derivation of the
name of this plant. The Greek word imas, a strap,
furnishes the first part, but it is doubtful whether the
remainder is derived from tha/os, a branch, or als or
thalassa, both of which mean sea. The English name

46

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

of Sea-thongs would be best translated by tlie latter
word, and that probably is correct. This genus con¬
tains but one species.

Kimanthalia lorea. Leather-thong Kimanthalia,

or Sea-thongs.

This is common on the Atlantic shores of Europe,
and has been found on the coast of North America. Its
chief peculiarity consists in the very large proportion
that the spore-receptacles bear to the whole plant.
These are commonly three or four feet long, and are
said to attain a length of even twenty feet, while the
little button frond is never more than an inch or an
inch and a half high, and about two inches in diame¬
ter. Great diversity of opinion has been expressed as
to the duration of this plant, — some writers asserting
it to be annual, some biennial, and some even peren¬
nial. My own recent observations of a very large num¬
ber of growing specimens in early spring lead me to the
conclusion that the middle course is, as usual, the cor¬
rect one, and that it is biennial. It certainly is not
annual ; but I am not prepared to say that it may not
be perennial.

Order II. SPOROCHNACEJ3.

Fronds without joints. Spores attached to external, jointed
Jilaments , either free or compacted together.

Genus VII. DESMARESTIA.

Erond linear, either thread-like or more or less flat,
branched, with a single-tubed, jointed thread running
through it, when young bearing marginal tufts of branch¬
ing fibres. Fructification unknown.

SPOROCHNACE.E.

47

This genus is named in honour of the celebrated
French naturalist, A. G. Desmarest. It does not con¬
tain many species, but is nevertheless widely distri¬
buted, and ranges over all the temperate and cold regions
to the utmost limits of marine vegetation. The young
and mature states of most of the species are very differ¬
ent, and puzzle those who see them for the first time.
All the species not only decay very quickly after being
gathered, but also cause any other weeds with which
they may come in contact to do the same. They should,
therefore, always be kept separate, and laid down as
quickly as possible.

Desmarestia ligulata. Ligulate Desmarestia.

Frond flat, with an indistinct midrib, repeatedly pinnate ;
branches and branchlets opposite, tapering towards both
ends.

Ccommon all round our coast. It varies chiefly in

•/

the width of the branches, which in some specimens is
nearly one-third of an inch, while in others it is scarcely
greater than in the filiform fronds of D. viridis, for which
it is in consequence sometimes mistaken.

Desmarestia pinnatinervia. Phmately-nerved

Desmarestia.

Frond flat, leaf-like, with waved edges, from four inches
to a foot or more lontr, and from an inch to two or even
three inches broad, of a pale olive colour, and membranous
texture, traversed throughout by a distinct mid-vein, from
which spring exactly opposite side-veins.

This interesting plant is a comparatively recent addi¬
tion to the British marine flora, and its title to be con¬
sidered a distinct species is still in doubt. The first

48

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

recorded British specimens wrere found by Mr. Lawers
in Molville Bay, county Donegal, in 1853, and more re¬
cently it has been found at the Lizard, Cornwall, by Dr.
Hermann Becker. I have not seen any of the Irish spe¬
cimens, but I have now before me two of the ulants col-
lected by Dr. Becker. The latter appear to be smaller than
those from Donegal, being only of the minimum dimen¬
sions above stated. They are entirely without branches,
and altogether differ so completely in appearance from
the forms of Desmarestia ligulcita with which I am ac¬
quainted, that I have hesitated to adopt the suggestion
that the plant is only an extravagantly wide form of that
species, and prefer to retain it under a distinct name,
pending the examination of a larger series of specimens
than has been hitherto available.*

Desmarestia aculeata. Prickly Desmarestia.

Frond cylindrical at the base, becoming flatfish in the
upper part, much divided ; branches and branchlets alter¬
nate, tapering at the base, when young of a bright green
colour, tender substance, and fringed with slender threads ;
when old, brown, coarse, and covered with spines.

Desmarestia viridis. Green Desmarestia.

Frond cylindrical, filiform, much divided; branches and
branchlets hair-like, opposite.

* Since writing the above, I have received from Dr. Becker a liberal
supply of specimens in a fresh state, and a careful examination of these
has fully convinced me that this plant is specifically distinct from D.
licjidata , and is identical with the Continental D. jpinnatinervia. I
take this opportunity to thank Dr. Becker, both for the specimens
and for the information concerning them, and to record the fact that
he was the first, and, so far as I am aware, is the only discoverer of this
interesting Sca-weed in an English habitat.

SPOROCHNACEjE.

49

This is a very delicate and beautiful species, and is
■widely distributed in the higher latitudes, both north
and south. Unlike most other plants, it appears to in¬
crease in luxuriance as it penetrates into the regions of
the greatest cold.

Genus VIII. ARTHROCLADIA.

Frond thread-like, cellular, knotted, covered with whorls
of jointed, bipinnate filaments, and traversed by a tube which
is divided transversely into air-cells. Fructification in bead¬
like, stalked receptacles on the filaments. — Artiirocladia,
from the Greek arthron, a joint, and klados, a branch.

This genus contains only one species,

Arthrccladia villosa. Shaggy Arthrocladia,

which is an annual, and grows in deep water. It is
sparingly distributed on the shores of Europe, and has
been found in North America. It is most frequent on
the south coast of England and in Jersey. I well re¬
member the delight of finding fine specimens of this
plant and of the allied species, SporocJmits pedunculatus
and Desmaresiia viridis, all together, and for the first
time, in Greve d’Azette, at the back of Elizabeth Castle,
St. Helier, and I trust that some at least of my readers
may be equally fortunate.

Genus IX. SPOROCHNUS.

Frond thread-like, solid, composed of two kinds of cells,
those at the axis and circumference very small, those inter¬
vening much larger. Fructification stalked, oblong recep¬
tacles, crested with tufts of slender, jointed fibres, and com¬
posed of branched spore-bearing filaments arranged round a
slender axis. — Sporochnus, from the Greek sporos , a seed,

E

50

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

and chnoos , wool, in reference to the tufts of fibres which
adorn the spore-receptacles.

This genus contains four or five species, all of which
are natives of temperate climes. One only is found on
our coasts, and that but sparingly.

Sporochnus pedunculatus. Pedunculated Spo-

rochnus.

Frond from a few inches to a foot or more long, pinnately
branched, of a pale olive-colour and tender texture ; branches
long, simple, set on at right angles to the stem. Spore-
receptacles elliptical.

This is a very beautiful plant, and is easily distin¬
guished by its slender, simple stem, and its thread-like,
tuft-covered branches.

Genus X. CARPOMITRA.

Frond flat, forked, mid-ribbed. Fructification in mitre¬
shaped receptacles, at the ends of the branches, composed
of whorls of branched, spore-bearing filaments arranged
round a vertical axis. — Carpomitra, from the Greek karpos ,
a fruit, and mitra , a cap.

The number of species of this genus is very limited,
and only one occurs in a northern latitude.

Carpomitra Cabrerse. Cabrera’s Carpomitra.

Root a small tuber. Frond about six inches high, forkedly
branched, mid-ribbed ; branches erect, linear, narrow, flat,
constricted at intervals.

Dr. Harvey, in the ‘ Phycologia Britannica/ writes of
this plant : — “ Specimens having never been found but
once, and then only washed on shore, we may be allowed
to entertain the fear that this interesting plant is not

LAMINARIACEiE.

51

truly the growth of our shores, but wafted hither, as
extra- European productions sometimes are, by the force
of currents.” Since this was written, specimens have
been dredged at Plymouth, and others picked up in
Jersey. I do not hesitate, therefore, to express my opi¬
nion that this rare and interesting species is entitled to
a place among our native Sea-weeds.

Order III. LAMINARIACEzE.

Fronds without joints. Spores superficial, either forming

cloud-like patches, or covering the whole surface of the
frond.

Genus XI. ALARIA.

Root fibrous. Frond stalked, with a strong midrib
throughout its length ; stem winged with ribless leaflets,
which contain the fructification. Spores pear-shaped, ar¬
ranged in oblong sori. — Arabia, from the Latin ala, a wing.

There are about five known species of Alaria , which
are distributed over the northern shores of the Atlantic
and Pacific oceans.

Alaria esculenta. Eatable Alaria, or Badder-

locks.

Frond elongated, lance-shaped, entire ; rib narrow ; leaf¬
lets linear-oblong or wedge-shaped.

The midrib of this plant is eaten in Ireland and Scot¬
land, and in some of the adjacent islands; hence the spe¬
cific name esculenta.

Genus XII. LAMINARIA.

Frond leathery or membranous, flat, with a stalk, but no

e 2

52

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

mid-rib. Fructification imbedded in the frond iu spots. —
Laminaria, from the Latin lamina, a thin plate.

There are several species of this genus, which are
widely distributed both in hot and cold climates. They
grow generally at and beyond low-water mark, extend¬
ing into depths of many fathoms. With one or two ex¬
ceptions, all the species are of large size, and some of
them attain a height of twenty feet. They grow very
rapidly, and renew the leafy part of their fronds every
year. The new leaf is formed between the top of the
stalk and the base of the old leaf, which gradually de¬
cays and gives place to its successor. This process is
very well exhibited in small specimens of L. digit at a ,
and the young collector should obtain a few plants, show¬
ing the two fronds in various stages of growth.

Laminaria digitata. Fingered Laminaria, or

Tangle.

Stem solid, cylindrical, tapering upwards, of varying
length ; frond leathery, roundish-oblong, when quite young,
entire, rapidly becoming deeply cleft into several strips.

Small specimens of this species may be gathered in
the deeper tide-pools near low-water mark. The larger
are cast on shore after storms. It is impossible to pre¬
serve the latter, but they should always be examined, as
many rare small Algte, which delight in deep water,
grow on their stems, and can only be collected in this
manner.

Laminaria digitata, var. stenophylla.

This plant is figured by Professor Harvey in the fPhy-
cologia JBritannica/ and he expresses a doubt as to

LAMINARIACEiE.

53

whether it is not entitled to rank as a distinct species.
The stem is longer and less rigid, and the whole frond
is much more more limp and slender than the ordinary
form of L. digitata. There is also a difference in the
root.

Laminaria bulbosa. Bulbous Laminaria.

Stem flat, with a waved margin, and having a hollow
hnlb or tuber just above the root; frond oblong, cleft into
several strips.

The distinctive character of this plant is the bulb
from which it takes its name, and which is to be found
in specimens of all ages.

Laminaria longicruris. Long-stalked Laminaria.

Stem eight to ten feet long, solid at the base, becoming
thicker and hollow in the middle, and thence tapering up¬
wards; frond from six to eight feet long, and from two to
three feet wide, oval, waved at the edge, rounded at the top.

This is another of the waifs and strays of foreign
climes which has been occasionally found on our shores
in a very worn and imperfect state, and which has, I
fear, but small claim to be admitted to a place among
our native Sea-weeds. Dr. Harvey has included it in his
‘ Phycologia Britanuica/ and 1 follow his example. It
is abundant on the coast of North America.

Laminaria saccharina. Sugared Laminaria.

Stem cylindrical, slender; solid ; frond leathery or almost
membranous, lanceolate, entire.

This is a very well-known common species, and is
probably familiar to many of my readers as the cottager’s

54

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

weather-teller. It is very apt to sport, and many very
interesting, abnormal forms may be obtained by those
who will take the trouble to look for them.

Laminaria Phyliitis. Hart’s-tongue Laminaria.

Stem short, slightly flattened ; frond linear-lanceolate,
membranous, entire.

Some doubts are still admitted to exist as to whether
this is a distinct species, or only a very slender variety
of L. saccharina. The resemblance between the two is
close, but after careful examination Dr. Harvey is of
opinion that L. Phyliitis should be retained as a species.

Laminaria fascia. Ribbon Laminaria.

Stem very short and slender ; frond membranous, of very
varying width and shape, from linear to broadly oblong,
entire.

This is not a common species, but may be found in
many localities all round our coasts. It is the smallest
of the British Laminarim, seldom attaining a height
of more than nine or ten inches.

Genus XIII. CHORDA.

Root shield-shaped. Frond a simple cylindrical tube,
divided internally by transverse membranes. Fructification
a layer of obconical spores, elongated at the base, spread
over the external surface of the frond. — Chorda, from the
Greek chortle , a string or cord.

The geographical distribution of this genus is very
general, and the individuals are numerous on all the
northern shores of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.

DICTYOTACE.E.

OO

Chorda filum. Thread Chorda.

Frond cartilaginous, slimy, tapering from the middle to
each end, varying in length from a few inches to thirty or
even forty feet. When young, covered with slender fibres,
which are worn off as the plant matures ; occasionally the
tips of the fronds become inflated, and maybe seen floating
above the surface of the water, but specimens in this state
are not common.

Chorda lomentaria. Constricted Chorda.

Frond a simple membranous tube, slender at the base,
constricted at distant intervals, so as to give it the appear¬
ance of being pointed, tapering at the tip.

The differences between this and the preceding species
are so great that some writers are doubtful whether both
should be included in the same genus. C. lomentaria
occurs frequently on our coasts. Its fronds usually grow
in tufts, are thin in substance, free from slime, and are
not more than a foot long, frequently only a few inches.
I gathered specimens near Whitby, Yorkshire, of a very
small variety which was growing abundantly on the rocks
near high-water mark. The fronds were only two or
three inches long, not constricted, and, when growing,
had the appearance of tufts of stunted grass.

Order 4. DICTYOTACEiE.

Fronds without joints. Spores superficial , disposed in
definite spots or lines.

Genus XIY. CUTLERIA.

Root covered with woolly fibres. Frond flat, of thick ish
substance, expanding upwards, irregularly cleft or forked.
Fructification of two kinds on separate plants, dotted over

56

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

the whole surface of the frond : — 1, tufts of stalked cells,
containing spores ; 2, minute branches of fibres, bearing
linear, dotted, sessile antheridia. — Cutleria, named after
Miss Cutler, a lady whom every student in marine botany
should delight to honour.

The number of known species is only four or five. They
are distributed over the southern shores of Europe.

Cutleria multifida. Many-cut Cutleria.

Frond varying in length from two or three inches to a
foot or more, wedge-shaped, divided into irregular, forked
branches, which spring from very acute axils, and have
tufts of delicate, jointed fibres on their pointed tips. Fructi¬
fication in dots, attached to a network of branching, jointed
fibres spreading over the whole frond.

This very beautiful and interesting plant has been
found in many British localities, but does not appear to
be abundant in any of them. It is annual, and grows
on rocks which are not left bare, even by the lowest
tides. The collector must, therefore, either dredge for
it or be content with such specimens as may be cast on
shore, and these are not numerous, except after storms.
Externally Cutleria multifida differs from Dictyota
dichotoma in having a more wedge-shaped and less
divided frond, which, when fertile, is covered all over
with dots of fructification.

Genus XV. HALISERIS.

Frond membranous, flat, forked, mid-ribbed. Fructifi¬
cation, clusters of egg-shaped spores, generally arranged in
rows running lengthwise of the frond. — Haliseris, from
als, the sea, and sens, endive.

There are several species, all growing in warm cli-

DICTYOTACE/E.

57

mates, and only one extending so far north as our south¬
ern and western shores.

Haliseris polypodioides. polypody-like Sea-

Endive.

Fronds forked, entire at the edge, growing in tufts, from
six inches to a foot high, and having a peculiar pungent
smell. Fructification in a line of dots on each side of the
midrib.

This is a rare and beautiful species, and one that can¬
not be mistaken for any other. It grows in deep water,
or only just above extreme low-tide mark. It must,
therefore, be sought during the lowest spring tides which
occur at new or full moon. As it is prone to decay
rapidly, and to cause other weeds with which it may be
in contact to do the same, it should be kept separate,
and laid down as quickly as possible.

Genus XVI. PADHNTA.

Foot coated with woolly fibres. Frond ribless, leathery,
flat, fan-shaped, marked with concentric lines, fringtd with
jointed fibres, and rolled inwards at the top. Fructification
in lines running along the markings of the frond beneath the
epidermis. — The derivation of Padina. has not been traced.

Padina pavonia. Peacock’s-tail Padina.

The one species to which this genus is now restricted
is widely distributed in warm latitudes, and is especially
abundant in the Mediterranean. It grows in the deep¬
er tide- pools, some distance above low- water mark, and
when seen in a luxuriant state under water is beauti¬
fully iridescent, and has very much the appearance of
miniature peacocks’ tails. It is found in several loca-

58

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

lities on the south coast, and in Jersey. Specimens
usually require to he freed from sand and other foreign
matters before being laid down, and the greatest care
must be taken not to remove the fibrous fringe or to
destroy the epidermis during this operation.

Genus XVII. ZONARIA.

Root coated with woolly fibres. Frond flat, ribless,
leathery, membranaceous, fan-shaped, entire or cleft verti¬
cally into radiating segments, marked with indistinct con¬
centric lines. Fructification roundish or linear clusters
of spores formed beneath the cuticle of the frond, and
bursting through at either surface. — Zonaria, from the
Greek zone, a zone or girdle.

This genus contains several species, which, with the ex¬
ception of the two following, are confined to warm regions.

Zonaria collaris. Collar Zonaria.

Frond composed of two distinct parts ; the lower or pri¬
mary procumbent, leathery, orbicular, sometimes divided
into lobes, with a dense woolly coating on its under sur¬
face, by which it adheres to the rocks ; the upper or
secondary, springing from the lower, cup-shaped, membra¬
nous, the edge notched at distant intervals, and fringed
with delicate, jointed fibres. Fructification not hitherto dis¬
covered on Jersey specimens.

The claim of this beautiful species to be included in
our flora rests at present only on Channel Island speci¬
mens. Professor Harvey first received it from Miss
Turner, who picked it up in f Granville’ (Grouville ?)
Bay ; and I have since seen several specimens, of the
secondary part of the frond only, from the same or other
Jersey localities.

59

DICTYOTACEjE.

Zonaria parvula. Little Zonaria.

Frond procumbent, membranaceous, variously lobed,
spreading over the rock in circular patches, attached by
numerous fibres issuing from its lower surface. Fructifica¬
tion not observed on British specimens.

Professor Harvey writes : — “This is not an uncommon
plant on various parts of our coasts, though frequently
overlooked, owing to its hiding in crevices, or creeping
through the much-branched, stony Nullipores.”

Genus XVIII. TAONIA.

Foot covered with woolly fibres. Frond fiat, ribless, net¬
worked, irregularly cleft, the surface cellules equally distant,
those in the ultimate divisions of the frond in parallel or
only slightly divergent series. Fructification in wavy con¬
centric lines on both surfaces of the frond. — Taonia, from
the Greek taon, a peacock.

In the ‘ Phycologia Britannica/ T. atomaria is included
in the genus Dictyota, but in his subsequent works
Professor Harvey has adopted the name Taonia. In his
‘ Nereis Boreali-Americana/ he speaks of this genus
as formed for the reception of the old Ulva atomaria ,
which has been variously referred to Zonaria, Dictyota,
and Padina ; and we will therefore hope that at last this
much-vexed plant has found a local habitation and a
permanent name.

Taonia atomaria. Banded Taonia.

Fronds from four inches to a foot high, and from half an
inch to three inches wide, growing in clusters. Fructifica¬
tion arranged in wavy bands across the frond.

This fine species is found in several localities on the

GO

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

British coasts and in the Channel Islands, but seldom
in great abundance. It is annual, and is in perfection
about July.

Genus XIX. DICTYOTA.

Boot coated with woolly fibres. Frond flat, ribless, mem¬
branous, forked, networked ; the surface cellules minute,
equidistant, converging at the tips of the frond, which end
in a single cell. Fructification, roundish clusters of spores
scattered over the whole frond beneath the cuticle, through
which they burst at maturity. — Dictyota, from the Greek
diktuon , a net, in allusion to the net work on the surface of the
fronds.

This genus contains several species, which are dis¬
tributed over very various latitudes, from the tropics to
the North Sea.

Dictyota dichotoma. Forked Dictyota.

Frond regularly forked, from four inches to a foot long,
and from an eighth of an inch to half an inch wide, wedge-
shaped at the base then linear. Fructification in dots scat¬
tered over the frond, but not extending quite to either
margin.

This species is very common, and varies much accord¬
ing to the conditions under which it grows. In still,
deep water, the fronds become broad and robust, and
vice versa , in shallow water and exposed positions, they
are small and narrow.

Dictyota, dichotoma var. intricata. — This form,
which has been described by some authors as a distinct
species, has fronds of a dark- brown colour, thick sub¬
stance, very narrow, elongated, spirally twisted and
tangled.

DICTYOTACE.E.

61

Genus XX. STILOPHORA.

Root a small disc. Frond cylindrical, branched, traversed
by a cavity, which increases in size as the plant matures.
Fructification, convex, wart-like clusters of spores studded
over the surface of the frond. — Stilophora, from the Greek
stile , a point, and phoreo, to bear.

The species of this genus are distributed on the shores
of the Atlantic Ocean, and of the Mediterranean and
Baltic Seas.

Stilophora rhizodes. Root-like Stilophora.

Frond almost solid, much divided into narrow branches
bearing scattered, forked branchlets. Fructification thickly
studded over the whole plant ; fibres of the sori simple ;
spores attached to them.

Stilophora Lyngbyaei. Lyngbye’s Stilophora.

Frond tubular, with spreading branches forking from
wide rounded axils, and bearing scattered hair-like branch-
lets with very slender forked tips. Fructification arranged
round the frond in transverse lines at short intervals 3 fibres
of the sori branched or forked, spores attached to them.

Professor Harvey has figured both these species in the
‘ Phycologia Britaunica/ but expresses a doubt whether
the differences between them do not depend on the rela¬
tive depths of water in which they grow, S. rhizodes being
found within the tide-marks, while S. Lyngbyaei always
grows in deep water. At the same time, he describes
and figures a considerable variation in the fructification
of the two plants to the effect that : in S. rhizodes the
fibres are simple, and the spores fixed to the surface of
the frond ; while in S. Lyngbyaei the fibres are branched
or forked, and the spores are attached to them. Subse-

62

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

quently, however, he appears to have altered this opi¬
nion, and in his ' Nereis Boreali-Americana5 he describes
and figures the spores of S. rhizodes as being attached
to the bases of the fibres.

Genus XXI. DICTYOSIPHON.

Boot a small disc. Frond thread-like, tubular, branched.
Fructification, naked spores scattered over the frond either
singly or in clusters. — Dictyosiphon, from the Greek
dictuon , a net, and siphon , a tube.

Dictyosiphon fceniculaceus. Fennel Dictyosiphon.

Frond very much divided into long, slender branches,
bearing awl-shaped branchlets.

When young the fronds of this species are of a green¬
ish-olive colour, and are covered throughout with jointed
fibres; mature specimens are brown. This plant is an¬
nual, and grows abundantly in tide pools during spring
and summer.

Genus XXII. STRIARIA.

Boot a small disc. Frond tubular, of thin substance,
branched. Fructification small clusters of spores arranged
in zones round all parts of the frond. — From the Greek
strix, or Latin stria, a fluting, in allusion to the arrangement
of the spores in transverse lines.

Striaria attenuata. Tapering Striaria.

Fronds much branched, growing in tufts, three inches
to a foot high ; branches and branchlets nearly opposite,
tapering at each end.

This species delights in quiet, sheltered situations, and
grows at a considerable depth. It is annual, and in
perfection in summer.

DICTYOTACE.E.

G3

Genus XXIII. PUNCTARIA.

Root shield-shaped. Frond membranous, simple, flat,
without a mid-rib. Fructification in minute dots scattered
over the surface of the frond. — Punctahia, from the Latin
punctum, a dot.

This genus contains several species which are dis¬
tributed on the shores of the Atlantic and in the Medi¬
terranean Sea. Three of them are moderately common

•/

on our coasts.

Punctaria latifolia. Broad-leaved Punctaria.

Frond six inches to a foot long, and one to two inches
broad, oblong, tapering abruptly at the base, irregularly
waved and notched at the edge, of a thin membranous sub¬
stance.

This species grows on rocks and Algm in tide-pools.
It is annual, and in perfection in summer. I recently
gathered fine specimens in April at the back of Elizabeth
Castle, Jersey.

Punctaria plantaginea. Plantain Punctaria.

Frond four inches to a foot long, and from a quarter of
an inch to two inches broad, lance-shaped, gradually taper¬
ing at the base, of a leathery, membranous substance, and
dark olive-brown colour.

Dr. Harvey, in his ‘ Nereis Boreali-Americana/ sug¬
gests that this is probably the type species, and that
P. latifolia and P. tenuissima are only varieties. Pos¬
sibly future botanists may so decide, but at present I
prefer to retain the three species as figured and described
in the ‘ Phycologia/

Punctaria tenuissima. Slender Punctaria.

Frond two to eight inches long, and from one-tenth to

64

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

one-third of an inch wide, of exceedingly thin texture and
pale olive-brown colour, growing in dense tufts round the
leaves of Zostera marina , etc. No fructification has been
hitherto observed.

Genus XXIV. ASPEROCOCCOUS.

Root shield-shaped. Prond a membranous tubular sac,
sometimes compressed, but always consisting of two separ¬
able membranes. Fructification in minute clusters of spores
scattered over the frond. — Asperococcus, from the Latin
asper , rough, and the Greek coccos, a seed.

Various species of this genus occur on the Atlantic
coasts of Europe, Africa, and America, and in the Aledi-
terranean. Three are indigenous to the British Isles.

Asperococcus compressus. The compressed

Asperococcus.

Frond flat, from four to eighteen inches long, and from a
quarter of an inch to an inch and a half broad, linear-
lance-shaped, with an obtuse apex and short stem. Spore-
clusters oblong, thickly scattered over the frond.

This plant is the connecting link between the genera
Punctaria and Asperococcus ; but while possessing some
of the characters of the former, its tubular, although
much compressed fronds connect it more closely with
the latter.

Asperococcus Turneri. Turner’s Asperococcus.

Fronds growing in tufts, from a few inches to two or
three feet long, and from half an inch to four inches in
diameter, tubular, inflated, obtuse at the points, contracted
into short stems at the base, of thin substance, and verv
variable shape. Spore-clusters minute, roundish, thicld/
scattered over the frond.

DICTYOTACE^E.

65

This species delights in still, muddy bays, where it
sometimes attains the extreme size mentioned above.
It grows on rocks, and on Zostera and algae.

Asperococcus echinatus. Prickly Asperococcus.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, from two to eighteen
inches long, and from one-tenth to half an inch in diameter,
tubular, tapering gradually at the base, then continuing of
the same diameter, and terminating in rounded or acute
points. Spore-clusters small, rough, spread thickly over the
whole frond. When young, the frond is covered with hair¬
like fibres.

Genus XXV. LITOSIPHON.

Frond cylindrical, cartilaginous, without branches, formed
of concentric layers of cells. Fructification, naked spores
scattered over the frond, either singly or in clusters. —
Litosiphon, from the Greek litos, slender, and siphon , a
tube.

The two species which constitute this genus are both
parasitical, and are pretty generally distributed wherever
the plants on which they grow occur.

Litosiphon pusillus. Small Litosiphon.

Fronds green, tufted, thread-like, from two to four inches
long, with a networked surface, covered with minute, jointed
fibres.

This plant grows on Chorda filum and Laminaria Inl-
hosa, frequently clothing the frond of the former and
the stem of the latter for a considerable distance. Al¬
though called the Small Litosiphon, it is many times
larger than its companion species.

r

66

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Litosiphon laminarise. Laminaria Litosiphon.

Fronds brown, tufted, from a quarter to half an inch long,
slightly tapering at the base, rounded at the apex, which is
clothed with minute fibres.

This species is parasitic on Alarm (formerly Lami¬
naria) esculenta, hence its name of laminaria, which I
should like to change to alaria so as to denote cor¬
rectly the plant on which it grows. There is, however,
a strong and well-founded objection to any alteration of
specific names, to which I gladly defer.

Order V. CHORD ARIACEiE.

Fronds gelatinous or cartilaginous , composed of interwoven ,

vertical and horizontal filaments. Spores attached to the

filaments , and immersed in the frond.

Genus XXYI. CHORDARIA.

Frond cylindrical, branched, having a cartilaginous axis,
surrounded by a periphery of club-shaped, whorled threads,
and long, slender, gelatinous fibres. Fructification, egg-
shaped spores arranged among the threads of the peri¬
phery. — Chokdaria, from the Greek chorde , a string.

Representatives of this genus are widely dispersed in
various latitudes, being found on the shores of Southern
Africa, North America, and Europe, extending as far
north as Iceland.

Chordaria flagelliformis. Whip Chordaria.

Fronds from a few inches to two feet or more long,
of uniform thickness throughout ; stem simple, bearing
numerous, long, thread-like branches, almost destitute of
branchlets.

CHORDARIACE^E.

67

This plant is annual. It grows on rocks, between
high- and low-water mark, aud is moderately abundant
on our coasts.

Chordaria divaricata. Spreading Chordaria.

Frond irregularly divided ; branches spreading, flexuous,
their upper parts having short, forked branchlets.

The onlv British habitat hitherto recorded for this
*>

species is Belfast Lough.

Genus XXVII. MESOGLOIA.

Frond thread-iike, much branched, gelatinous, having an
axis composed of interlaced, longitudinal threads, covered
with gelatine, and a periphery of radiating, forked filaments
tipped with clusters of club-shaped, beaded fibres. Fructifi¬
cation, obovate spores developed among the fibres at the tips
of the filaments of the periphery. — Mesogloia, from the
Greek mesos , the middle, and gloios, glutinous.

The species which compose this genus are mostly in¬
habitants of cold climates. They are all extremely gela¬
tinous, and may be distinguished by this character from
all other Olive Sea-weeds, none of which possess it in
anything like the same degree.

Mesogloia vermicularis. Worm-like Mesogloia.

Fronds tufted, from one to two feet high, gelatinous,
limp, and elastic, having a main stem of unequal thickness,
tapering at each extremity, and bearing numerous side-
branches, which are more or less pinnate or forked.

The colour of this species is a brownish-olive. The
spores have no stems.

i*'

9

w

S8

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Mesogloia Griffithsiana. Mrs. Griffiths’s Mesc-

gloia.

Fronds from a foot to a foot and a half high, with a slen¬
der stem of equal thickness throughout, bearing long, alter¬
nate, thread-like branches, either naked, or with a few short
branchlets set on, at nearly a right angle to the branch, at
distant intervals.

This species is of a pale olive-green colour, and its
spores have short stems. It was discovered by Mrs.
Griffiths, whose name it appropriately bears. The re¬
corded habitats are chiefly on the south-west coast, and
in Ireland, and even in these localities it is not of fre¬
quent occurrence.

Mesogloia virescens. Pale-green Mesogloia.

Frond from a few inches to a foot long, with a slender,
cylindrical, undivided stem of the same thickness through¬
out, and bearing numerous side-branches, which are thickly
studded with short simple branchlets.

The colour of this plant is a pale yellowish, or green¬
ish-olive. Its spores are without stems, and the fila¬
ments of the periphery consist of a short stem, bearing
a bundle of forked, beaded branches.

Genus XXVIII. LEATHESIA.

Frond tuberous, composed of jointed, forked threads.
Fructification, oval or pear-shaped spores hidden among
the outer series of filaments. — Leathesia, named in ho¬
nour of the Rev. G. R. Leathes, a British naturalist, who
discovered the first specimens which were described.

This genus is widely distributed in various latitudes.

CHORD ARIACI'yE.

69

The external appearance of the plants which compose it
does not at all betoken the very beautiful structure
which will be revealed when they are dissected and ex¬
amined under the microscope.

Leathesia tuberiformis. Tuber-shaped Leathesia.

Fronds growing singly on other sea-weeds, or in clusters,
on rocks ; when young, filled with fibres, becoming hollow
sacs as they mature, varying from a quarter of an inch to an
inch and a half in diameter.

Leathesia crispa. Crisped Leathesia.

“ Frond solid; axial threads very densely crowded, simple,
dichotomous, with very long joints; peripheric ramuli club-
shaped, incurved, or arcuate, submonilifortn, the joints as
long as broad. Spores pear-shaped. — On Chondrus crispus

This species is not included in the ‘ Phycologia Bri-
tannica,’ but was described by Dr. Harvey in the * Na¬
tural History Review’ for 1857. I have not seen a spe¬
cimen, and have therefore taken the above description
verbatim from Dr. J. E. Gray’s ‘ Handbook of British
Algse.’

Leathesia Berkeleyi. Berkeley’s Leathesia.

Frond flattened, solid, the fibres densely packed.

This plant has been found on the south-west coast oi
England, and in considerable abundance on the west
coast of Ireland. It probably grows in many other
localities, but its dark-brown colour, frequently of nearly
the same shade as the rock to which it adheres, causes it
to be overlooked by any but a very careful observer.

70

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Genus XXIX. RALFSIA.

Frond leathery, crust-like, composed of jointed, closely
packed, vertical threads, spreading in irregular patches over
the surface of the rock to which its lower surface is attached.
Fructification in warts scattered over the upper side of the
frond. — Ralfsia, named in honour of John Half's, Esq., a
well-known botanist,

Ralfsia verrucosa. Warty Ralfsia.

Fronds from one to six inches in diameter, of a dark
brown colour, marked with concentric lines.

This very peculiar plant, which is called Ralfsia deusta
in the ‘ Phvcologia Britannica/ has more the appearance
of a lichen than of a sea- weed. It is common on the
shores of the North Atlantic Ocean.

Genus XXX. ELACHISTA.

Fronds parasitical, composed of two kinds of jointed
threads; the inner, or axial series, forkedly branched, and com¬
bined into a. tubercle ; the outer, or peripheric, not branched,
coloured, radiating from the tubercle. Fructification, pear-
shaped spores attached to and hidden among the inner
threads. — Elaciiista, from the Greek elachista , the least.

All the species of this genus are insignificant, and
very liable to be overlooked, and in consequence their
geographical distribution has not been very accurately
determined. Certain of them are known to be com¬
mon on all the shores of Europe, and on the coast of
North America, and they are probably equally abundant
in other localities, indeed, wherever the plants on which
they are parasitical are found. The beginner will not
easily make out the specific characters of these minute

CHORDARIACE/E.

71

plants, and it will be useless for him to attempt to do so
without the aid of a microscope.

Elachista fucicola. The Fucus-inhabiting

Elachista.

Tufts brush-like; tubercle hemispherical; the outer
threads about an inch long, attenuated upwards, the in¬
tervals between the joints once and a half to twice as long
as the threads are broad. Spores at first oblong, becoming
attenuated as they mature, attached to the terminal fibres
of the tubercle.

Th is is the largest, best known, and most abundant
species of the genus. It grows on Fucus serratus and
F. vesiculosus.

Elachista flaccida. Flaccid Elachista.

Tufts brush-like ; tubercle small ; outer threads half an
inch long, tapering suddenly at the base, and gradually from
the middle to the tip, the intervals between the joints in the
lower half of the threads not quite half as long as the
threads are broad, increasing towards the tip until they are
as long or longer than the diameter of the threads.

This species is usually found growing on Cystoseira
fibrosa. -

Elachista stellulata. Starred Elachista

Tufts very minute, star-like ; tubercle composed of large
cells ; outer threads very short, tapering at the base, the in¬
tervals between the joints twice as long as the threads are
broad. Spores obovate, short-stalked, lodged among the
outer fibres of the tubercle.

The only recorded specimens of this species are those
originally discovered by Mrs. Griffiths, growing on
Dictyota dichotoma. The tufts are so extremely minute

72

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

as to be hardly discernible even with a lens, and it is,
therefore, highly probable that they frequently occur on
Dictyota, but are overlooked, or are thought to be the
fructification of that plant.

Elachista scutulata. Little-shield Elachista.

Tubercle oblong, varying in length from half an inch to
two or three inches, composed of a dense mass of forked
fibres ; outer threads short, of the same thickness through¬
out, rounded at the top, the intervals between the joints
about three times as long as the threads are broad. Spores
oblong, rounded at both ends, attached by long, jointed
stalks.

This species grows on the thongs of Himanthalia lorea,
and is abundant during summer and autumn. It is a
very beautiful object for the microscope.

Elachista curta. Short Elachista.

Tufts minute ; outer threads slender at the base, gra¬
dually increasing in size towards the tips, which are blunt ;
the intervals between the joints as long as the threads are
broad. Spores on comparatively long stalks.

Dr. Harvey in his ‘Phycologia’ states that he has never
found this plant, and expresses a doubt whether it be
really distinct from E. fucicola. It is said to grow on
the same Fuci as that species. I have never seen it
myself.

Elachista pulvinata. Cushioned Elachista.

Tufts very minute, globose; outer threads tapering from
the middle to each end, the intervals between the lower
joints, three to four times as long as the threads are broad,

CHORD ARI AC E/E.

73

gradually decreasing towards the tip, where they are very
short. Spores linear-oblong, without stalks, at the base of the
threads.

This species grows on Cystoseira ericoides, and has not
hitherto been very frequently found. It is called E.

V 1

attenuata in the ‘ Phycologia Britannica/

Elachista velutina. Velvety Elachista.

Patches velvet-like, spreading, of indefinite shape ; outer
threads short, of the same thickness throughout, the inter¬
vals between the joints about once and a half as long as the
threads are broad. Spores egg-shaped, dark olive-coloured,
with wide transparent margins, borne on short slender
stalks.

This species is found on the thongs of Himantha-
lia lorea, and sometimes in company with E. scutu¬
lata, which it very much resembles. It also grows on
Fuci.

Elachista Grevillei. Greville’s Elachista.

Tufts brush-like ; threads cylindrical, slender, elongated,
the intervals between the lower joints short, those between
the upper rather longer.

This species is not mentioned in the e Phycologia/ but
was described by Dr. Harvey in the ‘Natural History
Review ’ for 1857. It grows on Cladophorce.

Genus XXXI. MYRIONEMA.

Pronds minute, parasitical, composed of two series of
jointed threads, the inner branched and spreading over the
surface to which the plant adheres ; the outer simple and

74

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

springing at right angles from the expansion formed by the
inner, both series united by gelatine, into a compact, cushion¬
like mass. Spores oblong, affixed either to the erect or to
the spreading threads. — Mtbioivema, from the Greek mu-
rios, numberless, and nema , a thread.

This is another genus of minute parasites, smaller
even than the Elachistce.

Myrionema strangulans. Choked Myrionema.

Patches at first only dark-brown spots, consisting of the
spreading threads, afterwards the erect threads are de¬
veloped, and the patches become convex and gelatinous.
Spores on short stalks springing from the spreading threads.

This species grows on Ulvce and Enteromorphce.

Myrionema Dechlancherii. Dechlancher’s

Myrionema.

Patches orbicular; the spreading threads, which are de¬
veloped first, as in the last species, radiate from a centre,
the erect threads are densely set together, and are longest
in the middle of the patch, whence they gradually become
shorter as they approach the side. Spores on long stalks.

This species grows on Rhodymenia pahnata, and
sometimes on Ulva. In autumn the fronds of the
former are frequently covered with dots, which appear
to the naked eye to be but the first symptoms of decay,
but which when examined under a moderately powerful
microscope exhibit the beautiful structure of this minute
parasite.

Myrionema punctiforme. Dot-like Myrionema.

Patches very minute, globose; spreading threads forming
a small base, from which the erect threads radiate. Spores

E CTOCARPAC E ,E.

NV P*

75

linear -egg -shaped, attached to the bases of the erect
threads.

But few specimens of this plant have been recorded,
probably on account of its extreme minuteness. It
grows on Ceramium rubrum and other Red Sea-weeds.

Myrionema clavatum. Club-shaped Myrionema.

The only recorded specimens of this species were dis¬
covered by Captain Carmichael, of Appin, who thus
describes it : — “ Very minute, rather convex; filaments
clavate, mostly bifid ; spores obovate, pedicellate, affixed
to the filaments.”

Order YI. ECTOCARPACEJE.

Fronds jointed, thread-like. Spores attached to thebranchlets
or embedded in their substance.

Genus XXXII. CLADOSTEPHUS.

Frond cylindrical, branched, stem without joints, branches
covered with whorls of short, jointed branchlets. Fructifica¬
tion, stalked spores on accessory branchlets, and in a mass
called a propuqulum at the tips of certain of the ordinary
branchlets. — Cladostephus, from the Greek clados , a shoot,
and stephos , a crown.

Cladostephus verticillatus. Whorled Cladc-

stephus.

Frond from four inches to nearly afoot high, irregularly
branched ; branches slender, covered throughout with whorls
of jointed, mostly forked branchlets. Fructification formed
in winter, when most of the whorled branchlets fall off, and
are succeeded by accessory branchlets which bear the
spores.

76

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

This plant is very common on our coasts, and is widely
distributed elsewhere. It is frequently infested with
parasitic algae, especially with Jania rubens.

Cladostephus spongiosus. Spongy Cladostephus.

Fronds three to four inches high, irregularly branched;
branches thick, densely covered with jointed, mostly simple,
branchlets. Fructification on short accessory branchlets,
produced in winter in the same manner as in the last
species.

Dr. Harvey, in his ‘ Nereis Boreali- Americana/ ex¬
presses a doubt whether these two species are distinct.
They differ in size and general appearance, and in the
arrangement of the branchlets ; but their technical cha¬
racters are not constant.

Genus XXXIII. SPHACELARIA.

Frond branched, jointed, rigid, the tips of the branches
distended into a membrane containing a granular mass
called a propagulum. Fructification, egg-shaped spores, with
a pellucid margin, or perispore, affixed to the branches, and
propagula. — Sphacelaria, from the Greek sphakelos, a
gangrene, in allusion to the withered appearance of the tips
of the branches.

This genus comprises several species, mostly natives
of the shores of Europe ; some of them extend to the
Mediterranean, and even as far south as the Cape of
Good Hope, while others are found in the Baltic and on
the shores of Greenland.

ectocarpacejE.

/ /

Sphacelaria filicina. Fern-like Sphacelaria.

Frond shaggy at the base, slender, irregularly branched,
from an inch to four inches high. Spores solitary, formed
in the axils of the branchlets.

When growing on rocks, etc., in shallow water, this
species is more robust and rigid than when parasitic on
algae at greater depths. In the ‘Phycologia Britannica ’
the latter form is described and figured as a distinct
species under the name S. sertularia ; but Dr. Harvey
evidently leans to the opinion that it is only a variety,
and instances several analogous variations in other species.
Subsequent writers have confirmed this opinion, which I
am the more ready to adopt as the species of this genus
are very prone to put on different appearances, and are
in consequence very puzzling to young collectors.

Sphacelaria scoparia. Broom-like Sphacelaria.

Frond coarse, very rigid, from two to four inches high, of
a dark-brown colour, t he lower part of the stem covered
with woolly fibres. Spores in bunches in the axils of the
branchlets.

This species has also two distinct states dependent on
the season of the year. In summer it is robust and
rigid, and its stems are densely set with tufts of branch-
lets. In winter it becomes slender and delicate, and
only single branchlets occupy the places of the tufts.
There are, however, intermediate forms, which indubit¬
ably connect these two extremes.

Sphacelaria plumosa. Feathery Sphacelaria.

Frond naked at the base, irregularly branched, from two

78

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

to six inches long, branches comb-like ; branchlets opposite,
simple, very long, and closely set. Fructification unknown.

This species is rare, and grows but very little above
low-water mark. It is very rigid, and has almost the
appearance of a Sertularia.

Sphacelaria cirrhosa. Hair-like Sphacelaria.

Fronds growing in tufts on small sea-weeds, from a quarter
of an inch to two inches long, slender, naked at the base,
jointed throughout, more or less branched, branches closely
set, either opposite or alternate. Fructification, globular
spores attached to the branches, some on short stalks, others
sessile.

Dr. Harvey very truly describes this species as “ a
very common and very variable plant, which puts on
several distinct-looking forms, according to the locality
in which it may grow.”

Sphacelaria fusca. Brown Sphacelaria.

Fronds growing in dense tufts on rocks, very slender,
one to two inches high, irregularly branched ; branches
erect, of the same thickness throughout ; branchlets at dis¬
tant intervals, minute, with star-like tips. Spores said to be
“ globose, scattered, sometimes stalked.”

A very rare plant, the recorded habitats of which are
in Wales and on the south-west coast of England.

Sphacelaria radicans. Rooting Sphacelaria.

Fronds hair-like, from half an inch to an inch long, erect
or spreading, growing on rocks, in tufts which are combined

ECTOCARPACEjE.

79

into patches of various sizes ; branches few, erect, straight,
jointed, without branchlets, but with root-liko fibres at the
lower part. Fructification, globular spores, without stalks,
either solitary or in clusters.

This species is also rare. Bantry and Waterford, in
Ireland; Orkney and Appin, in Scotland; and Torbay,
Ilfracombe, the Land’s End, and Mount’s Bay, in Eng¬
land, are the only recorded habitats.

Sphacelaria racemosa. Clustered Sphacelaria.

“An inch in height, tufted, olivaceous, somewhat rigid,
the fronds dichotomous ; articulations equal in length and
breadth ; capsules oval, racemose, pedunculate.” — Greville.

The first specimen of this plant was found in the Frith
of Forth about 1821, by my late kind friend, Sir John
Richardson, whose recent death has deprived more than
one department of science of a member whose place will
not be easily supplied. The spot has been since re¬
peatedly searched, but neither there nor, until recently,
elsewhere were any additional specimens discovered.
Our knowledge of the species was, therefore, confined
entirely to one set of plants ; but as these were fortun¬
ately in full fruit, the title of the plant to rank as a spe¬
cies could be as definitely determined as though a large
number of specimens had been obtained. The plant has
been subsequently discovered in moderate abundance in
the Frith of Clyde, bv Mr. Roger Hennedy.

Genus XXXTY. ECTOCARPUS.

Frond jointed, much branched, flaccid. Fructification
scattered spores of various shapes, and pod-like, trans¬
versely-striped granules, propagula, formed of the whole,

80

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

or of a part of a branchlet. The spores are very rarely
to be found. — Ectocarpus, from the Greek ectos , external,
and carpos , fruit.

This genus contains a large number of species, which
are mostly natives of temperate climates, and are very
abundant on the coasts of England and France. They
are not at first sight attractive, their colour being dull
and their substance slimy. They are, moreover, less
easy to name than many other sea-wreeds, as their spe¬
cific characters are neither constant nor wrell-defined.
Under the microscope, however, where the delicate
texture and beautiful and varied forms of their jointed
branches are revealed, they appear to much greater ad¬
vantage. Dr. Ilarvey considers the pod-like body,
or propagulum , to be the most reliable and easily-de¬
termined character, and it is, therefore, very important
to obtain specimens on which this organ is developed.

Ectocarpus siliculosus. Podded Ectocarpus.

Tufts parasitical on various large Sea-weeds, pale-olive
green ; threads very slender, and much branched. Pods
lance-shaped, usually on short, and more rarely on long
stalks.

Ectocarpus amphibius. Amphibious Ectocarpus.

Tufts short, soft, of pale-olive colour ; threads very
slender, forked. Pods linear, scarcely distinguishable from
the ordinary branchlets.

This species grows in ditches of brackish water, and
Dr. Plarvey suggests that it may be only a variety of
E. siliculosus, altered by the circumstances of its growth.

ECTOCARPACEyE.

81

Ectocarpus fenestratus. Windowed Ectocarpus.

Tufts small, pale green. Threads very slender, not much
branched. Pods on short stalks, oblong, when ripe dark-
coloured and chequered, like the lattice of a window.

Ectocarpus fasciculatus. Fasciculate Ectocarpus.

Tufts dense, olive-coloured. Main threads not much di¬
vided ; branchlets in twig-like bunches. Pods without
stalks, awl-shaped, set close together.

Ectocarpus Hincksiae. Miss Hincks’s Ectocarpus.

Tufts parasitical on Laminaria balbosa, dark olive.
Threads distantly branched, somewhat rigid ; branches
furnished on one side with curved, comb-like branchlets.
Pods conical, without stems, forming the teeth of the comb¬
like branchlets.

This species is unhappily as rare as it is interesting
and beautiful.

Ectocarpus tomentosus. Woolly Ectocarpus.

Tufts parasitical on Fuci and other large sea-weeds,
commonly of a yellow-brown colour. Threads slender,
irregularly branched, matted together into a spongy, cord¬
like mass of considerable length. Pods linear-oblong, on
short stalks.

This species is very common, and its characters are
better marked than those of any other British Ectocar -
pus. It usually attaches its matted masses of threads
to the tips of the fronds of some Fucus or Himanthalicz,
and either floats lazily on the surface of a tide-pool, or
hangs in ugly streaks among the rocks.

82

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Ectocarpus crinitus. Hairy Ectocarpus.

Tufts growing on muddy sea-shores, from two to six
inches long, spreading over the mud when the tide is down.
Threads hair-like, very slender, and but little branched.
Pods globular, without stalks.

The recorded localities for this rare species are Appin,
Scotland, and Watermouth, near Ilfracombe.

Ectocarpus pusillus. The small Ectocarpus.

Tufts parasitical on small sea- weeds, having the appear¬
ance of “ pale-brown wool.” Threads slender, sparingly and
irregularly branched, interwoven together. Pods roundish,
on very short stalks, abundant.

This species, too, is rare. Hitherto it has only been
found on the coasts of Devon and Cornwall. It pro¬
bably exists in other localities, but has been overlooked
in consequence of its small size.

Ectocarpus distortus. Distorted Ectocarpus.

Tufts parasitical on the leaves of Zostera marina , about
six inches long, composed of numerous threads closely in¬
terwoven. Threads much and irregularly branched in a
spreading, zig-zag manner. Pods egg-shaped, without stalks.

This is another rarity, not likely, I fear, to be found
by many of my readers.

Ectocarpus Landsburgii. Landsborough’s Ecto¬
carpus.

Tufts small, intricate, growing in deep water. Threads
tough, much branched in a zig-zag manner, and covered
with short, spine-like branchlets.

ECTOCARPACEJJ.

83

This plant is very like E. distortus , but is of a tougher
texture, and grows in deeper water. It is rare.

Ectocarpus litoralis. Littoral Ectocarpus.

Tufts parasitical on large sea-weeds, or growing on sub¬
merged wood or mud, from six inches to a foot long, matted,
when young olive-green, becoming brown with age. Threads
coarse, much branched. Pods in the form of linear swell¬
ings in the substance of the branches.

This is one of the most abundant and least attractive of
British sea-weeds. It attaches itself to almost anything
that comes in its way, and is not at all particular as to
the depth of water in which it grows. It does not even
confine itself exclusivclv to the sea, but mav be found
in estuaries and tidal rivers, sometimes far above the
region of pure salt-water.

Ectocarpus longifructus. Long-fruited Ecto¬
carpus.

Tufts parasitical on large sea-weeds, six or eight inches
long, much branched. Threads coarse, with numerous,
mostly opposite branches. Pods very long, tapering from
the base to the apex, growing at the tips of the branchlets.

It is doubtful whether this plant be really distinct
from E. litoralis. Dr. Harvey has figured it in the
f Phycologia Britannica/ but he states that he did so
on the authority of a single specimen, and points out
that the only differences between the two plants are the
greater luxuriance and taper, terminal pods of E. lon¬
gifructus. Among some specimens of undoubted E.
litoralis, which I collected near Ilfracombe, were a few

plants which, while possessing all the other characters

o

G

84

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

of that species, had terminal pods similar to those
ascribed to E. longifructus. I feel very little doubt
that these were only a variety of E. lit or alls , and I
am inclined to believe that the two plants are but two
different forms of the same species.

Ectocarpus granulosus. Granular Ectocarpus.

Tufts growing on rocks, corallines, or sea-weeds, in
pools between the tide-marks, four to eight inches long.
Threads with a principal stem, from which spring side-
branches of unequal length, furnished with opposite
branchlets, the whole having a feathery appearance. Pods
elliptical, without stalks, scattered freely over the branch-
lets.

This species is abundant, and its characters are not
difficult to make out, provided the specimens be in
fruit.

Ectocarpus sphserophorus. Warted Ectocarpus.

Tufts parasitical on small sea-weeds, an inch to three
inches high, very dense. Threads somewhat matted, hav¬
ing many times divided branches. Pods spherical, with a
pellucid margin, seated on the branches, either opposite to
one another, or to a branchlet.

This species, although found in several localities, is
nowhere abundant. It generally grows on Ptilota e/e-
gans, and less frequently on Cladophora rupestris.

Ectocarpus brachiatus. Cross-branched Ecto¬
carpus.

Tufts two to four inches high, feathery. Threads ex¬
cessively branched ; branches and branchlets opposite,

ECTOC AKPACE.E.

85

main stems tangled. Pods immersed in the joints of the
branches.

This is a very beautiful and rare species, and grows,
in brackish water, as well as in the sea.

Ecfcocarpus Mertensii. Mertens’s Ectocarpus.

Tufts growing on mud-covered rocks and stones near
low-water mark, dense but not matted, from two to six
inches or more long. Threads branched ; branches and
branchlets opposite, of unequal lengths, intermixed. Pods
imbedded in the branchlets.

A very pretty and well-marked species, occurring in
several localities, but which must, nevertheless, be con¬
sidered rare. I have gathered it at Worthing, and I
have some splendid specimens which were collected at
Plymouth, by Mr. John Gatcombe.

Genus XXXV. MYRIOTRICHIA.

Fronds jointed, hair-like, limp, beset with simple, spine¬
like branchlets, which are covered with pellucid fibres.
Fructification, elliptical spores without stalks, each enve¬
loped in a transparent membrane. — Myriotrichia, from
the Greek murios , a thousand, and thrioc , a hair.

All the species of this genus are parasitical, and occur
frequently on our shores. They have neither bright
colours nor beautiful structure to recommend them to
notice; but they should, nevertheless, find their ap¬
pointed place in every collection.

Myriotrichia clavoeformis. Club-shaped Myrio-

trichia.

Fronds growing in tufts on Chorda lomentana, about
half an inch long, closely beset with branchlets, which in-

86

BRITISH SEA-W tCEDS.

crease in length towards the tip of the frond, giving it
the shape of a fox’s brush. Spores without stalks, at¬
tached to the main thread.

Myriotrichia filiformis. Thread-like Myrio-

trichia.

Fronds growing on Chorda lomentaria, often in company
w7ith the last species, an inch or more in length, beset at
irregular intervals with oblong clusters of short branchlets,
which give them the appearance of being knotted, both the
main threads and the branchlets clothed with long, jointed
fibres. Spores without stalks, scattered along the main
thread.

The branchlets of this species are short, and all of the
the same length, and are set on in clusters at intervals ;
those of M. clavcefonnis are longer, increasing in length
towards the tip of the frond, which is evenly covered
with them throughout. With these exceptions, there
is but little difference between the two species, and they
frequently grow together on the same plant.

87

RED SEA- WEEDS— RHODOSPERMEiE.

Order VII. RIIODOMELACEzE.

Red or Brown-red or Purple Sea-iveeds, with a leafy, or thread¬
like , or jointed frond composed of many-sided cells. Fruc¬
tification of two kinds on different plants : — 1. Pear-shaped
spores in external ovate or urn-shaped concept acles. 2.

Tetraspores lodged either in distorted hranclilets or in
receptacles , called stichidia.

Genus XXXVI. ODONTHALIA.

Erond flat, thickish, distichously branched, indistinctly
midribbed, alternately toothed at the margin. Spores in
marginal, stalked, egg-shaped, wide-mouthed conceptacles ;
tetraspores tripartite, arranged in double rows in marginal,
stalked, lance-shaped stichidia. — Odonthalia, from the
Greek odous, a tooth, and thalos, a branch.

All the species of this genus are natives of cold lati¬
tudes ; one is common to the northern shores of Eu¬
rope and America, and the remainder have only been
found on the north-east coasts of Asia.

Odonthalia dentata. Toothed Odonthalia.

Fronds rising from a hard disc, tufted, from three to
twelve inches high, much branched, having a midrib in the
lower part, and becoming flat and membranous above ;
branches springing from the axils of the teeth of the main
stem, tapering at the base, deeply pinnatifid. Fructification

88

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

of both kinds on the margin of the frond or in the axils of
the teeth.

This plant, when growing, is of a deep blood-red
colour ; but becomes dark purple, almost black in dry¬
ing. In this country it is confined entirely to the shores
of Scotland and of the northern counties of England
and Ireland, and within these limits occurs pretty fre¬
quently, being most abundant in the higher latitudes.
I have gathered it on the coast of Yorkshire, near
Whitby, and so far as I am aware, this is the most
southern habitat that has been recorded.

Genus XXXVII. CHONDRIA.

Eronds thread-like, cartilaginous, pinnately divided,
coated with small, many-angled, irregularly placed cells ;
axis jointed, many-siphoned ; brancblets club-shaped, ta¬
pering abruptly at the base, obtuse, or nearly so, at the
tip, transversely striped. Fructification : — 1. Tufts of
pear-shaped spores on simple threads radiating from a basal
placenta contained, within a cellular pericarp, in ovate, per¬
forate conceptacles, borne, either on stalks or sessile, on the
brancblets. 2. Tripartite tetraspores crowded irregularly in
the club-shaped brancblets. — Chondria, from the Greek
chondrus , cartilage.

This is a large genus, but has only two representatives
among our native Sea- weeds. The species that compose
it were formerly arranged among the Laurencice , which
they resemble in external appearance, but from which
they differ in structure. The mauy-siphoned, jointed
axis of the stem is the character that is principally re¬
lied on to separate the two genera.

RHODOMELAC E.E.

89

Chondria dasyphylla. The thick-leaved Chondria.

Frond robust, elongate, cylindrical, from six inches to a
foot long; stem generally undivided, set with side branches
which are either simple or furnished with a second or third
series ; branchlets about half an inch long, club-shaped,
blunt, much constricted at the base. Spores in ovate, stalk¬
less conceptacles ; tetraspores immersed in the branchlets.

This is a very widely distributed species, and is found
on several parts of our coast. It grows on shells or
algae, in shallow, sandy pools between the tide-marks.
It is annual and in perfection in summer, when it should
be of a dark purple colour ; but this is frequently
changed to a pale pink or even yellow by the action or
the sun.

Chondria dasyphylla, var. squarrosa.

Tufts intricate, very dense. Fronds irregularly branched,
robust, of a crisp texture ; branches long, with a lanceo¬
late outline; branchlets short, densely tufted. The whole
plant of a dark brownish-purple colour.

I have found large quantities of this form in Jersey
late in autumn. It is a very handsome plant, and very
distinct in external appearace from the normal state of
the species.

Chondria tenuissima. The slender Chondria.

Frond slender, irregularly divided, from a few inches to
a foot long; branches long, rod-like, clothed with very
slender, bristle-like, acute branchlets, which taper from the
middle towards either extremity. Spores in ovate, nearly
stalkless conceptacles, which are very numerous on the sides
of the branchlets ; tetraspores globose, scattered.

90

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

This species resembles (7. dasyphylla in general ap¬
pearance ; but may be readily distinguished by its more
slender habit, long, simple branches, and bristle-like,
acute branchlets. Both these species were formerly in¬
cluded in the genus Laurencia, and are so placed in Dr.
Harvey’s ‘ Phvcologia ; ’ but in his later works he has
removed them to the position which they occupy here.
In St. Clement’s Bay, Jersey, I have seen acres of this
pretty little plant growing in the shallow, sandy pools
near high-water mark ; but all so discoloured that not a
single purple or even pink specimen was obtainable. In¬
deed, had I not been well acquainted with the habit of
the plant, I should have said it could not be a Red weed
at all; but must belong to the class of Olives.

Genus XXXVIII. RHODOMELA.

Frond cartilaginous, composed of numerous, densely
packed cells, cylindrical or slightly flattened, without joints,
irregularly branched; branchlets slender. Spores pear-
shaped, arranged in tufts in ovate conceptaeles with or with¬
out stalks ; tetraspores tripartite or cruciate, in single rows,
imbedded in the tips of the branchlets. — Riiodomela, from
the Greek rhodeos , red, and vielas, black.

The species which compose this genus are distributed
over the colder regions of both the north and south
temperate zones. They are closely allied to the genera
Rytiphlcua and Po/ysiphonia ; but differ from them in
being of a more dense substance and in the absence of
all appearance of joints.

Rhodomela lycopodioides. Lycopodium Bho-

domela.

Fronds cylindrical, tapering upwards, from six inches to

RHODOMELACE.E.

91

two feet high, divided into long, simple branches, which
are thickly clothed with slender, much divided, irregular
branchlets. Spores in ovate conceptacles on the summer
branchlets ; tetraspores in the substance of the tips of the
winter branchlets.

The summer and winter states of this plant are so
different that they may be easily mistaken for two spe¬
cies. In the former the side branches are from one to
three inches, or more, long, and furnished with numer¬
ous, slender, much divided branchlets ; in the latter
they are simple, or only slightly divided, and seldom
more than half an inch long, The colour of the plant
when growing is a dark red, which changes to black
in drying. This property is common to all the species
of the genus, and hence the appropriate name of red-
black.

Rhodomela subfusca. Brown Rhodomela.

Tronds tufted, much branched, from six inches to a foot
long, cartilaginous, rigid ; branches irregularly divided, the
first series alternate, the second twice pinnate, the third
furnished, below with simple, alternate, rather distant, awl-
shaped branchlets, above with more divided branchlets,
which are densely crowded at the ends of the branches.
Spores in ovate, very short-stalked conceptacles; tetraspores
arranged in pairs, or singly in the awl-shaped, terminal
branchlets.

This species is common all round our coasts. Like
the last, it has two very distinct states. In summer it
appears in all the perfection of parts described above. In

winter only a few almost naked stems are to be found :

*> '

but as these frequently bear accessory stichidia contain-

92

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

ing tetraspores, they should be as carefully preserved a
their more luxuriant brethren.

Genus XXXIX. BOSTRYCHIA.

Frond of a dull purple colour, thread-like, inarticulate,
composed of a tubular, jointed axis, surrounded by oblong
coloured cells, which become shorter towards the circum¬
ference, those at the surface being square, and giving the
plant the appearance of being dotted. Spores pear-shaped,
arranged in tufts in ovate, terminal conceptacles ; tetra¬
spores tripartite, in double rows, in spindle-shaped, terminal
stichidia. — Bostrychia, from the Greek bostryehos, a curl.

This is a rather extensive genus of small sea-weeds,
all of a dull purple colour, and growing usually near
high-water mark, or in places which are only occasion¬
ally submerged. They have no objection to brackish
or even perfectly fresh water, and are sometimes found
in streams at a considerable distance from the sea.
These peculiarities are the more remarkable, as most
of the species of the allied genera grow in depths where
they are rarely exposed by the receding tide, and where
they are far removed from all chance of contact with
fresh water. The species are widely distributed in
warm and temperate latitudes, several being abundant
at the mouths of the rivers running into the Gulf of
Florida, and on the adjacent coasts of North and South
America; one occurring in Kerguelen’s Land, and
others on the Atlantic shores of Europe.

Bostrychia scorpioides. Scorpion-like Bos-

trychia.

Fronds two to four inches high, growing in matted tufts,

It II ODOM E LACE M .

93

branched at intervals; the branches three or four times
pinnated, beset with spreading or reflexed hranchlets, which
are about half an inch long, and much more slender than
the main stems. The tips of both the branches and branch-
lets are strongly incurved. Neither spores nor tetraspores
are usually found on British specimens.

This species is the only representative of the genus
in our flora, — I was going to write marine flora, but
that would not have been strictly correct, for it is com¬
monly found among the roots of flowering plants at the
estuaries of rivers, and in salt ditches and marshes.

Genus XL. RYTIPHLCEA.

Frond cylindrical or flattened, shrub-like, striped cross¬
wise, composed of a jointed axis of large tubular, elongated
cells of equal length, surrounded by a periphery of one or
more series of irregularly-shaped, small, coloured cells.
Spores pear-shaped, arranged in tufts in ovate concep-
tacles with or without stalks; tetraspores in terminal,
spindle-shaped branchlets, or in single or double rows, in
stichidia. — Rytiphlcea, from the Greek rutis, a wrinkle,
and phloios, bark.

The characters of this genus are very similar to those
of some species of Polysiphonia, the most easily defined
difference between the two genera being, that in lhy-
tiphlcea the frond is composed of nearly equal parts of
axis and periphery, and consequently the joints of the
former appear at the sur ace only as stripes, while in
Polysiphonia nearly the whole bulk of the frond consists
of jointed tubes, similar to those in the axis of Ryti-
phlcea ; and either there is no periphery, or it is a mere
bark, and the articulated structure of the plant is, there-

94

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

fore, clearly visible. The species are not numerous;
but the genus is well represented on our coasts, where
three kinds are abundant, and a fourth is occasionally
found. The remainder are natives of tropical, or almost
tropical regions.

Rytiphlcea pinastroides. Pine-like Rytiphlcea.

Fronds from a few inches to about a foot high, cylin¬
drical, irregularly and densely branched, shrub-like ; the
main branches alternate, their lower parts clothed with
short, awl-shaped branchlets ; the secondary branches elon¬
gate, spreading or recurved, curled inwards at the tip,
their upper side furnished with two rows of straight or
hooked branchlets, arranged generally in pairs, and giv¬
ing the branch a comb-like appearance. Spores in ovate,
stalked conceptacles on the inner sides of the upper branch-
lets ; tetraspores tripartite, in double rows, in lance-shaped,
stalked stichidia.

This plant is in perfection in winter and in early
spring, and is abundant in many localities on the south
coast and in the Channel Islands. It grows on sub¬
marine rocks, near low- water mark, and is, therefore,
generally beyond the reach of the collector. Numer¬
ous specimens are, however, thrown up during every pe¬
riod of rough weather. When fresh, it is of a dull red
colour, which changes to black in drying. It will not
adhere to paper.

Rytiphlcea complanata. Flat Rytiphlcea.

Fronds from two to four inches high, shrub-like, flat, al¬
ternately branched, of a brown-red colour, marked through¬
out with curved, transverse stripes; the lower part of the
stem naked, or sparingly furnished with short branchlets ;

RIIODOMELACE^E.

95

the branches thickly set with alternate branchlets, which
are short and simple at the base of the branch, and become
gradually longer and more divided as they ascend. Spores
in roundish, stalkless conceptacles ; tetraspores in the
branchlets, near the top of the frond. I am, however, un¬
able to find any record of either spores or tetraspores on
British specimens.

This is one of the most rare of our native Sea- weeds,
and has only been hitherto found at Bantrv Bay and one

V « V

or two other localities in the south of Ireland, and on
the coasts of Devon and Cornwall. It is a summer
plant, and grows in shallow tide-pools. It requires to
be soaked for some hours in fresh water before being
laid down, or it will neither preserve its colour nor
stick to paper. I am indebted to my friend Mr. John
Gatoombe for a specimen of this rare plant, collected
by him at Plymouth.

Rytiphlcea thuyoides. Arbor-vitse-like Ry-

tiphlcea.

Fronds from three to six inches high, shrub-like, rigid,
growing in tufts, of a dark brownish-purple colour, striped
crosswise; stems erect, cylindrical, rising from a mass of
creeping, fibrous roots, the lower part simple, the upper
part irregularly divided into alternate branches, the whole
covered with short, spine-like branchlets, those below sim¬
ple, those above forkedly branched. Spores pear-shaped,
arranged in tufts, in egg-shaped, stalkless conceptacles,
which are usually very abundant; tetraspores tripartite,
in blunt, distorted branchlets.

This species is pretty generally distributed round our
coasts, and is especially plentiful on the western shores
of Ireland. It grows on rocks, or on small sea-weeds

96

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

in tide-pools, and varies in size according to the depth
of the water. In places occasionally exposed to the air
it is stunted. Near low-tide mark it is more luxuriant.
It is perennial, and in perfection in summer.

Rytiphlcea fruticulosa. Shrubby Rytiphleea.

Fronds from four to six inches long, irregularly branched
from the base upwards, striped crosswise throughout, of
a dark purple colour, which changes to a more or less yel¬
low-green when the plant is exposed to the rays of the sun.
Stems cylindrical, tapering upwards, intertwined; branches
forked, spreading, much and irregularly divided above;
branchlets alternate, spreading, thickly studded over the
whole frond, those near the base not more than a quar¬
ter of an inch long, those higher up longer, and furnished
with awl-shaped secondary branchlets. Spores in numer¬
ous, stalkless, almost round conceptacles ; tetraspores tri¬
partite, in distorted branchlets.

This species, like the last, grows on rocks or sea¬
weeds, in tide-pools, where its spreading, spurred
branches become entangled with each other, or with
neighbouring sea-weeds into masses of considerable
size. It is perennial, and may be found during sum¬
mer in most localities on our southern and western
shores. Some of the praises which poets have bestowed
on the loveliness of a rose bedecked with dew may
fairly be claimed for this little plant, which, when fresh
drawn from the sea, presents the same kind of beauty
under another aspect. Each of its terminal branchlets
brings with it from its briny home a tiny, sparkling
drop of water which clings to it, as though in a last
embrace, for several seconds in the upper air. These

RHODOMELACEvE.

97

bright beads of water give to the whole plant a tran¬
sient gleam of radiance that is very charming.

Genus XLI. POLYSIPHONIA.

Pronds thread-like, rarely a little flattened, jointed, or
with a jointed axis, composed of elongated tubular cells,
arranged round a central cell. Spores pear-shaped, in
ovate or urn-shaped conceptacles ; tetraspores (of British
species) tripartite, imbedded in distorted, terminal branch-
lets. — Polysiphoxia, from the Greek poius , many, and
siphon , a tube.

This genus contains, according to various writers, be¬
tween two and three hundred species, which are distri¬
buted in almost every latitude between the poles and
the equator, and vary much in size and in external ap¬
pearance. Dr. Harvey describes it so admirably in
his ‘ Nereis Boreali-Americana/ that I shall quote his
words. lie says: — “ Some species are two to three
feet in length, others not more than as many tenths
of an inch; some dichotomous, others pinnated —some
distichous and fern-like, others with a bushy or arbores¬
cent character ; some of cobweb delicacy, lubricous, and
excessively flaccid, soon decomposing, others robust, rigid
or tough, of strong enduring substance; some of a brilliant
rosy- red or crimson, others (and the greater number)
varying through all the graver shades of red-brown,
brown, and purple ; some inhabiting the deep sea,
others occurring only near high-water mark or far up
the estuaries of tidal rivers. Plants of such varied
aspect and habit could not have been brought together
by the universal consent of botanists, among whom
there has never been much difference of opinion re¬
specting the just limits of this genus, if they had not

H

98

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

some obvious bond of union in an essential, easily seen,
and important common character. This is found in the
structure of the stem in the articulated species, and of
the axis of the stem in species which appear to be par¬
tially inarticulate; the dissepiments being hid by the
growth of a thin or thick layer of epidermal cells round
the stem or branches.”

The tubes, or siphons, which constitute the char¬
acter of this genus, serve also to distinguish the vari¬
ous species, and to enable the student to arrange these
in the most natural subdivisions. Recent writers on
the subject are not, however, agreed as to the best
mode of doing this ; for while some have merely
grouped together those species which possess com¬
mon characters, others have divided the genus into
two or more subgenera; and Dr. J. E. Gray, in his
f Handbook of British Water-weeds/ has gone so far as
to separate even those species which occur on our coasts
into four distinct genera. The difference between these
various modes is not really so important as might be
supposed. It arises in part probably from a desire not
to disturb existing genera more than is absolutely neces¬
sary, and in part from a variety of opinion as to whether
certain characters should be considered generic, or only
specific, or subgeneric. Thus Ave find Dr. Gray’s genus
Polysiphonia corresponds almost exactly with the sub¬
genus of the same name in Dr. Harvey’s ‘ Nereis Bo-
reali-Americana ;’ and so also the genus O/iyosip/tonia,
of the former author, with the subgenus of the same
name of the latter. Leaving higher authorities to de¬
termine which is the best arrangement, I shall merely
group together the allied species, and thereby avoid the
use of names not hitherto known to collectors of Bri¬
tish Sea-weeds.

RHODOMELACE/E.

99

The more delicate species of this genus require to be
laid down in salt-water, or they will lose their colour and
stain the paper on which they are dried. At certain periods
of their growth, particularly when nearly mature and in
fruit, they decay so quickly that it is necessary to lay
them out almost immediately after being gathered.

Subdivision 1. — Primary tubes more than four.

Polysiphonia Brodiaei. Brodie’s Polysiphonia.

Fronds from six to twelve inches long; stem composed of
an axis of seven primary and seven secondary tubes, sur¬
rounded by a thick layer of smaller cells, which form a
bark, and hide the joints of the axis ; branches alternate,
furnished with numerous short tufts of delicate jointed
branchlets ; articulations rather longer than broad. Spores
in egg-shaped, short-stalked conceptacles ; tetraspores in
swollen branchlets.

This large and handsome species grows on rocks and
corallines, near low-water mark. It is moderately
abundant in many localities, and thrives equally in
the comparatively cold climate of Scotland and in the
warmer latitude of the Channel Islands. It is annual,
and in perfection in summer.

Polysiphonia nigrescens. Blackish Polysiphonia.

Fronds shrub-like, from three to twelve inches or more
long, of very variable thickness, growing several from the
same base ; branches alternate, pinnate ; branchlets elon¬
gated, awl-shaped, alternate ; tubes flat, about twenty in
number, placed round a large central cavity ; articulations
very short. Spores in broadly-ovate, stalkless conceptacles ;
tetraspores near the tips of the branchlets.

Specimens of this species vary very much, according

h 2

100

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

to the season in which they may be gathered. In spring
and summer, the fronds have their full complement of
branchlets, and are in consequence light and feathery.
In autumn and winter, the more slender branchlets are
wanting, and the plant has a coarse, worn, and scrubby
appearance. This is not a difficult species to determine.
The numerous tubes and short joints of its stem are
characters whereby it may be readily distinguished. It
is perennial, and may be found at any season on almost
every part of our coast.

Polysiphonia atro-rubescens. Dark-red Poly-

siphonia.

Fronds erect, rigid, densely tufted, from three to twelve
inches long ; main branches forked, long, tapering; branch-
lets alternate, short, spine-like, fastigiate, more or less
forkedly divided ; tubes, about twelve, arranged spirally
round a small central cavity ; articulations, of the lower
part of the frond, about three times as long as broad, those
of the upper part about once and a half. Spores in broad,
wide-mouthed, short-stalked eonceptacles ; tetraspores in
spindle-shaped branchlets.

This species grows near low- water mark, and is mo¬
derately abundant in many localities. It is annual, and
in perfection in summer and autumn. The spiral ar¬
rangement of its tubes, taken in conjunction with its
other characteristics, will enable the young student to
distinguish it without much difficulty.

O

Polysiphonia subulifera. Awl-bearing Poly-

siphonia.

Fronds tufted, flaccid, from live to eight inches long, about
as thick as a bristle ; main branches irregularly forked

RHODOM ELACE/E.

101

below and divided alternately above ; lesser branches long,
and but little divided; branchlets short, spine-like, awl-
shaped, scattered over the whole plant ; tubes in the stem
thirteen ; articulations varying, in different specimens and
in different parts of the same specimen, from once to thrice
as long as broad, visible in all parts of the frond. Spores
unknown ; tetraspores in forked branchlets.

In consequence probably of being a native of deep
water this species has been seldom found, and is con¬
sidered rare. Externally it bears some resembance to
Rytiphlcea fruticu/osa, but may be easily known by its
more slender habit, and the distinct joints of its stem
and branchlets. It is annual, and grows during sum¬
mer, generally on Nullipore banks, in from four to ten
fathoms of water.

Polysiphonia obscura. Hidden Polysiphonia.

Fronds densely matted together, spreading over rocks or
the roots of large sea-weeds, throwing out root-like pro¬
cesses downwards, and erect undivided branches about half
an inch long upwards ; tubes about thirteen ; articulations not
quite as long as broad, visible in all parts of the frond.
Tetraspores in thickened pod-like branchlets.

This plant may well be called the hidden Polysiphonia ;
for it is so tiny that only a diligent seeker has a chance
of finding it. I have no doubt that it grows in many
localities where it has been hitherto overlooked.

Polysiphonia parasitica. Parasitic Polysiphonia.

Fronds slender, rigid, feathery, alternately branched, from
one to three inches long, growing several together from the
same base ; branches tripinnate ; branchlets closely set,

102

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

alternate, awl-shaped ; tubes about eight, arranged round
a small cavity; articulations about as long as broad. Spores
in ovate, stalked conceptacles ; tetraspores in swollen
branchlets.

This rare and very beautiful species is pretty generally
distributed round our coasts. It is onlv to be found at
and beyond extreme low-water mark, where it is parasitic
on the Melobesice and Corallince which grow on the per¬
pendicular sides of ledges of rock. None but floating
specimens can, therefore, be obtained except at the
lowest spring tides, or bv dredging. It is to this cir¬
cumstance, probably, that its reputed rarity is partly
due.

Polysiphonia variegata. Variegated Polysiphonia.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, from four to ten inches
long, about as thick as a bristle at the base, gradually taper¬
ing upwards to the size of a hair, much branched ; tubes
six, or rarely seven, arranged round a minute central cavity ;
articulations, in the lower part of the stems, shorter than
they are broad, in the branches and branchlets, varying in
length from once to twice their breadth, with three broad
tubes distinctly visible in all parts of the frond. Spore-
conceptacles on short stalks on the smaller branches and
branchlets ; tetraspores small, in slightly swollen branch-
lets.

This species grows on mud- covered rocks, floating
timber, Zostera, etc. In the few localities where it has
been hitherto found, chiefly on the coasts of Devon and
Dorset, it is both luxuriant and abundant. Its distinc¬
tive characters are the six tubes of its stem and its
purple colour. It is annual, and in perfection in sum¬

mer.

RHODOMELACE^.

103

Polysiphonia furcellata. Forked Polysiphonia.

Fronds growing in dense, tangled tufts, five or six inches
long, about as thick ns a bristle below, gradually tapering
upwards, much divided into forked branches, which spring
from spreading, rounded axils; tubes about eight ; articu¬
lations in the lower parts of the fronds, from three to five
times as long as broad, in the upper, of about equal length
and breadth. Spores in somewhat globular, stalkless con-
ceptacles ; tetraspores in distorted branchlets.

This species grows on rocks in deep water, and is very
rare. When fresh it is of a bright brick-red colour. It
is a summer annual.

Subdivision 2. — Primary tubes four .

Polysiphonia urceolata. Pitcher-shaped Poly¬
siphonia.

Fronds growing in tufts, connected by root-like fibres,
erect, rigid, from three to nine inches long, much and irre¬
gularly branched ; articulations, of the lower part of the
stem, about as long as broad, of the branches, from three to
five times as long as broad, and of the upper branchlets,
shorter than broad. Spores in pitcher-shaped, stalked con-
ceptacles ; tetraspores in the upper part of the branchlets.

This elegant plant is abundant all round our coast. It
grows, during summer, on rocks near low-water mark,
and in deep water, on the stems of Laminaria digita-
ta, the specimens found in the former situation being
usually larger and more robust than those in the latter.
The most obvious characters of the species are the short
articulations of its stem, which are marked by two broad
tubes, and its bright red colour. It is annual.

104

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Polysiphonia formosa. The beautiful Poiysiphonia.

Fronds densely tufted, from six to ten inches long, erect,
very slender, divided into long, flexuose branches and branch-
lets, whose tips are sometimes fibrillose ; articulations
mostly many times longer than broad. Spores in pitcher¬
shaped, stalked conceptacles ; tetraspores in single rows, in
spindle-shaped branchlets.

Although by no means common, this species is distri¬
buted over the coast of the British Isles from Shetland
to the south of England. It grows on rocks near
low-water mark, chiefly in bays and estuaries, and is
considered by some writers to be only a very slender
form of P. urceolatci, from which species it differs in
the much greater delicacy of its fronds, and the longer
articulations of its stems. It is annual, and grows in
summer.

Polysiphonia fibrata. The fibred Polysiphonia.

Fronds growing in very dense tufts, from two to eight
inches long, as thick as a bristle at the base, tapering up¬
wards, erect, gelatinous, of a dark red colour ; branches
dichotomous ; branchlets tipped with tufts of jointed fibres ;
articulations mostly several times longer than broad. Spores
in ovate, wide-mouthed, stalked conceptacles ; tetraspores
small, in distorted branchlets.

This is another widely distributed species. It is annual,
and grows, during summer and autumn, on rocks and
algae in tide-pools near low-water mark, and occasionally
in more exposed places. The fibres at tbe tips of its
branches, from which the nam efibrata is taken, although
not peculiar to it, for most Polysiphonice have them in
certain stages of their growth, are more constant and

RIIODO.ME LACE/E.

105

abundant in this than in any other species except P.
fibrillosa, and, taken in conjunction with other characters,
afford the best means of determining its identity. In
some specimens these fibres are the seat of oblong yellow
bodies, called antheridia.

Polysiphonia pulvinata. Cushioned Polysiphonia.

Fronds spreading over rocks in dense roundish tufts about
an inch high; branches springing at right angles from the
creeping stem, erect, forked, flaccid, very slender ; branch-
lets short, scattered, spreading, sometimes curved ; articu¬
lations, in the main branches, about three times as long as
broad, in the branchlets, about half the length of their
breadth. Spores in comparatively large, narrow-mouthed,
urn-shaped, stalked conceptacles ; tetraspores in single rows,
in the branchlets.

With the exception of P. obscura, this is the smallest
of our native Poly sip honice. It is annual and grows on
rocks between the tide-marks, in moderate abundance
in many localities. Its small size, creeping habit, and
general appearance render it an easy species to deter¬
mine.

Polysiphonia Griffithsiana. Mrs. Griffiths's

Polysiphonia.

Fronds about four inches long ; stem simple ; branches
alternate, spreading, those nearest the base longer than
those next above them, and thus decreasing gradually as
they approach the apex of the frond ; branchlets dichoto¬
mous, flaccid, slender ; tubes, four primary and four se¬
condary ; articulations about once and a half as long as
broad. Spores in ovate, stalkless conceptacles.

106

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

This very pretty plant was diseovered at Torquay in
1837 by the distinguished algologist whose name it
bears. It has since been found in one or two other lo¬
calities, but must still be considered a great rarity. It
grows parasitically on Polyides rotundus and other small
algae, between high- and low-water mark. It is annual,
and to be found at the end of summer and in early
autumn.

Polysiphonia spinulosa. Round-fruited Poly-

siphonia.

“ Dark-red ; branches divaricate, somewhat rigid, the
ramuli short, straight, subulate, divaricate; articulations
about equal in length and breadth, three-tubed. Tubercles
(spore conceptacies) globose, sessile, excessively minute." —
Greville.

So little is known of this plant, that it is difficult to
determine whether it be a distinct species, or merely a
variety. The only recorded specimens were found many
years since by Captain Carmichael, at Appin. The
above description is copied verbatim from Dr. Greville’s
‘ Scottish Cryptogamic Flora/

Polysiphonia Richardsonii. Sir John Richard¬
son’s Polysiphonia.

“ Stems cartilaginous, setaceous ; branches alternate, elon¬
gated, divaricate, beset in the upper part with very patent,
straight, subdichotomous ramuli ; articulations of the stem
and branches two or three times longer than broad, irre¬
gularly veined ; of the ramuli shorter. Capsules sessile,
globose.” — Harvey , Phyc. Brit.

This is another very doubtful species, the only known

RHODOMELACE.E.

107

specimens of which were gathered by the late Sir John
Richardson, before his first Arctic expedition. Dr. Har¬
vey, whose description of it I have copied verbatim , sug¬
gests that it may be a variety of P. jibrillosa , and men¬
tions three or four other species that it more or less
resembles.

Polysiphonia elongella. The divaricate Poly-

siphonia.

Fronds from two to five inches high, growing singly, or
two or three together; stem, at the base, about as thick as
a bristle, rigid, above, more slender and flexuose ; brandies
irregularly forked, spreading, springing from wide axils ;
branchlets slender, tufted, aud of a blood-red colour ; ar¬
ticulations visible throughout the frond, about as long as
broad, except those in the lower part of the stem, and at
the tips of the branchlets, which are shorter. Spores in
large, egg-shaped, stalked eonceptacles ; tetraspores im¬
mersed in the branchlets.

This is not a very common species, but has been found
in several places, both on our northern and southern
shores. It is biennial, and grows during the greater
part of the year on rocks or small Sea-wreeds, at and
beyond low-water mark. It varies very much in ap¬
pearance according to the season in which it may be
gathered. Dr. Harvey writes, “The winter and sum¬
mer aspects of a deciduous tree are not more different
from each other than are specimens of this beautiful
plant collected at opposite seasons.”

Polysiphonia elongata. Lobster-horn Poly¬
siphonia.

Fronds from four to twelve inches high, growing singly,

108

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

or two or three together ; stem rigid, erect, as thick as small
whipcord, or less, undivided and without branches below,
much branched and bushy above ; branches more or less
irregularly divided, tapering abruptly at the base, and gra¬
dually at the tip; branchlets narrow-spindle-shaped, taper¬
ing towards either extremity, tipped with short fibrils, not
numerous on young plants, falling off* in winter, and re¬
appearing in much greater luxuriance in the succeeding
spring and summer ; articulations of the stem and branches
shorter than broad, partially hidden by the small cells which
surround the tubes; those of the branchlets as long as,
or longer than broad, and more distinctly visible. Spores
in egg-shaped, stalkless conceptacles ; tetraspores large, in
swollen branchlets.

This species is perennial, and very common in most
localities at all times of the year. It grows on rocks,
shells, and pebbles, in tide-pools and in deep water.
Specimens in the first season of their growth differ much
from those in the second, and both change considerably
as winter approaches. The slender branchlets fall oft1,
like the leaves of a tree or land plant, and the stems
and branches are left bare until the ensuing spring. It
is from the appearance which it presents in this latter
state that the English name of Lobster-horn is derived.

Polysiphonia violacea. The Violet Poly-

siphonia.

Fronds from a few inches to a foot long, of a brownish-
red colour, becoming violet when dry ; stem varying in
thickness according to the size of the plant, irregularly
divided, becoming broad and flat when laid out on paper ;
branches alternate, long, silky ; branchlets very slender,
tufted, tipped with fibres ; articulations of the stem and

RHODOMELACE.E.

109

large branches, hidden by a thick layer of irregular cells ;
those of the branchlets visible, the lower ones four times,
the upper twice as long as broad. Spores in egg-shaped,
stalked conceptacles ; tetraspores roundish, in swollen
branchlets.

This elegant plant is a native of many parts of our
coast. It grows on rocks, stones, or sea-weeds, near
low-water mark, attains perfection in the months of
May and June, and is annual. It varies a good deal
in size, and in the greater or less development of the
branchlets, which in some specimens are very luxuriant.
It is of a soft, silky texture, and adheres closely to
paper.

Polysiphonia fibrillosa. The fibrillose PoJy-

siphonia.

Fronds growing singly or in tufts, from four to ten
inches long, of a pale-brown colour ; stem thick, running
distinctly through the frond, not at all, or only once or
twice divided ; branches alternate, spreading, thick; branch-
lets numerous, very slender, always tipped with jointed,
forked fibres ; articulations of the stem and branches, more
or less hidden by narrow wavy cells ; those of the lesser
branches and branchlets visible, rather longer than broad.
Spores in egg-shaped, stalkless conceptacles; tetraspores
large, in the terminal branchlets.

This plant is annual, and common in most places
during the summer. It grows in sunny pools between
the tide-marks. In some respects it resembles P. vio-
lacea, but has shorter, less tufted branchlets and shorter
articulations, and is of a paler colour than that species.
It is also more constantly fibrillose.

110

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Subdivision 3. — Frond forked ; tubes numerous, flattened,
arranged round a large, jointed, central cavity containing
bags of coloured endochrome.

Polysiphonia fastigiata. Flat-topped Poly-

siphonia.

Fronds rigid, from one to two inches long, growing in
globular tufts ; stems as thick as horse-hair, much divided,
forked ; branches and branchlets forked, their axils acute,
their tips awl-shaped ; tubes about eighteen ; articulations
shorter than they are broad. Spores in egg-shaped, stalk¬
less conceptacles ; tetraspores immersed in the terminal
branchlets.

This species grows parasitically on two or three kinds
of Fuel, but most commonly on F. nodosus, which is
very rarely free from it ; wherever the larger plant is
found, and that is almost everywhere, it is sure to be
fringed with dark-brown, hair-like tufts of the smaller.
Indeed the two are so nearly inseparable that they mu¬
tually impart a character, the one to the other. P. fas¬
tigiata is a perennial, and attains its greatest luxuriance
of growth in summer and autumn. It possesses a very pe¬
culiar microscopic character, which may perhaps be over¬
looked if I do not specially describe it. I allude to the
bags of endochrome which exist in the centre of the cavity
round which the tubes are arranged. No other British
species of Polysiphonia is furnished with these organs,
on which Dr. Gray, in his f Handbook of British Water-
weeds/ has founded a new genus under the name of
Vertebralia, in allusion to their being, as it were, the
backbone of the plant. If a small section of the stem
be crushed between two glass slides, and then examined
under a microscope, these bags will be seen among the

RIIODOMELACEJE.

Ill

sections of the tubes, from which they may be readily
distinguished by their greater breadth.

Subdivision 4. — Tubes seven, branches and brajichlets beset
with single-tubed, forked, jointed ramelli or leaves.

Polysiphonia byssoides. The byssoid Poly-

siphonia.

Fronds from a few inches to a foot or more lone:: stem
about as thick as a bristle, undivided throughout its entire
length, becoming flat when laid out on paper; branches al¬
ternate, bearing one or two series of branchlets, all clothed
with short, byssoid, jointed, ramelli or leaves ; articulations
varying much in length in different specimens: those of the
stem and larger branches from twice to six times as long as
broad ; those of the smaller branches usually short. Spores
in egg-shaped, stalkless conceptacles ; tetraspores formed
from the joints of the branchlets.

This is a large and handsome plant, and is very generally
distributed round our coasts. It grows on stones, shells,
and sea-w7eeds, at and bevond low- water mark. Pos-
sessing the characters of a Polysiphonia, in combination
with the byssoid ramelli of a Dasya, this plant may be
said to be the connecting link between the two genera.
Dr. Gray has placed it in a separate, new genus, under
the name Dasyclonia.

Genus XLII. DASYA.

Frond without visible joints, thread-like, or flat, branch¬
ing, with a many-tubed, jointed axis, surrounded by a layer
of cells ; branches clothed with slender, single-tubed, jointed

112

BRITISH SEAWEEDS.

ramelli. Spores in egg-shaped, pointed conceptaeles with
or without stalks ; tetraspores in lance-shaped stichidia
formed on the ramelli. — Dasya, from the Greek das us ,
hairy.

Feeling that nothing can excel the description which
I)r. Harvey gives of this genus in his e Nereis Boreali-
Americana/ I again quote verbatim from that work.
He writes, “ A large and considerably diversified genus
occurring in both hemispheres. As here understood, it
is chiefly characterized by the confervoid, jointed ramelli,
issuing from a compound polvsiphonous, but mostly
opaque, and outwardly inarticulate frond ; and the lan¬
ceolate, pod-like receptacles of tetraspores, borne bv the
confervoid ramelli, out of whose branches they are
formed. The ramelli are of the same structure as the
articulated fibres which clothe the ends of the young:
branches in Polysiphonia, Rhodomela, etc., but in those
genera they are mostly colourless, very fugacious, and
have no connection with the tetrasporic fructification ;
in Dasya, on the contrary, they are persistent, contain¬
ing coloured cells, and finally originating the tetrasporic
fructification. In the former cases they accompany the
early development of the branches only, in the latter
they are characteristic of the species at all ages.”

The British species of this genus, with the exception of
D. coccinea, grow chiefly on our southern and western
coasts, and are most abundant in the Channel Islands.
In all the graces of colour, form, and texture, these
exquisite little plants hold a high place among their
compeers, and they also possess a virtue by no means
common in pretty Sea-weeds — they are very docile un¬
der the operation of being laid out on paper, spreading
themselves over its surface in the mode best adapted to

RHODOMELACEjE.

113

display their beauties, and adhering to it closely when
dry.

Dasya coccinea. Scarlet Dasya.

Root a small disc. Fronds from a few inches to nearly
a foot high, growing singly, or in bunches ; stem thick,
clothed with short, hair-like fibres, unequally divided;
branches alternate, feather-like ; branchlets short, slender,
much divided; articulations visible only in the smaller
branches, very short. Spores in egg-shaped conceptacles ;
tetraspores in oblong, pointed, stalked stichidia.

This is a very abundant, well marked species, not at
all liable to be confounded with any other British Sea¬
weed. It groAvs on rocks, at and beyond low-water
mark, and is most commonly found floating, or cast on
shore by the tide, the finest specimens being obtainable
at the end of summer, or in the early autumn. There
is a small, depauperated variety, which grows on sand in
deep water : it is without hair-like fibres, its branches
are few and irregular, and its branchlets squarrose.

Dasya oceilata. The ocellate Dasya.

Root a small disc. Fronds from one to three inches high,
growing in tufts; stems simple, or more or less forkedly
divided, thickly covered throughout their length with long,
slender, forked branchlets ; articulations much longer than
broad. Spores not hitherto observed in British specimens ;
tetraspores in lanceolate, short-stalked stichidia borne on
the branchlets.

This species is annual, and grows during summer on
mud-covered rocks, which are not exposed at low water,
and are not, therefore, easy of access. This fact, and

1

114

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

the very small size of the plant, combine to render it
even more rare than the real scarcity of specimens
warrants. The name ocellata has reference to the
spots caused by the density of the branchlets at the
tips of the fronds, which are supposed to resemble the
eyes in the tail-feathers of a peacock.

Dasya arbuscula. The Shrub Dasya.

Eoot a small disc. Fronds from one to four inches high ;
stems much and irregularly branched, thickly set with short,
forked branchlets ; articulations about twice as long as
broad. Spore-conceptacles roundish, with suddenly taper¬
ing, long, cylindrical necks, and short stalks ; tetraspores in
oblong, dagger-tipped stichidia; both the conceptacles and
stichidia grow on the branchlets.

This species is annual, and to be found in sum¬
mer. It is entitled to be considered one of the beauties
of our marine flora, and is moderately abundant in the
Channel Islands, and in some parts of Ireland and Scot¬
land, but is rare in England. The most robust speci¬
mens grow on rocks at extreme low-water mark ; those
which are dredged in deep water are more slender, and
less densely set with branchlets. The difference be¬
tween extreme specimens of the two forms is so great as
to induce the belief that they must be distinct species;
but a careful examination of the intermediate varieties
will prove that such is not the case. In this species,
also, the branchlets become more dense at the tips of
the frond, where they form little eye-like dots, or tufts.

Dasya venusta. The beautiful Dasya.

Eoot a small disc. Fronds two to four inches long, grow-

RHODOMELACE/E.

115

ing singly or several together; stem running through the
frond, thick, cylindrical, when dry, flat ; branches irregu¬
larly alternate, pinnate, or bipinnate ; branchlcts repeatedly
forked, jointed, slender, tapering to extreme tenuity at the
tips; articulations many times longer than broad. Spore-
conceptacles inverted-pear-shaped, with short, broad necks,
and short stalks ; tetraspores in lanceolate, acuminate,
short-stalked stichidia.

This plant well deserves the specific name of Beau¬
tiful, given to it by Dr. Harvey ; for its bright rose-
coloured fronds, with their graceful forms and delicate
texture, do not yield the palm of loveliness to any mem¬
ber of this favoured family. It was first found in Jersey
about twenty years since, and has subsequently proved
to be moderately abundant on the shores of that island,
but has not, so far as I am aware, been discovered in
any other locality. This fact raises the question whe¬
ther plants from the Channel Islands are entitled to be
included in the list of British Sea-weeds. Dr. Harvey
evidentlv considers that tliev are, for he has recorded
Jersey habitats for a large proportion of the species de¬
scribed in his f Phycologia/ and in my humble opinion
he is quite right. Indeed I cannot bear to think of the
many vacant spaces that there would be in my own col¬
lection were I to withdraw all the Channel Islands spe¬
cimens. These islands have belonged, uninterruptedly,
to the British Crown from the time of the Norman con¬
quest to the present day, so that politically they are,
without doubt, thoroughly English. Geographically,
their claim is not so strong ; but there is so little dif¬
ference between the flora of our own countrv and that
of the northern part of France, that this part of the
question is not important. There are very few sea-

i 2

116

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

weeds found in the Channel Islands which are not also
natives of our own shores, and of the northern coasts
of France. The difference is, that plants which are very
rare with us, and are exclusively confined to certain
favoured southern or western localities, are more abun¬
dant and luxuriant in the milder climate and congenial
habitats to be found among; the rocky bays of Jersey
and her sister islands. D. venusta is annual, and is cast
up from deep water during summer and autumn. It is
one of the least difficult sea-weeds to lay out, and is
perhaps the most exquisitely beautiful, at least of our
native species, when laid out.

Dasya punicea. The purplish Dasya.

Fronds irregularly pinnately-brancbed, coated throughout
with bark cells; the stem and lower branches naked, the
upper clothed with very short, delicate, jointed branchlets.
Spore-conceptacles broadly ovate, short-necked, stalkless ;
tetraspores in lanceolate, pointed stichidia.

The knowledge we possess of this species is derived

from a very limited number of specimens collected in

the Adriatic Sea, and in one or two localities on our

southern shores. It was first discovered in this country

*

by that indefatigable and accomplished algologist Mrs.
Gray, of the British Museum, who found it at Bognor,
in October, 1855. It has been subsequently picked
up at Brighton by Mrs. Merrifield. I am not aware
that any other British habitats have been recorded. I
have had the advantage of examining Mrs. Gray’s spe¬
cimens.

RHODOMELACE JE.

117

Dasya Cattlowise. Cattlow’s Dasya.

Frond about four inches high, with au irregular, rounded
outline, flaccid ; main stem robust, flat when dry, running
distinctly through the frond, and furnished with branches
quite down to its base ; branches irregularly pinnate, oppo¬
site or alternate, long, slender, rounded at the tip, clothed
with very long, delicate, many-times forked, jointed branch-
lets, which commence with a single fibre, but by repeated
forkings become tufted. Fructification unknown.

This species was first found floating in St. Aubin’s
Bay, Jersey, by Miss Mary Cattlow, in 1858. The spe¬
cimen was submitted to Dr. Harvey, who believed it to
be distinct, and named it after the discoverer. He has
not, that I am aware, published any description of it,
and the only notices of the plant that I can find are a
reference to it as “ a form not yet described,” in the
appendix to Mrs. Gatty’s ‘ British Sea-weeds/ and a
brief description at the end of Dr. Gray’s ‘ Handbook of
Water- weeds.’ I am indebted to Mrs. William Mauger
for the loan of two fine specimens, collected in Jersey
by Miss Dyke-Poore, and from these the above descrip¬
tion is taken. They are, unfortunately, both barren,
and as this was also the case with the first specimen
found, it is impossible to decide with certainty whether
the form be entitled to specific rank. In external ap¬
pearance it is more distinct from all the allied British
species than some of these always are from each other.
The lax mode of growth, the rounded, irregular
outline of the frond, and the very long, and compara¬
tively robust branchlets, are the most striking cha¬
racters.

118

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Order VIII. LAURENCIACEiE.

Rose-red or Purple Sea-weeds with rounded , or more or less
flattened , branching fronds, not jointed , but sometimes
constricted, and composed of many-sided , small cells, J Fruc¬
tification of two kinds on different plan ts : — 1. Pear-shaped
spores, in external, egg-shaped, or globular conceptacles ;
2. Tetraspores immersed, without order, among the surface-
cells of the branches and branchlets.

Genus XLIII. BONNEMAISONIA.

Erond solid, flattened, much branched, beset with short,
slender, awl-shaped, alternate, cilia-like branchlets. Spores
pear-shaped, on simple threads, in egg-shaped conceptacles ;
tetraspores not known. — Bonnemaisonia, named in honour
of M. Bonnemaison, a Erench naturalist.

The only described species of this genus is pretty
widely distributed along the shores of Europe, from the
Mediterranean to the Baltic.

Bonnemaisonia asparagoides. Asparagus-like

Bonnemaisonia.

Boot a small disc. Fronds from a few inches to a foot
long, growing either singly or in tufts; stem undivided;
branches alternate, becoming gradually shorter towards the
top of the frond : branchlets alternate, awl-shaped, about a
quarter of an inch long, thickly studded over the whole
frond. Spores in ovate conceptacles, which are opposite to,
and alternate with, the branchlets.

This beautiful plant has been found in many localities
on various parts of our coast. It is very distinct from
all other British Sea- weeds, and may be readily recoa:-
nized, even when seen for the first time. The delicate,
cilia-like branchlets, which fringe every part with comb-

LAURENCIACE.E.

119

like regularity, and are always alternate to each other,
and opposite either to a conceptacle or to a branch,
and the brilliant colour and cellular structure of the
frond, are the most obvious characters. Only floating
or cast-up specimens of this species are usually to be ob¬
tained. It is annual, and grows on rocks at and beyond
low-water mark, during summer and autumn.

Genus XLIV. LAURENCIA.

Frond solid, cartilaginous, cylindrical or flatteued, pin-
nately-branched, composed of two strata of cells ; those in
the centre oblong-angular, arranged longitudinally, those
which form the bark, as it were, roundish and minute.
Fructification : — 1, pear-shaped spores, attached to threads
which radiate from a basal placenta, contained, within a
cellular pericarp, in ovate conceptacles ; 2, tripartite
tetraspores arranged irregularly in transverse bands below
the tips of the ultimate branchlets ; 3, antheridia collected
in terminal saucer-shaped receptacles. — Laurencia, named
in honour of M. de la Laureneie, a French naturalist.

This genus contains several species, which are mostly
natives of temperate and tropical latitudes. Dr. Har¬
vey, speaking of the American species, says that they
are very difficult to determine, that “ indeed in this
genus, as in many others, it is often impossible to tell
whether we are dealing with species or with sportive
forms, without a very careful examination of a number
of specimens, or without some knowledge of the cir¬
cumstances accompanying their development.” In a
modified degree this remark is applicable to our native
species, which, although abundant and well known, are

120

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

in certain states very difficult to distinguish from each
other. In many localities the specimens of this genus
are very numerous, and form quite a noticeable feature
of the shore vegetation. I remember being much struck
with the appearance of the coast of Yorkshire, some
miles to the north of Whitby, where a stunted growth of
L. pinnatifida, turned yellow by exposure, clothed the
black rocks between the tide-marks to the extent of
many acres, and glistened in the sun as brightly as
the yellow lichen on an alpine mountain.

Laurencia pinnatifida. Pepper Dulse.

Frond flattened, cartilaginous, much divided, from one to
seven or eight inches high, of a dull purple colour, which
is frequently changed to yellow by exposure ; branches alter¬
nate, toothed, blunt at the tip. Spores in ovate, sessile con-
ceptacles ; tetraspores imbedded irregularly in the upper
part of the branch lets.

This plant is found in abundance on almost every part
of our coast, and is widely distributed in other regions.
In certain states it has a hot biting taste, and in conse¬
quence of this peculiarity is called Pepper Dulse, under
which name it was formerly eaten in Scotland. It va¬
ries in size, form, and colour, according to the situation
in which it grows; those specimens which are found
near high-water mark are small and stunted, and usu¬
ally of a brown or yellow colour, while those which grow
in deeper water, and are less exposed, are larger, broader,
and dark-brown or purple.

Laurencia caespitosa. Tufted Laurencia.

Frond cylindrical, narrow, repeatedly pinnate, pyramidal,

LAURENCIACE.E.

121

from two to six inches high ; branches alternate, or rarely
opposite ; branchlets crowded, tapering at the base, truncated,
at the tips. Spores not hitherto observed ; tetraspores tri¬
partite, numerous, imbedded in the substance of the frond
at the tips of the branchlets.

This plant was formerly considered to be only a variety

i. •/ %, */

of L. pinnatifida, and Dr. Harvey, in his f Phycologia/
offers it as a species “with some hesitation.” It is, with¬
out doubt, an instance of the difficulty of determining
the species of this genus to which I have already alluded ;
but while I admit that it is not easy to distinguish be-
tween L. ccespitosa and certain states of L. pinnatifida ,
and even of L. obtusa in dried specimens, I must add
that I have always found the general characters of grow¬
ing or fresh plants sufficiently distinct. L. ccespitosa has a
cylindrical form and a pyramidal, bushy habit of growth ;
its fronds are soft and gelatinous, and, in consequence,
adhere closely to paper. L. pinnatifida, on the other
hand, has throughout, a flat spreading habit ; its fronds
are of a hard, close texture, and cartilaginous and, there¬
fore, much less adhesive when dry. L. obtusa lias oppo¬
site branches, is of a brighter red colour, and differs
generally in appearance from this species. L. ccespitosa
is annual, and grows on stones between the tide-marks.
It is common all round our coasts.

Laurencia obtusa. Obtuse Laurencia.

Fronds cylindrical, threadlike, twice or thrice pinnate,
from two to nine inches long, growing in large tufts ;
branches opposite, spreading ; branchlets short, spreading,
club-shaped, blunt at the tip. Spores in egg-shaped, fre¬
quently imperfect, conceptacles, at the tips of the branchlets ;

122

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

tetraspores tripartite, imbedded in the extreme ends of the
branchlets.

This plant is usually parasitic on other algte ; but by
no means confined to a single species. It grows within
the tide-marks, and is distributed all round our coasts;
sparingly in Scotland and the north of England, more
frequently towards the south, and in greatest abundance
in the Channel Islands. Except in the latter locality it
is nowhere so common as L. pinnatifida, nor does it as¬
sume so many forms as that variable species. It is a
summer annual.

Genus XLV. CHAMPIA.

Eroud rounded or flattened, branched, tubular, constricted
at intervals, divided internally by transverse, membranous
walls. Spores egg-shaped or obconical, arranged in clusters
on branched threads in conical couceptacles furnished with
a terminal pore ; tetraspores tripartite, scattered among
the surface-cells of the branches and branchlets.

Until lately this genus contained only one species,
which was a native of the Cape of Good Hope. Dr.
Harvey, in his 1 Nereis Boreali-Americana/ has added to
it several species which had been considered to belong to
other genera : Chylocladia parvula of British authors is
included among them on the ground that it has ovate
or conical conceptacles with a terminal pore, and a
sporaceous nucleus which while it resembles that of the
typical species of Champ} a differs materially from those
of Chylocladia and Lomentaria.

Champia parvula. The small Champia.

Eronds growing in dense, globose tufts, irregularly

L A IT R E N C I AC EyE .

123

branched, constricted at intervals of once or twice their
diameter. Spores in prominent, conical conceptacles scat¬
tered over the branches and branchlets. The constrictions
are most distinct in the lesser branches and branchlets.

This plant, which was formerly included in the genus
Chylocladia , grows parasitically on small algre in tide-
pools near low-water mark. It is by no means common,
but has been found on most parts of our coasts. It is
very abundant in North America.

Genus LXVI. LOMENTARIA.

Frond tubular, constricted at regular intervals, divided
internally by transverse, membranous walls. Spores obco-
nical, with very short stalks, arranged on a dense globose
nucleus in spherical conceptacles which have no orifice ;
tetraspores tripartite, scattered among the surface-cells of
the branches and branchlets. — Lomentaria, from the Greek
lomos, a cross-line.

This genus, like the last, is comparatively new to the
student of British Sea-weeds. It contains the remainder
of the species which were formerly called Chylocladia.
In external appearance it much resembles Champia ; but
the different shape of the conceptacles, the absence of
the terminal pore, and the globose arrangement of the
spore-nuclei are too important characters to permit the
two genera to be combined.

Lomentaria kaliformis. Whorled Lomentaria.

Frond almost gelatinous, hollow, having a pyramidal out¬
line, from six inches to nearly two feet long ; main stem un¬
divided, constricted, suddenly tapered at the base, from
one-eighth to one-fourth of an inch in diameter ; branches

124

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

arranged in whorls round the constrictions of the stem,
spreading, the lower ones longest ; branchlets whorled,
jointed, beadlike. Spores in globular conceptacles which
have a wide pellucid border; tetraspores in the joints of the
branchlets.

This species is widely distributed. It grows at various
depths, either on rocks, sand, or parasiticallv on other
algie, and is annual. It varies much in size and form,
according to the circumstances of its growth ; but its
general characters are constant, and may be readily re¬
cognised in any but very abnormal specimens. The
natural colour is pink ; but it is difficult to obtain spe¬
cimens in that state, except in spring and early summer.
Those which are thrown up later in the year are usually
much faded, especially the stems and larger branches,
and are frequently of a pale yellow or yellow-green
colour ^throughout.

Lomentaria reflexa. The reflexed Lomentaria,

Frond membranaceous, from two to three inches high ;
lower branches slender, spreading, irregularly arched, at¬
tached at intervals by means of small discs ; upper branches
undivided, curved, beadlike, tapered towards either end ;
branchlets few, scattered, spreading or recurved. Spores an¬
gular, arranged in a dense mass in spherical conceptacles
which have a pellucid border ; tetraspores immersed in the
upper part of the secondary branches and branchlets.

This is the most rare of all the species of Lomentaria ,
the only recorded British habitats with which I am ac¬
quainted being the coast of North Devon near Ilfracombe,
and Roundstone Bav, Connemara. It has been found
on the coast of Normandy, and, therefore, may probably

CORALLINACEjE.

125

exist on the adjacent shores of the Channel Islands. It
grows on rocks near low-water mark, and is in perfec¬
tion in summer. Its colour is a dull, dark purple.

Lomentaria ovalis. The oval Lomentaria.

Frond cylindrical, solid, irregularly forked, the lower part
naked, the upper beset with simple, elongated, oval, tubular,
jointed branchlets. Spores in spherical conceptacles which
have a wide transparent border, and are seated on the sides
of the branchlets ; tetraspores tripartite, scattered among
the surface-cells of the branchlets.

This is a very distinct species. It has much the
appearance of a land plant, with woody, branched stem
and soft, succulent leaves. It grows in the deeper rock-
pools near low-water mark, and is in perfection in spring
and early summer. It is not very common, but I have
found it in several localities on the coast of Wales, De¬
vonshire, the Channel Islands, and elsewhere. It is an¬
nual.

Order IX. CORALLINACEiE.

Frond calcareous , its cells secreting carbonate of lime.
Spore-threads in tufts at the base of the conceptacle, se¬
parating transversely into four spores at maturity.

Genus XLVII. CORALLINA.

Fronds calcareous, jointed, mostly pinnate ; nodes very
short, transversely striped. Spore-threads pyriform or
club-shaped, four-parted, in ovate or urn-shaped concepta¬
cles, which are formed from the end joint of a branch or

126

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

branchlet, and are furnished with a terminal pore. — Co-
ralltna, from the Latin coralium, coral.

This is the most highly organized British genus of this
very peculiar Order of plants. The species which it
contains, and those of the two next genera, were for¬
merly considered to belong to the Animal rather than to
the Vegetable Kingdom, and were accordingly classed
among corals and corallines, and their external appear¬
ance fully justified such an arrangement. Their fronds
are composed of ordinary cellular tissue; but this is so
completely coated with carbonate of lime as to give the
whole plant a rigid, stony, coral-like structure, and it
is not until this coating has been removed by soaking
the fronds in acid that the vegetable tissue is visible.

The fronds are divided into articulations, or internodes
of very unequal length and varied shape, these are con¬
nected by joints or nodes, which are flexible, being formed
of cellular tissue free from calcareous matter. The
fructification is peculiar, and not yet fully understood.
Organs which are almost perfectly analogous to tetra-
spores are found in conceptacles which are identical in
form and origin with those which contain the spores of
other genera.

Corallina officinalis. The medicinal Coralline.

Fronds many times pinnate, growing in large numbers
together on rocks or sea-weeds at various depths ; articu¬
lations of the stem, cylindrical, about twice as long as broad,
of the branches, more or less wedge-shaped, with rounded
shoulders, and of the branchlets linear, cylindrical or
slightly flattened. Fructification in conceptacles formed
either from a terminal articulation, or on the surface of the
frond.

CORALLINACEiE.

127

This plant is found in large quantities on all parts of
our coast. When growing in deep water or in the shade
it is of a dull dark purple colour ; but when exposed it
passes quickly through the various shades of lilac and
yellow to milk-white, which is the common colour of
cast-up specimens. It is perennial, and may be found
at all seasons ; but attains its greatest beauty in early
spring.

Corallina squamata. The scaled Coralline.

Fronds many times pinnate, growing on rocks in dense
tufts of considerable extent ; articulations, of the lower
part of the stem bead-like, short, with blunt angles, be¬
coming gradually longer, broader, and flatter towards the
top, those in the summit of the stein and lesser branches
being broadly triangular, flattened, and having very marked
acute upper angles. Fructification in conceptacles formed
either from a terminal articulation, or on the surface of the
frond.

This species is less common than C. officinalis, which
it much resembles. Externally it is usually taller and
more lax than that species, and the articulations of the
upper branches are more distinctly triangular. When
soaked in acid and examined under a microscope the
stripes on the articulations will be found to be more
curved and wider apart. It is perennial, and grows on
rocks near extreme low-water mark. It is in perfection
during summer.

Genus XLYIII. jAnia.

Frond thread-like, jointed, calcareous, forkedly divided ;
nodes very short. Spore-threads pyriform or club-shaped,

128

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

four-parted, in urn-shaped conceptacles, which are formed
from the axillary articulations of the uppermost branches,
are furnished with a terminal pore, and are generally two¬
horned. — Jania, from Janira, one of the Nereids.

With the exception of the position of the spore-con-
ceptacles, the characters of this genus are the same as
those of Corallina, but all our British species may he
readily known by their much smaller size and more
slender make.

Jania rubens. Red Jania.

Fronds about an inch long, forked, growing in tufts on
various sea-weeds ; articulations of the branches and
branchlets, cylindrical, about four times as long as broad
in the middle of the frond, shorter below, longer above.
The whole plant of a pale red colour, which is changed to
white by exposure. Spores in urn-shaped, horned concep¬
tacles, at the tips of the branchlets.

This is a very common plant, which may always be

V A. ' V

easily recognized. The stems of Cladostephus verticil-
latus are constantly infested with it, so much so, indeed,
that it is sometimes difficult to find a specimen of that
plant perfectly free from this parasite, which grows less
frequently on several other sea-weeds. It is perennial,
and fruits in summer.

Jania corniculata. The horned Jania.

Fronds from one to two inches long, forked, growing in
tufts on various sea-weeds ; articulations of the branches
obconical, flattened, their upper angles sharp and prominent,
those of the branchlets cylindrical, thread-like. Spores in
urn-shaped conceptacles, in the axils of the upper branch-
lets.

CORALLINACEjE.

129

Dr. Harvey says of this species “ that it differs from
the more common J. rubens, chiefly, if not altogether, in
the form of the lower articulations, much as Corallina
squamata differs from C. officinalis. The species has
been generally kept up by all authors since the time of
Ellis, who first distinguished it. On the British shores
it is most common on the southern coasts, while J. rubens
is found all round the islands.”

Genus XLIX. MELOBESIA.

Erond solid, crustaceous, opake, of irregular shape, with¬
out joints, having a cellular structure hidden by a calcareous
deposit, which maybe removed by soaking the plant iu acid.
Spore-threads erect, oblong, four-parted, in conical concep-
tacles which have a terminal pore, and are scattered on or
sunk in the surface of the frond. — Melobesia, named after
M Celobosis, one of Hesiod’s sea- nymphs. -

In external appearance the species belonging to this
genus are extremely unlike anything which we are ac¬
customed to consider a plant. Their mode of growth is
somewhat similar to that of Lichens, and certain genera
of Fungi ; but they differ even from these in the import¬
ant particular of their calcareous, stony structure. Some
of them adhere so closely to the rock on which they
grow as to be inseparable from it, and for this reason
they are most uncomfortable inmates of an herbarium,
and require to be kept in a drawer or box by themselves.
Dr. Harvey has figured and described nine species in his
c Phycologia Britannica/ but he appears to consider that
four of these are founded on insufficient characters.
There is, in fact, a great variety of opinion among writers

130

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

on the subject, and much observation and study will
have to be expended on the genus before the species can
be satisfactorily determined. Turning for a moment
from the consideration of the details of genera and spe¬
cies to glance at the gigantic processes which are in con¬
stant progress around us, it is interesting to note not
only how various agencies are employed each for the
attainment of its required end, but even how the same
object is occasionally accomplished by different means.
The vast chalk formation which plays so important a
part in the economy of this country was all held in so¬
lution in the sea which formerly covered the space now
occupied by these islands. It was collected and depo¬
sited by myriads of mollusks, coral-polyps, sponges, and
sea- weeds, — the latter of kindred nature and structure to
those of the Order Coral/inacece. And if we examine
the work while it is in progress we shall find that al¬
though the agencies are so different, and belong half to
the Animal and half to the Vegetable Kingdom, the
modes of action are very similar. Thus the animal
coral-polyps and the vegetable Melobesise, at least cer¬
tain species, spread themselves over vast tracts of the
bottom of the sea, and new coral is formed, or new
fronds grow in constant succession, layer above layer :
that which is beneath being left to die, decay, and de¬
posit its calcareous remains to form chalk for future
generations.

Melobesia calcarea. The chalk Melobesia.

Fronds formed of uniform, globular cells, free, coral-like ;
branches irregularly divided, spreading, tapering to a blunt
point ; branchlets simple or forked.

This species is very common, particularly on our

C0RALL1NACEA5.

131

southern and western coasts, and in Ireland ; but as it
grows in deep water, and is too heavy to be easily
thrown up by the waves, good specimens can only be
obtained by dredging. In some places the fronds cover
a large extent of the sandy bottom of the sea — not at¬
taching themselves, but lying heaped together, strata
above strata, only those on the surface being alive.

Melobesia fasciculata. The fasciculate Melobesia.

Fronds formed of uniform, oblong cells, free, coral-like;
branches short, cylindrical or flattened, crowded together,
their tips truncated, broad, and somewhat concave.

In mode of growth, and some other respects, this spe¬
cies resembles the last, but may be distinguished from
it by the form of the tips of the branches. It is of a
pale purple colour when fresh, and fades to a dirty
white when drying.

Melobesia polymorpha. The many-shaped

Melobesia.

Fronds formed of uniform, oblong cells about twice as
long as they are broad, thick, stony, closely attached to
and encrusting rocks, occasionally rising into short, thick,
clumsy branches. Spore-conceptacles minute, extremely
numerous.

This species is very common all round our coasts. It
grows both in deep and shallow water, and varies in
colour accordingly : in the former it is of a dark-purple,
while in the latter it is usually of a milky-white.

132

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Melobesia lichenoides. The lichen-like Melo-

besia.

Fronds formed of uniform, elongate cells about four
times as long as they are broad, attached to rocks, free
at the edge, variously lobed, spreading, brittle. Spore-
conceptacles large, obtusely-conical, scattered or collected
in groups.

This plant is well described by its name, as it closely
resembles a foliaceous lichen. It varies in colour from
dark-purple to yellowish-white.

Melobesia agariciformis. The mushroom-like

Melobesia.

Fronds free, globular, thin, much lobed, composed of al¬
ternate zones of large and small cells ; the former elongated-
oblong, about three times as long as they are broad ; the
latter minute, granular. Spore-conceptaeles immersed in
the frond, scarcely projecting beyond the surface.

This species grows, without attaching itself, on the
bottom of sandy bays of moderate depth. It is of a
rosy-pink colour when fresh, and becomes yellowish in
drying. It is comparatively rare.

Melobesia membranacea. The membranaceous

Melobesia.

Fronds minute, dot-like, very thin, circular, becoming
confluent, growing on sea-weeds or Zostera. Spore-con-
ceptacles depressed.

Melobesia farinosa. The floury Melobesia.

Fronds minute, irregular in outline, rather thin, pale,
growing on sea-weeds. Spore-conceptacles prominent.

COllALLINACE^E.

133

Melobesia verrucata. The warty Melobesia.

Fronds thin, expanded, irregularly lobed, pale, growing
on sea-weeds. Spore-eonceptacles small, very numerous.

Melobesia pustulata. The pimpled Melobesia.

Frouds thick, oblong or lobed, incrusting, smooth, dull
purple or green, growing on Phyllophora rubens , etc. Spore-
conceptacles large, rather prominent, conical, numerous.

The forms referred to under the four last-mentioned
names are probably only varieties of some of the pre¬
ceding species, resulting from circumstances of growth.
They are figured and described in the f Phycologia Bri-
tannica/ but only as “ reputed species.”

Order X. HAPALIDIACEyE.

Minute calcareous Sea-weeds , composed of a single plane of

cellules.

Genus L. HAPALIDIUM.

Frond fan-shaped or lobed, composed of a single series
of hyaline cellules. — Hapalidium, from the Greek apalos,
delicate, and lithas, a little stone.

Hapalidium phyllactidium. The fan-shaped Hapa¬
lidium.

Parasitical on Chylocladia clavellosa.

This very beautiful little Sea-weed was discovered by
Professor Allman on a specimen of Chylocladia cla¬
vellosa, which was growing on the shell of an oyster
served up for supper. Dr. Harvey, writing on the sub¬
ject, takes the opportunity to point out this occurrence

134

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

as a striking illustration of the necessity for a naturalist

to be constantly on the watch.

«/

Order XI. SPHiEROCOCCOIDEiE.

Purple or Bed Sea-weeds with an inarticulate, leaf-like or
thread-like frond, composed of many-sided or tubular cells.
Fructification of two kinds on different plants: — 1. Bound-
ish or elliptical spores formed in bead-like threads, which
rise from a basal placenta, in conceptacles with or without
a terminal pore. 2. Tetraspores variously disposed.

According to Dr. Harvey, the distinctive character of
this Order is the structure of the sporiferous nucleus,
which consists of a dense tuft of simple or branched
bead-like spore-threads, radiating from a cellular pla¬
centa, fixed in the base of the cavitv of an external
conceptacle.

Genus LI. DELESSERIA.

Erond rose-red, sometimes brown-red, leaf-like, branched,
traversed by a distinct midrib, transversely veined. Spores
in stalkless conceptacles, either rising from the midrib or
from leaflets issuing from it ; tetraspores in clusters, called
sori, on different parts of the frond or leaflets. — Delesseria,
named after M. Delessert, a distinguished botanist.

The species of this genus are widely dispersed in the
northern latitudes of both hemispheres. They are re¬
markable for their brilliant colours, large size, and ele¬
gant form.

Delesseria sinuosa. The sinuous Delesseria.

Frond an oblong or obovate, deeply-cleft, toothed leaf,
four to six inches in length, and from one to four inches in
breadth, rising from a small disc-root, furnished with a

SPILEROCOCCOIDE^.

135

strong midrib, and transverse veins ; as the frond grows
larger, the first-formed leaf becomes more deeply cleft, till
the cutting reaches the midrib ; the membrane of the older
part decays, and the denuded midribs are again thickened
into imperfectly-formed stems and branches, from the sides
and top of which spring numerous leaves, similar in form to
the original. Spores in hemispherical conceptacles, which
are formed from the substance of the midrib, or of one of
the transverse veins ; tetraspores in sori, which are gene¬
rally lodged m minute marginal leaflets.

This is one of the handsomest species of this genus, and
in form and general appearance resembles a land-plant
more nearly than almost any other of our native Sea¬
weeds. In consequence of this resemblance, it is some¬
times called the “ Oak-leaf Delesseria.” The frond varies
much in size. In deep-water specimens it is frequently
very narrow, and terminates in long, vine-like tendrils.
On the coast of North Devon, at Lynton, towards the
end of autumn, I found large quantities of very luxuriant
specimens cast on shore, — some attached to the stems
of Laminaria digitata, in company with Nitophyllum
laceratum, Rhodymenia palmate », and I), alata, some
in large detached masses. I have also found it in the
Channel Islands, and other localities. This plant is
perennial, and in perfection in summer and autumn.

Delesseria alata. The winged Delesseria.

Fronds four to eight inches high, forked, much branched ;
branches gradually narrower towards the tips, consisting of
a strong midrib or stem, bordered by a flat, wing-like lamina,
varying from a line to a quarter, or sometimes nearly half
an inch in width ; every part of the membrane is furnished
with opposite, patent veinlets, connecting the midrib with

136

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

the margin of the lamina, and themselves connected by
pellucid striae. Spores in spherical conceptacles immersed
in the midrib towards the tips of the branches ; tetraspores
in sori disposed on each side of the midrib, or in proper
leaflets, near the tips of the branches.

This is the most common of the Delesseria, and is
found on almost all parts of the British coast. Its
colour is generally a bright red, becoming darker in
drying. It grows on Algae, and on the sides of per¬
pendicular rocks facing the sea, near low- water mark.
In drying it does not adhere to paper.

Delesseria angustissima. The very slender

Delesseria.

Frond four to eight inches high, nearly cylindrical below,
compressed above, much and irregularly branched ; branches
alternate, much divided above, and furnished with forked
branchlets. Spores in spherical conceptacles, which are
either immersed in the tips of the frond, or in small
branchlets, springing from the axils of the upper branches ;
tetraspores cruciate, in sori on the inflated tips of the
branches, or in axillarv branchlets.

This plant was first discovered by Mr. Brodie, more
than half a century since, and at that time Mr. Turner
considered it to be only a variety of D. alata. Many
years afterwards, Dr. Harvey, “ in deference to the re¬
peated protests of Mrs. Griffiths,” inserted it in his
‘ Manual ’ as a distinct species, “ under the temporary
name of Gelidium ? rostratum , recommending it to the
notice of observers, and adding that ‘ my own opinion
on this puzzling matter was not very decided / ” The
character in dispute is the membranous wing on either

SPIIiEROCOCCOI DE/E.

137

side of the midrib of the frond. Mrs. Griffiths main¬
tained that this was constantly absent in all states of

•/

her plant, while it was as constantly present in D. (data
proper. Professor Agardh appears either to have adopted
Mrs. Griffiths’s view of the matter, or to have formed a
similar opinion, for he speaks of D. alata var. angus-
tissima, and D. angustissima : of the former as a variety,
of the latter as a distinct species, and adds, that the two
must not be confounded, for their characters are differ¬
ent. Dr. Harvey, Dr. Dickie, and others, on the con¬
trary, believe that the absence of the membrane is acci¬
dental, and that the supposed D. angustissima is but an
extremely narrow form of D. alata. I have never seen
a growing plant of the reputed D. angustissima, but
I have carefully examined Mrs. Griffiths’s and Miss
Hutchins’s specimens in the British Museum, and in
the private collection of Mrs. Gray, and I am bound to
confess that these do confirm Mrs. Griffiths’s descrip¬
tion. There is no membrane, and the appearance of
the plant is very different from the normal state of
D. alata. I am not prepared to decide whether these
be sufficient grounds to constitute a title to specific
rank; but I feel that they do justify me to maintain
a species which already exists in the works of Harvey
and Agardh. There can be no doubt that many speci¬
mens which are called D. angustissima are only narrow
forms of D. alata ; but it does not necessarily follow
that Mrs. Griffiths’s plant is not a distinct species.

Delesseria hypoglossum. The proliferous

Delesseria.

Fronds growing in tufts from a minute disc-root, and

138

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

consisting of a primary leaf two to eight inches in length,
tapering at each end, with a strong midrib, and indistinct
transverse veins ; numerous smaller leaves spring from the
midrib, and in their turn produce others, until the plant
becomes very bushy. Spores very minute, in globose con-
ceptacles formed in the substance of the midrib ; tetra-
spores in linear sori, on each side of the midrib of the
small leaves.

This plant is less common on our shores than either
D. sinuosa or D. alata, and English specimens are gene¬
rally small and stunted. On the west coast of Ireland,
especially at Bantry Bay, it grows in great abundance,
and is of a very large size, frequently attaining a height
of eight or nine inches. It is also of a brighter colour,
and more delicate texture, but even here small specimens
occasionally occur among their more luxuriant bre¬
thren. This is a summer species, and annual.

Delesseria ruscifolia. The obtuse-leaved

Delesseria.

Fronds from two to four inches high, growing in tufts ;
primary leaves linear-oblong, undivided, blunt at the tip,
often somewhat waved and curled, having a strong midrib,
from which springs a secondary series of smaller leaves,
which again from their midribs produce a third series
in the same manner, and so on ; all the leaves are similar ;
the membrane of which they are formed is composed of
minute, densely-packed, angular cellules, and is traversed
by anastomosing, branched, jointed veinlets, which run
obliquely from the midrib to the margin of the leaf.
Spores in conceptacles seated on the midrib, generally near
the tips of the younger leaves ; tetraspores in linear sori,
disposed on each side of the midrib.

SPII/EROCOCCOrDE.E.

139

Some of the forms of this plant resemble D. Hypo-
glossum so closely, that the difference is scarcely per¬
ceptible to the naked eye ; but when the two plants are
examined under the microscope, the distinctive characters
which separate them are very easily perceived. In D.
ruscifolia the membrane is composed of very minute,
closely-packed cellules, and the veinlets are very dis¬
tinct, while in D. Hypoglossum the cellules are compara¬
tively large and wide apart, and either there are no
veinlets, or they are very faint. This species is annual,
and to be found from spring to the end of autumn.

Genus LII. NITOPHYLLUM.

Proud rose-red, membranaceous, irregularly cleft, without
a midrib, either veinless or with a few slender, branched,
vanishing veins near the base. Spores elliptical or roundish,
in globose, stalkless conceptacles scattered over the surface
of the frond ; tetraspores grouped in spots, or sori, also
scattered over the frond. — Nitopiiyllum, from the Latin
niteo , to shine, and the Greek phyllon , a leaf.

This genus has many characters in common with
Delesseria, the principal difference between them being the
form of the frond, which is irregular and unsymmctrical
in NitophyUum, and regular and leaf-like in Delesseria.
All the species of the latter genus, moreover, have dis¬
tinct midribs, while in those of the former, that organ
is only represented by very slender, often vanishing
veins, which are altogether absent in some species. All
the species are annual, and flourish during summer and
autumn. As a rule they grow in deep water, and can
only be observed in situ during extreme low-tides. They
are, however, constantly thrown on shore, either on the
stems of Laminarice or detached.

140

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

NitophylXum pmactatum. The dotted Nito-

phyllum.

Fronds growing in tufts from a small disc-root, from four
to twenty inches long, and nearly as broad, oblong, delicately
thin, destitute of veins, either regularly divided or cleft into
two or three principal segments, fringed at the edge with
dichotomous lobules. Spores contained in large hemisphe¬
rical conceptacles, which are thickly scattered over the
whole frond ; tetraspores tripartite, grouped in large, dark
red, oblong spots.

The above description applies strictly to the normal,
or typical, state of the species. In the fPhycologia
Britannica/ Dr. Harvey has described three varieties,
which, though differing from each other very considerably
in form and general appearance, are not sufficiently dis¬
tinct to be separated into species. The first variety
(3. ocellatum is divided to the base into linear, dichoto¬
mous lobes, with a perfectly even fiat margin. In 7.
crisp a turn the frond is thicker and of a darker colour, from
half an inch to an inch broad, and from six to eight inches
long, dichotomously divided, and strongly curled at the
margin. Variety 8. Pollexfenii is also thicker than the
typical form, wedge-shaped at base, variously lobed, and
has a rounded margin. Variety e. fimbriatum is very
thin, without fruit, roundish, the margin cut into minute
forked lobes about a line in breadth. There are other
less distinct varieties intermediate between all of these,
which gradually connect the extreme broad and narrow
forms in one unbroken series, and clearly prove that all
belong to the same species, altered only by varying cir¬
cumstances of growth. Nitophyllum punctatum is found
on many parts of the English coast, but nowhere in
great abundance, and very seldom of a large size. The

SPH/EROCOCCOIDE.E.

141

finest specimens that I have seen from English habitats
are some that were collected at Plymouth bv Mr.

%) V

Gatcombe. On the west coast of Ireland, particularly in
Boundstone Bay, it grows in large quantities and in great
luxuriance. In this state, its broad, delicate, pink fronds,
and the elegant arrangement of its dotted fructification,
entitle it to be considered one of the most beautiful of
our native Sea-weeds.

Nitophyllum Hillise. Miss Hill’s Nitophyllum.

Frond fan-shaped, thickish, very irregularly divided, some¬
times nearly simple, sometimes cleft into a few broad seg¬
ments, and sometimes deeply cut into ribbon-like laciniae,
proliferous from the margin and much waved, veined at the
base. Spores in large hemispherical conceptacles, which are
irregularly scattered over the frond ; tetraspores in minute,
dot-like spots, also scattered over the frond.

This species is less common than the preceding. It
grows on the shady sides of deep, tidal pools, near low-
water mark, and is in perfection in summer and autumn.
Its most obvious characteristics are its thicker substance,
and large scattered spore-conceptacles. I am also in¬
debted to Mr. Gatcombe for fine Plymouth specimens of
this species.

Nitophyllum Bonnemaisonii. Bonnemaison’s

Nitophyllum.

Frond hand-shaped, dichotomously divided, two to four
inches in length, expanding from a short cylindrical stalk,
which springs from a disc-root ; veins sometimes confined
to the base, sometimes extending considerably up the seg¬
ments. Spores in small, not very prominent conceptacles

142

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

scattered over the frond; tetraspores oblong or roundish,
abundantly scattered over the frond.

Like the other species of this genus ,Nitophyllum Bonne -
maisonii varies very much in form. Some fronds are
cleft nearly to the base, others are scarcely divided at
all ; some are entire, and some proliferous at the margin.
It grows in deep water, and is sometimes cast on shore
on the stems of Laminaria digitata.

Nitophyllum Gmelini. Gmelin’s Nitophyllum.

Frond from two to six inches high, expanding from a
short stalk, which springs from a small disc-root, more or
less deeply cleft into waved lobes ; veins at the base of the
frond distinct, gradually becoming fainter upwards. Spores
in hemispherical, depressed conceptacles, which are generally
formed near the margin of the frond, or in the upper lobes ;
tetraspores always placed just within the margin of the
frond.

This species grows on rocks and large sea-weeds, at
and beyond low-water mark. It is in perfection in sum¬
mer, and occurs most frequently on the south coast of
England, the west of Ireland, and the Channel Islands.
It may be known by its marginal tetraspores, and pecu¬
liar crisp texture.

Nitophyllum laccratum. The jagged Nitophyllum.

Eronds four to six or eight inches long, dichotomously
divided, sessile, or having a very short stalk with a disc-root,
which sometimes throws out creeping fibres ; the lobes are
of a thin delicate substance, linear or wedge-shaped, with a
curled or dentated margin ; the basal veins are distinctly

SPHJEROCOCCOIDEvE.

143

marked, and in some specimens extend through all the
branching of the frond. Spores forming a chain round a
basal placenta, in depressed spheroidal conceptacles, which
are either disposed on the margin of the frond, or on leafy
processes issuing from it ; tetraspores grouped in minute,
oblong spots on the margin of the frond, or on marginal
processes.

This is the most variable, as well as the most common
of all the British species of Nitophyllum, In some spe¬
cimens the divisions of the frond are almost thread-like,
while in others they are so broad as to approach the form
of Nitophyllum Gmelini. These differences arise, in a
great measure, from the peculiar circumstances in which
the plants grow, — whether on rocks or the stems of
Lammarice in deep water, or, as I have sometimes found
them, in shallow, tidal pools. The only species with which
this can be easily confounded is N. Gmelini, and from
that it may be distinguished by its darker purple colour,
softer texture, more distinct, longer veins and proliferous
margins. The texture of the frond is so delicate when
dry that it is apt to crack and part from the paper on
the least exposure to the air. Great care should there¬
fore be taken of specimens in the herbarium. A cur¬
tain of tissue paper gummed neatly above the specimen,
so as to fall over it, is the best protection that I can
suggest.

Nitophyllum uncixiatum. Clawed Nitophyllum.

Frond membranaceous, without stalk or veins, divided
into linear lobes, whose tips are incurved. Spores in de¬
pressed, spheroidal conceptacles, which are usually to be
found near the margin of the frond ; tetraspores in nearly
solitary sori, under the tips of the lobes.

144

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

I insert this species in deference to the authority of
Dr. Gray’s Handbook, from which I have copied the de¬
scription almost verbatim. Dr. Gray speaks of it as
identical with the variety of N. laceratum figured in the
f Phycologia Britannica/ plate 267 ; but he also says that
it has no veins, which the figure referred to certainly has.
I have examined several specimens in my own collection,
but have not yet convinced myself that they are suffi¬
ciently distinct to be considered more than a very pecu¬
liar form of N. laceratum.

0

Nitophyllum versicolor. The changeable Nito-

phyllum.

Fronds broadly fan-shaped, dichotomously divided, vein¬
less, expanding suddenly from a tuberous cylindrical stem,
about one and a half to two inches high, and one to two
lines thick ; the tips of the frond, and sometimes the
side margin, are much thickened, and produce oblong, fleshy
excrescences, which, as they advance in age, lengthen into
irregularly branched, cellular, cylindrical filaments. Fructi¬
fication unknown.

The slightest contact with fresh water changes this
plant from red to bright orange, but the original colour
is restored and retained when the plant is dry. It is very
rare, and the only specimens hitherto found have been
thrown up from deep water on the coasts of Ireland and
Devonshire.

Genus LIII. CALLIBLEPHARIS.

Frond flat, membranaceous, irregularly cleft, fringed with
marginal lobes, without veins or midrib. Fructification of

SP IItEROCOCCOIDE jE.

145

two kinds on different plants : — 1, necklace-like threads of
spores, springing in dense tufts from an elevated basal pla¬
centa in stalkless conceptacles on the marginal processes of
the frond; 2, zonate or tripartite tetraspores embedded
among the surface cells. — Calliblepharis, from the Greek
Jcalos, beautiful, and blepharis , an eye-lash.

Calliblepharis ciliata. The ciliate Calli¬
blepharis.

Frond six to twelve inches long, rising from a short, cylin¬
drical stem, with a branching, fibrous root ; substance crisp,
rigid, the surface of the frond sometimes smooth, sometimes
covered with cilia. In some specimens the frond consists of
a simple lance-shaped leaf, with awl-shaped processes on its
margin ; in others the main frond is variously cleft, and fur¬
nished at the edges with lance-shaped segments, from whose
margins issue similar processes, which are sometimes pro¬
longed into lobes. Spores in conceptacles, lodged in the
marginal processes ; tetraspores collected in cloud-like
patches in various parts of the frond.

This plant, better known to the marine botanist by its
old name Rhodymenia ciliata, has been transferred to
its present position, on account of the structure of its
spore nucleus and the zonate division of the tetraspores.
It is found on all our coasts from north to south, and
fruits in winter.

Calliblepharis jubata. The cirrhose Calli¬
blepharis.

Fronds tufted, rising with a cylindrical stem from a root

7 O J

composed of densely-matted, branching fibres ; branches
irregularly pinnate, of very variable form, clothed through¬
out with filiform cilia, which in some specimens are pro¬
duced into tendrils three to six inches long, and generally

L

146

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

hooked at the point ; these cilia frequently twine round
neighbouring sea-weeds, and connect them into an inextri¬
cable tangle. Spores in spherical, stalkless conceptacles on
the sides of the cilia ; tetraspores oblong, zonate, embedded
in the cilia.

This species is closely allied to the preceding, but
differs from it in being of a duller colour and more
flaccid substance, and in having its tetraspores confined
to the cilia. It fruits and is in perfection in summer.

Genus LIY. GRACILARIA.

Frond thread-like or Hat, of a horn-like, fleshy substance,
forked ; the inner cells very large, empty, or full of granular
matter ; those of the surface minute, forming densely-
packed vertical threads. Fructification: — 1, spores formed
in the upper joints of densely-tufted, forked, necklace-like
threads, which radiate from a raised basal placenta, in hemi¬
spherical or conical, stalkless conceptacles furnished with
a terminal pore ; 2, oblong, cruciate tetraspores scattered
among the surface cells of the branches and branchlets. —
Gracilaria, from the Latin gracilis, slender.

The species of this genus are widely dispersed, both
in warm and cold latitudes. They produce, when boiled,
a tasteless gelatine, which, when properly seasoned, is
palatable, and considered wholesome.

Gracilaria multipartita. The much-divided

Gracilaria.

Fronds four to twelve inches long, flat, varying from half
a line to half an inch in width, deeply cleft in an irregu¬
larly-forked or palmate manner, with a thin, spreading disc-
root. Spores in large, conical conceptacles, which are de-

SPHJEROCOCCOIDEjE.

147

pressed at the top, and spread abundantly over the frond ;
tetraspores tripartite, scattered over the whole frond.

This species is annual, and grows, during autumn,
on rocks or mud at and beyond low-water mark. When
freshly gathered, the fronds are tender and very brittle,
but they become tough in drying, and adhere closely to
paper. They are of a dull purple colour, changing to
green on exposure to the air and fresh water. Speci¬
mens have been found in several places on the coast of
Devonshire, but this must still rank as one of the most
rare of our native Sea-’weeds.

Gracilaria compressa. The compressed Gra-

cilaria.

Frond from six to twelve inches long, of a pale pink
colour, very brittle, alternately or almost forkedly branched ;
branches long, mostly simple, tapering to a hue point.
Spores minute, at the tips of threads, radiating from a cen¬
tral point in prominent, egg-shaped, stalkless conceptacles ;
tetraspores roundish, tripartite, irregularly dispersed among
the surface cells.

This species is also rare, and there are but few re¬
corded habitats. It grows on corallines, in deep water,
during summer, and is annual. My specimens were
found amongst rejectamenta at Swanage, a neighbour¬
hood where many rare Sea-weeds are to be obtained.

Gracilaria confervoides. The conferva-like

Gracilaria.

Fronds cylindrical, cartilaginous, rising one or several
from the same base, varying from three to twenty inches in
length ; branches long, thread-like, nearly simple, attenuate ;

l 2

148

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

branchlets few, tapering at each end. Spores minute, in
large, roundish, stalkless conceptacles plentifully scattered
over the branches; tetraspores minute, embedded in the
surface cells of the branches.

This species is perennial, and attains its greatest luxu¬
riance during summer and autumn. It is found plenti¬
fully all round our coasts, and is readily distinguished
by its prominent spore-conceptacles, which have the ap¬
pearance of knots on the slender branches. The colour
is a dull purple, which fades to white when the plant
grows in shallow places, or is exposed to the air and
light. When dry it is rigid, and does not adhere closely
to paper. Dr. Harvey speaks of a variety found in
American waters, which is destitute of branches, and
reaches the length of six feet. I am not aware that
anything approaching this has been found on our coasts.

Genus LY. SPH^ROCOCCUS.

Frond horny, compressed, linear, two-edged, forkedly
branched, composed of three series of cells; those in the
centre, which form a kind of internal rib, fibrous and
densely packed, the next series large and many-sided,
and those on the surface minute and thread-like. Spores
minute, arranged on a central placenta in spherical con¬
ceptacles ; tetraspores, according to Kiitzing, zonate, scat¬
tered through the substance of the frond. — Spiijsrococcus,
from the Greek spliaira , a sphere, and coccos, fruit.

Sphserococcws coronopifolius. The buck’s-horn

Sphserococcus.

Fronds from a few inches to a foot or more long, much
branched ; main stems thickened and two-edged below, be¬
coming thinner and flatter in their upper parts, irregularly

GELIDlACEiE.

149

I

divided ; the upper branches once or twice forked, ending
in fan-shaped, many-cleft branchlets ; the branches and
branchlets fringed with short, slender, pointed cilia. Spores
in spherical conceptacles, embedded in the cilia ; tetraspores
not known.

The bright red colour and coral-like form of this
handsome species are very obvious characters, and
there is no other British Sea-weed for which it can be
mistaken. It grows oil rocky shores, at or beyond
low-water mark, during summer and autumn, and is
perennial. Unless a dredge be used, only washed-up
or floating specimens can be obtained, but these are
always sufficiently numerous. This plant is moderately
abundant on our south and west coasts, but rare in
Scotland. It does not adhere very closely to paper, and
shrinks much in drying.

Order XII. GELIDIACEiE.

Purple or Bed Sea-weeds with a cartilaginous or horny ,
opake frond, without joints, composed of elongated, hair-
like f laments. Spores attached to slender threads or to
a fibrous placenta, in conceptacles, which are irregularly
immersed in the frond.

Genus LV1. GELIDIUM.

Erond gristly, linear, flattened, irregularly branched, com¬
posed of three strata of cells : those in the centre very long,
and densely interwoven ; the next series small, many-sided,
set in diverging lines ; those on the surface minute, ar¬
ranged in necklace-like threads at right-angles with the axis.
Spores pear-shaped, in two-celled conceptacles immersed
in the branchlets ; tetraspores cruciate, embedded, in irre-

150

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

gular clusters, near the ends of the branchlets. — Gelidium,
from the Latin gelu , frost.

The species which compose this genus are remark¬
able for the variety of forms which they assume, and for
their wide geographical range. They are found on all
the tropical and temperate shores of the Atlantic and Pa¬
cific Oceans. Two species have been hitherto included
in works on British Sea-weeds, but the claims of G. carti-
lagineum are so slight that I have felt compelled to omit
it. It is a common weed at the Cape of Good Hope,
whence it is frequently brought by sailors and thrown
overboard in British waters, and the specimens picked
up on our coasts have, no doubt, been derived from this
source.

Gelidium corneum. The horny Gelidium.

Proud flattened, rigid, several times pinnate ; pinnse nar¬
rowed at the base, linear, entire, obtuse. Spores in concep-
tacles below the tops of the branches ; tetraspores in club-
shaped very obtuse pinnae.

The varieties of this species are more numerous than
those of any other of our native Sea-weeds. Dr.
Harvey has described no less than thirteen, and it would
be very easy to increase the number, were it desirable
to do so. The differences consist chiefly in the size,
breadth, and branching of the frond, but there can be
no doubt of the specific identity of the whole series. I
shall therefore content myself with enumerating the
varieties mentioned by Dr. Harvey, and recommending
my readers to make as complete a collection as possible
of all the forms which they may find. The varieties
are : —

SPONGIOCARPE/E.

151

G. CORNEUM,
>>

))

)>

a

a

})

)}

)}

}>

)>

}>

))

var. (3. sesquipedale, Grev.
var. 7. pinnatum, Grev.
var. S. uniforme, Turn,
var. e. capillaceum, Turn,
var. f. latifolium, Grev.
var. 7]. confertum, Grev.
var. 6. flexuosum, Harv.
var. l. aculeatum , Grev.
var. k. abnorme, Grev.
var. X. pulchellum, Turn,
var. yL6. claviferum, Grev.
var. v. clavatum, Grev.
var. o. crinale, Grev.

Order XIII. SPONGIOCARPE^E.

j Brown-red Sea-weed 's with cartilaginous, cylindrical, branch¬
ing fronds composed of interlaced filaments closely set in
firm gelatine. Spores large, obconical, radiating from a
central point, in external, icart-like conceptacles ; tetra-
spores oblong, cruciate, formed in the outer filaments of
the upper branches.

Genus LVII. POLYIDES.

Root an expanded, fleshy disc. Prond cylindrical, carti¬
laginous, forkedly branched, composed of three series of
fibrous cells, springing one from the other : the cells of the
first, or central series, which occupy about half the dia¬
meter of the frond, are cylindrical, branched, longitudinal,
and densely packed ; those next to them, which form the
intermediate series, are large, oblong, coloured, and set in
forked fibres, which curve outwards, and pass gradually
from an almost erect to a horizontal position ; and those
which compose the external, or bark series, are minute,
oblong, forked, and perfectly horizontal. Spores in wart-

152

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

like excrescences ; tetraspores cruciate, formed in the upper
branches. — Polyides, from the Greek polus, many, and idea ,
form.

Polyides rotundus. The round Polyides.

Pronds growing several from the same base, from two to
six inches high, forkedly divided, of a cartilaginous sub¬
stance, and dark red-brown colour, not adhering to paper.

This species is the only one contained in the Order,
and is very distinct from all the British Sea-weeds ex¬
cept Furcellaria fastigiata, which it resembles so closely
in external appearance that it is difficult to believe that
the two are really so different in structure. There is,
fortunately, one very simple character by which they
may be identified : the root of P. rotundus is a small
disc; that of F. fastigiata is fibrous. The former is,
moreover, much less common than the latter. P. rotun¬
dus grows on rocks in tide- pools and in deeper water. It
is perennial, and attains perfection in winter ; but may
be found at other seasons.

Order XIV. SQUAMARLE.

Liclien-like , incrusting or horizontally expanded , Fed-brown
Sea-weeds, rooting hy the under surface, composed of ver¬
tical f laments closely set in firm gelatine. Spores in
necklace-like strings, lodged in wart-like excrescences ,
formed of vertical filaments.

Genus LVIII. PEYSSONELIA.

Frond membranous or leathery, horizontally expanded,
and attached by fibrils emitted from the lower surface, com¬
posed of two strata of cellules : those of the lower stratum
horizontal, elongated, cylindrical, arranged in radiating fibres,
which are placed close together, and form a membrane ; those

SQUAMAltliE.

153

of the upper vertically elongated, also arranged in fibres at
right angles to those of the lower stratum. Fructification
lodged in depressed warts, which are irregularly scattered
over the surface of the frond : — 1, roundish spores, in
necklace-like strings ; 2, oblong, cruciate tetraspores. —
Peyssonelia, in honour of J. A. Peyssonel.

Peyssonelia Dubyi. Duby’s Peyssonelia.

Frond membranaceous, from half an inch to an inch in dia¬
meter ; when young, round ; in age becoming irregularly-
shaped, with a waved margin ; the upper surface finely
striate, the lines radiating from the centre to the edge of
the frond. Fructification in spongy warts, scattered over
the frond.

This is a species which may easily escape the eye of a
collector. It forms a thin, reddish skin on the surface
of rocks or shells, and can only be separated from them
with difficulty. Sometimes a portion only of the frond
is attached, the ends being left free.

Genus LIX. HILDENBRANDTIA.

Frond spreading, in a leathery skin, over rocks and stones,
its substance formed of closely-packed, vertical fibres. Spores
in warts on the surface of the frond; tetraspores oblong,
zonate, minute, sunk in the frond.

Hildenbrandtia rubra. The red Hildenbrandtia.

Frond at first circular, but becoming irregularly lobed with
age, varying in colour from blood-red to dark brown.

This is an obscure plant, which, although of frequent
occurrence, is but little known. To the casual observer
it appears to be but a dark stain on the rock on which
it grows, and to which it adheres so closely that it is

154

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

impossible to detach a perfect specimen. In structure
and fructification there is a close affinity between this
genus and Melobesia ; but the coating of carbonate of
lime, which distinguishes the latter genus, is altogether
absent from Hildenbrandtia.

Genus LX. PETROCELIS.

Frond spreading, in a leathery skin, over rocks, composed
of simple, jointed fibres set in gelatine. Spores unknown;
tetraspores cruciate, formed of the middle joint of the fibres,
which compose the frond.- — Petrocelis, from the Greek1
petros, a rock, and chele, a claw.

This genus was formerly considered to be identical
with Cruoria. The separation is founded on the dif¬
ferent arrangement of the tetraspores.

Petrocelis cruenta. The blood-red Petrocelis.

Fronds spreading, in smooth, circular or irregular patches,
on rocks, gelatinous, composed of vertical filaments.

This is another obscure species, destitute of external
beauty, and not likely to prove interesting to young
collectors.

Genus LXI. CRUORIA.

Frond expanded, composed of vertical, jointed fibres, which
are very closely packed, and surrounded by fluid gelatine.
Spores unknown ; tetraspores zonate, borne on transformed
side-branches of the fibres. — Cruoria, from the Latin
cruor, blood.

This genus, as now constituted, is comparatively new
to the British flora, but since it has been described nu¬
merous specimens of both the species that it contains

SQUAMARIyE.

155

have been collected in various localities, particularly in
Scotland. I am, therefore, inclined to believe that un¬
obtrusive habit, rather than rarity, has caused it to be
hitherto overlooked.

Cruoria pellita. The skin-like Cruoria.

Fronds spreading over rocks in indefinite red patches ;
fibres thick at the base, tapering upwards, repeatedly forked.
Tetraspores on the lower branches of the fibres.

This plant grows between the tide-marks, and appears
to prefer a cold climate.

Cruoria adhaerens. The adhering Cruoria.

Fronds spreading over rocks, in indefinite, purplish or
olive patches ; fibres tapering to either end, simple, or once
or twice forked. Spores unknown ; tetraspores zonate, on
the lower forkings of the fibres.

This species differs from the last in the colour of the
frond, and in the branching and form of the fibres ; but
Professor Agardh appears to doubt whether these cha¬
racters are sufficient grounds for the formation of two
species.

Genus LXII. ACTINOCOCCUS.

Fronds globose, very minute, of a red colour, parasitic,
composed of necklace-like fibres set in gelatine. Tetra¬
spores cruciate, formed from the joints of the fibres, several
on the same fibre. — Acxiisrococcus, from the Greek aktis,
a ray, and coccos, a fruit.

Actinococcus Hennedyi. Hennedy’s Actino-

coccus.

Fronds of a deep red colour, about as large as a poppy-

156

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

seed, growing on Laminaria digitata , composed of closely-
packed necklace-like fibres set in gelatine. Tetraspores
cruciate, bright scarlet.

This tiny plant was first discovered by Mr. R. Ken¬
nedy, at Cumbrae, in 1852, and was described by Dr.
Harvey in the f Natural History Review’ for 1857.

Order XY. HELMINTHOCLADRE.

Rosy or Purple, cylindrical , gelatinous or gelatino-membra-
naceous Sea-weeds composed of f laments set in loose gela¬
tine. Spores minute , roundish , borne on branching threads ,
which radiate in a spherical form from a central point
and are immersed in the frond without conceptacles ; te¬
traspores, when present, formed in the terminal cellules of
the outer filaments.

Genus LXI1I. HELMINTHORA.

Erond cylindrical, gelatinous, elastic, much branched,
composed of two series of filaments set in loose jelly ;
those in the centre, which form the axis, are parallel, longi¬
tudinal, jointed, and decrease in size outwards ; those form¬
ing the outer part of the frond, or periphery, are bead-like
and forked, and issue horizontally from the axis. Spore-
threads numerous, club-shaped, embedded in the outer fila¬
ments of the fronds; tetraspores unknown. — Helminthora,
from the Greek elmins, a worm, and thoros, a seed.

This genus is new to collectors of British Sea-weeds.
It has been established by Professor Agardh, and adopted
bv Dr. Harvey for the reception of what was formerly
Dudresnaia divaricata.

HELMINTHOCLADLE.

15?

Helminthora divaricata. The divaricate Hel-

minthora.

Fronds densely tufted, thread-like, pale red ; stem simple
or forked; branches opposite or alternate, horizontal, much
divided ; branchlets numerous, divaricate, scattered, obtuse.
Spores on club-shaped threads, embedded in the frond ;
tetraspores unknown.

This plant is annual, and grows on stones and sea¬
weeds during summer and autumn, at and beyond low-
water mark. It is widely distributed in the northern
latitudes of America and Europe, and is found in many
places on the coasts of Great Britain.

Genus LXIY. NEMALION.

Frond cylindrical, gelatinous, elastic, forked, composed of
filaments set in gelatine ; those of the axis simple, longitu¬
dinal, closely twisted into a cord-like column, surrounded
by other oblique, communicating filaments, from which issue
the horizontal, necklace-like, fastigiate, forked filaments of
the outer part of the frond, or periphery. Spore-threads
club-shaped, embedded in the outer filaments of the frond ;
tetraspores, according to Agardh, “ formed in the terminal
cells of the peripheric filaments, triangularly divided, with
prominent sporules.” — Nemalion, from the Greek nema, a
thread, and leion, a crop.

Nemalion multifidum. The many-cut Nemalion.

Fronds worm-like, six to ten inches long, as thick as a
crow’s quill, or thicker, of a dull purple colour, forked near
the base, and repeatedly at long intervals upwards ; root an
expanded fleshy disc. Spore-threads embedded in the frond ;
tetraspores formed in the terminal cellules of the outer
filaments.

158

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

This species grows on rocks and shells near low-tide
mark, and occasionally, when the rocks are formed of
granite, in shallow shore-pools. It appears to prefer
situations where it is exposed to the air when the tide
goes out and where it is washed and beaten by the waves.
It is common on the western coasts of Scotland and
Ireland, and occurs less frequently in several English
localities, chiefly on the south coast. This is the only
plant of the Order Hehninthocladice on which tetraspores
have been found.

Genus LXV. HELMINTHOCLADIA.

Erond cylindrical, elastic, composed of filaments, set in
gelatine; those of the axis simple, longitudinal, loosely in¬
terwoven into a cord-like column, surrounded by other
oblique, communicating filaments, from which issue the
horizontal necklace-like, forked filaments, which compose the
periphery. Fructification, masses of spores seated among
the filaments of the periphery ; tetraspores unknown. —
Helminthocladia, from the Greek eltnins , a worm, and
Jrtados , a branch.

Helminthocladia purpurea. The purple Helmin¬
thocladia.

Fronds from eight inches to two feet or more in length,
tapering from the centre towards either end ; stem mostly
undivided ; branches opposite or alternate, irregular, numer¬
ous ; branchlets slender, undivided ; colour varying from a
deep purple-red to a dull pink, rapidly given out in fresh
water, and becoming brown in drying. Eoot a small disc.
Fructification, globular masses of spores among the threads
of the periphery.

In the f Phycologia Britannica 9 this plant is figured

HELMINTHOCLADLE.

159

and described as “ Nemaleon purpureum ” but in more
recent works a new genus has been formed for its recep¬
tion, where at present it stands alone. It is a summer
annual, and is found among Zostera on sandy shores. It
is much more rare than Nemalion multifidum, but occa¬
sionally considerable quantities are thrown on shore. It
would almost appear that its growth is dependent on
temperature or weather, and that it is, therefore, com¬
paratively abundant in some seasons and very scarce in
others.

Genus LXVI. SCINAIA.

Frond rounded, forked, gelatinously membranaceous,
filled with mucilage, traversed by a fibrous axis, from which
slender, forked filaments radiate horizontally, and unite at
their tips to form the external membrane of the frond.
Spores pear-shaped, borne on fastigiate, jointed threads
arranged in globose clusters just within the walls of the
frond ; tetraspores unknown. — Scinaia, probably from the
Greek Schinis, a name of Aphrodite.

Scinaia furcellata. The forked Scinaia.

Frond cylindrical, tender, two to four inches long, vary¬
ing much in diameter, many times forked, level-topped, with
a rounded outline when laid out. Spores pear-shaped ;
tetraspores unknown.

This rare and interesting plant, which was formerly
called Ginannia furcellata, varies much in size and sub¬
stance. The wide specimens are more delicate in texture,
and of a paler colour, than the narrow. The branches
are bag -like, and the gelatine with which they are filled
is exuded in drying, and causes the plant to adhere

160

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

very firmly to paper. The cord -like axis is very distinct
in some specimens, and has the appearance of a midrib.
The spores are described by Professor Agardh as naked ;
but Dr. Harvey has since raised a doubt on this point
by discovering, with the aid of a high magnifying power,
what he believed to be the remains of a very delicate,
membranous pericarp.

Order XYI. WRANGELIACE.E.

Bose-red , thread-like Sea-weeds, with or without joints, tra¬
versed by a single-tubed jointed axis. Fructification : —
1. Spores formed in the terminal cell of branching threads,
which radiate in naked clusters, either from a fixed point or
round minute side-branchlets. 2. Tetraspores formed of
branchlets shortened to a single cell, naked, not present in
all the genera.

Genus LXYII. WRANGELIA.

Erond thread-like, much branched, jointed, one-tubed ;
internodes of the axis naked, or covered with minute cel¬
lules; nodes clothed with opposite or whorled, jointed
branchlets. Spore-clusters terminal in a nest of fibrous
branchlets ; tetraspores naked, spherical, triangularly di¬
vided, seated on the sides of the branchlets. — Wrangelia,
named in honour of Baron Yon 'VYrangel, a Swedish na¬
turalist.

The species of this genus are not numerous, and are
mostly natives of warm or temperate latitudes. They
were formerly placed in the Order Ceramiacece , between
the Griffithsice and Callithamnia, which they externally
resemble. They are removed to their present position
on account of important differences in their mode of
fructification.

WRANGELIACEAS.

161

Wrangelia nmltifida. Many-cut Wrangelia.

Fronds jointed throughout, growing in tufts, from four to
eight inches high ; stem generally undivided ; internodes
formed of a single, cylindrical, thick-walled cell, filled with
carmine endochrome; branches opposite, inserted just below
each node ; branchlets opposite or whorled, incurved, mul¬
tifid, pervading every part of the frond. Spore-clusters
arranged, several together, in globular masses of involucral
branchlets at the tips of short branches; tetraspores
roundish, tripartite, on the lower part of the branchlets.

This very delicate and pretty species grows in rock-
pools near low-water mark. It occurs in several locali¬
ties on our south coast, in the west of Ireland, and in the
Channel Islands. I have frequently gathered it in Jersey,
but never in large quantities. Mr. John Gatcombe, of
Plymouth, from whom I recently received some very in¬
teresting specimens in a young state, mentions a fact
connected with this plant that has not, so far as I am
aware, been observed before. He writes, “ Wrangelia
can be detected immediately when first gathered by its
peculiar smell

Genus LXVIII. NACCARIA.

Frond much branched, composed of many-sided cells of
different sizes, those in the centre large, those on the sur¬
face minute ; tubular axis slender, “ girt with rounded an¬
gular cells, formed with the decurrent fibres branches
forked. Spore-threads whorled round the branchlets,
which become spindle-shaped as the spores mature ; tetra¬
spores unknown. — Naccaria, named in honour of F. L.
Naccari, an Italian botanist.

This is another genus whose affinities have been

M

162

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

rudely dealt with by modern science. It was formerly
classed among the Gloiocladece on account of its gelati¬
nous frond ; but this character is now considered to be of
less importance than the arrangement of the spores, and
hence the altered position of the genus.

Naccaria Wiggii. Wigg’s Naccaria.

Frond cylindrical, from a few inches to nearly a foot
high ; branches alternate or irregular ; branchlets short,
spindle-shaped. Spores oblong, naked, on threads which are
whorled round the branchlets ; tetraspores unknown.

This plant is annual, and grows in deep water. It is
of a beautiful bright red colour, and somewhat gelati¬
nous. The structure of the lesser divisions of the frond
is very interesting, and should be examined under the
microscope, which will reveal the whorls of delicate,
jointed fibres that compose the branchlets, and amid
which the spores nestle. It is, moreover, on these
minute details that the distinctive characters of the
genus chiefly depend. Specimens of this species are cast
up in many localities on our coast, but nowhere in great
abundance. I have found more in Jersey than any¬
where else, and they were usually floating and in good
condition.

Genus LXIX. ATRACTOPHORA.

Frond nearly oppositely branched, composed of large and
small cells ; tubular axis broad, “ closely barked with de¬
current articulated fibres branches pinnate. Spore-threads
whorled round the branchlets ; tetraspores unknown. —
Atractophora, from the Greek atractos, a spindle, and
phero, to carry.

RHODYMENIACE.iE.

163

This genus and Naccaria, so far at least as the British
species were concerned, were formerly combined. Pro¬
fessor Agardh, in his f Species Algarum,’ has separated
them, and as I have been following the arrangement of
that work as nearly as possible, I have done so in this
particular. The words between inverted commas in the
descriptions of these two genera are from Dr. Gray’s
‘ Handbook of British Water-weeds.’

Atractophora hypnoid.es, Hypnum-like Atracto-

phora.

Fronds slender, much branched, from two to four inches
high, and about the same breadth ; branches alternate, long,
spreading ; branchlets slender, jointed, whorled with minute,
necklace-like, forked fibres. Spores naked, set among the
w horled fibres of the branchlets ; tetraspores unknown.

This is a recent addition to our list of British sea¬
weeds. It was first discovered in Jersey by Miss Turner,
and has been subsequently found at Exmouth by Mrs.
Gulson. It is a very beautiful and distinct plant, and
will prove a rich prize to those collectors who may be so
fortunate as to find it either in the above or in new lo¬
calities.

Order XVII. BHODYMENIACEiE.

Purple or Red Sea-weeds with a flat, compressed , or thread¬
like , membranaceous frond , without joints , composed of
many-sided cells , the surface cells forming a continuous
coating. Fructification : — 1. Spores in necklace-like ,
branching threads issuing from a placenta, massed together
without order at maturity , lodged in external conceptacles.

m 2

164

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

2. Roundish or oblong tetraspores, variously parted , either
dispersed among the surface cells, or collected in definite
clusters, or in proper leaflets.

“ This Order,” writes Dr. Harvey, “ has recently
been proposed by Professor J. G. Agardh, to include
a few genera which, on account of the very different
structure of their conceptacular fruit, he has rejected
from the Spharococcoidea, — a measure rendered neces¬
sary by the new principles of arrangement developed by
that author. These plants, however, so closely resemble
the genuine Sphcerococcoiclece in external habit, and even
in the internal structure of the stem and leaves, that re¬
course must sometimes be had to an accurate micro¬
scopic analysis of the contents of the conceptacle, before
the student can ascertain the proper place in the system
of the plant under examination.”

Genus LXX. MAUGERIA.

Pronds bright crimson, flat, leaf-like, membranaceous,
transversely veined, traversed by a strong midrib. Spores
egg-shaped, contained in spherical conceptacles, which are
borne on short stalks, mostly on one side of the midrib ;
tetraspores numerous, produced in winter in pod-like leaf¬
lets, which grow on the midribs of fronds which have lost
their membrane.

The beautiful plant, which is at present the only re¬
presentative of this genus, is an old favourite, appearing
under a new name. It is nearly the largest, and by far
the most striking and brilliant British sea- weed of the
Red series, and is familiar to every collector as Deles -
seria sanyuinea. Unfortunately this name could not be
retained, for under the classification of Agardh, which
is now generally adopted, it was necessary to remove the

RHODYMENIACE-'E.

165

plant out of the genus Delesseria. Dr. Harvey, in con¬
sequence, fell back on the name Wormskioldia , which
was published by Sprengel, in 1827 ; but my friend Mr.
Carruthers has pointed out that this name was previously
appropriated, in De Candolle's ‘Prodromus/ in 1824,
to a genus of flowering plants, and that it is not, there¬
fore, available. In these circumstances, it occurred to
me that this handsome plant would be a fitting monu¬
ment to dedicate to the memory of Dr. Harvey, and
accordingly the name Harvey a was inserted in my MS.
I subsequently found that Dr. Harvey's labours had
been already recognized, and I was therefore prevented
the pleasure of offering this tribute of respect and
esteem to my kind and distinguished friend. I have
sought for some worthy recipient of algological hon¬
ours, and failing to find a candidate known to fame
whose name is not already appropriated, I venture, with
all diffidence, to call the genus Maugeria, in honour of
Mrs. W. P. Mauger, a very accomplished and diligent
student of British Sea-wreeds, to whom I am indebted
for much valuable assistance in the preparation of this
wrork, and for the use of many rare, and some almost
unique specimens.

Maugeria sanguinea. The crimson Maugeria.

Prond a cylindrical, branched stem, beset throughout its
length with numerous, irregularly-placed leaves ; leaves
from a few inches to a foot or more in length, and from half
an inch to two or three inches in width, transversely veined,
entire at the margin, when young very delicate, and per¬
fectly flat, becoming a little coarser and more or less torn
with age. Fructification, of both kinds, developed during
winter on the midribs of old leaves, the membrane of which

166

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

has decayed ; spores in short-stalked, spherical concepta-
cles; tetraspores closely massed in minute leaves, called
sporophylla.

This species is perennial, and is very widely distri¬
buted, being found on the Atlantic shores of Europe,
in the Baltic Sea, and again in various localities in the
Southern hemisphere. It is more or less abundant all
round our coasts, and in favourable situations grows to
a large size. It is to be found, in deep tide-pools, or on
the perpendicular sides of rocks just beyond low-water
mark. The fronds begin to grow in early spring, and
soon attain their full beauty. The best specimens, that
is to say, those with perfect leaves and of brightest
colour, are to be obtained not later than the end of
June; but the spores and tetraspores are only formed
in winter. It may appear at first sight an unnatural
arrangement to separate this species from the Delessey'ice,
with which it was formerly associated ; but the differ-
ences of the fructification are so important, that it is
necessary to remove it, not only to another genus, but
to a different Order.

Genus LXXI. RHODYMENIA.

Erond flat, membranaceous, forked or hand-shaped, often
proliferous from the margin, composed of two series of cells ;
those within oblong, those on the surface minute. Spore-
threads very numerous, issuing from a basal placenta and
forming a simple nucleus in sessile, hemispherical concepta-
cles scattered over the frond, and opening at length by a
terminal pore ; tetraspores roundish, cruciate or tripartite,
either collected in cloud-like patches, or dispersed among
the surface-cells of the frond. — Bhodymenia, from the
Greek rhodeos , rosy, and umeen , a membrane.

RIIODYMENIACEvE.

167

This genus formerly included a large number of plants,
which resembled each other in habit and other respects,
but which more accurate observation has shown to be
very widely separated by difference of structure. Pro¬
fessor Agardh has reduced the species to about a dozen
at most, and only two of these are British; even this
curtailed genus is divided into two sections, each of
which contains one of our species.

Rhodymenia palmata. The hand-shaped Rhody-

menia.

Fronds from a few inches to more than a foot long, and
often nearly as wide, wedge-shaped at the base, irregularly
cleft in a forked or palmate manner; the margin generally flat,
but sometimes furnished with small leaflets, which give the
frond a pinnate appearance; substance membranaceous,
becoming tough and leathery with age. Boot a small disc.
Tetraspores distributed over the whole frond, in cloud-like
spots.

This plant assumes so many varied forms, either from
peculiar conditions of growth, from age, or from mere
caprice, that it would be wasted labour to attempt to
describe them all. They are best .studied in Nature’s
boundless schoolroom among the rocks, and in order to
impress them on the mind it is desirable to collect as
complete and varied a series of specimens as circum¬
stances may permit. The following forms are, perhaps,
worthy of brief notice : —

Var. /3. marginifera. Frond with leaflets on its
margin.

Var. 7. simplex. Frond undivided, wedge-shaped.

Var. 8. Sarniensis. Frond divided into linear seg¬
ments.

168

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Yar. e. sobolifera. Frond with a stem, and very nar¬
row, much divided branches, which expand into wedge-
shaped, jagged lobes, and become fringed at the tip.

The last is the only form which I have observed to be
very constant.

Rhodymenia palmetta. The little Palm Rhody-

menia.

Fronds red, fan-shaped, more or less forkedly cleft, ex¬
panding from a cylindrical stem into linear, wedge-shaped
segments, wTitk broad, rounded interstices, and a flat mar¬
gin. Spores angular, contained in stalkless conceptacles,
which are either marginal or scattered over the frond ;
tetraspores cruciate, forming deep red patches on the tips of
the segments.

This little plant grows on rocks, shells, and the stems
of large sea-wreeds, in deep water. It is less common
than R. palmata, but is found in many localities. Spe¬
cimens bearing spores differ considerably from those
with tetraspores. In the former the frond is small,
with short, crowded segments, and is borne on a long,
simple stem ; while in the latter it is spreading, and the
stem branches almost from the base. There is a variety
of this species, with a simple or once-forked, narrow
frond, rising from a fibrous root, which Professor Agardh
calls Nicceensis. It is not common, and resembles Rhyl -
lophora Brodicei.

Genus LXXII. EUTHORA.

Frond flat, membranaceous, forkedly-pinnate, composed
of two series of cells ; those within large, oblong, those on
the surface coloured, minute. Spore-threads very numer-

RH0D YMENIACE/E.

169

ous, radiating from a- central placenta, and attached to the
walls of the conceptacle by subsimple threads ; tetraspores
cruciate, lodged in the thickened tips of the frond. — Eu-
thora, from the Greek eu , well, and thoros, a seed.

This genus was formerly combined with Rhodymenici,
and has been separated on account of a difference in the
arrangement of the spore-threads, which radiate from a
central placenta, instead of rising from a basal one, as in
that genus. These characters can only be seen by dis¬
secting a spore-conceptacle under a microscope, and this
is not by any means an easy operation to perform on so
minute a subject.

Euthora cristata. The crested Euthora.

Erond fan-shaped, membranaceous, one to three inches
high, divided into numerous segments, which expand up¬
wards, and are repeatedly subdivided, the secondary seg¬
ments being alternate, linear, jagged at the tips, and often
fringed. Spores in globular conceptacles, which are ar¬
ranged irregularly along the margin of all the divisions of
the frond ; tetraspores cruciate, in the ultimate branchlets.
The branches of those plants which bear tetraspores are
more slender than those of plants with tubercles.

This species is very rare, and is only found on our
northern shores. It is of a beautiful bright red colour,
and varies much in the width and division of the frond.
It grows on the stems of Laminaria , in deep water, and
is a summer annual.

Genus LXXIII. RHODOPHYLLIS.

Erond flat, membranaceous, forkedly cleft, often lobed on
the margin, composed of two series of cells ; those of the

170

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

inner series large, longitudinal, those of the outer vertical,
in few rows. Spore-threads very numerous, radiating from
a basal placenta and forming a compound nucleus in mar¬
ginal, nearly spherical, closed conceptacles ; tetraspores
zonate, immersed in the frond, or in marginal lobes. — Rno-
dophtllis, from the Greek rhodeos, rosy, and pliyllon , a
leaf.

This is another division of the old genus Rhodymenia,
consequent on the new arrangement, according to fructi¬
fication. It differs from the reformed genus Rhody¬
menia , in the structure of the spore-nucleus, and in
having zonate tetraspores.

Rhodophyllis bifida. The cleft Rhodophyllis.

Fronds growing in tufts, from one to four inches high,
transparent, without veins, forkedly divided from the base,
of a brilliant carmine colour. Spores in globose, stalkless
conceptacles, which are usually numerous on the margin of
the frond ; tetraspores oblong, marked with three transverse
lines, arranged in patches in the upper segments.

This is a very variable plant, and is unfortunately so
rare that it is difficult to obtain a series of the different
forms. It grows on rocks, etc., in deep water, and is
sparingly distributed round the coasts of Great Britain,
Ireland, and the Channel Islands. It is a summer
annual. Dr. Harvey describes two varieties. One of
these, var. /3. ciliata, has since been raised to the
rank of a species, and is described below. The other
is “ var. 7. incrassata. Frond thicker than usual,
shrinking, and turning to brownish-red in drying,
broad ; segments cruciate, proliferous, or ciliate at the
margin.”

RHODYMENIACE JL

171

Rhodophyllis appendiculata. The ciliated

Rhodophyllis.

Pronds growing in tufts, from one to two inches high,
narrower and thicker than those of R. bifida , much divided,
opake, of a brownish-red colour, their edges fringed with
leafy cilia, which contain tetraspores.

This plant has but recently been raised to the rank of
a species. It was formerly considered to be a variety of
R. bifida, and is figured and described in the f Phyco-
logia Britannica’ as R. bifida, var. /3. ciliata. It is very
rare.

Genus LXXIY. PLOCAMIUM.

Prond somewhat cartilaginous, linear, flattened, pinnately
divided, composed of two strata of cells ; the inner longitu¬
dinal and oblong, the outer many-sided and small. Spores
on filaments radiating iu tufts from a basal placenta in hemi¬
spherical conceptacles, which are either with or without
stalks ; tetraspores zonate, oblong, in small leaf-like stichi-
dia. — Plocamium, from the Greek plokamos, braided hair.

This is a very beautiful and widely distributed genus,
all the species of which are remarkable for their bril¬
liant colour and handsome tree-like fronds.

Plocamium coccineum. Scarlet Plocamium.

Proud cartilaginous, narrow, flattened, much divided ;
branches spreading, irregularly alternate ; branchlets awl-
shaped, curved, set with comb-like spurs on their inner
side. Spores in solitary, marginal, stalkless conceptacles ;
tetraspores zonate, in leaf-like stichidia on the inner sides
of the ramuli.

This is one of the most abundant, and is probably the

172

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

best known of the Red division of the British sea-wreeds.
The facility with which its flattened branches lay them¬
selves out and adhere to paper, its elegant tree-like form
and brilliant lasting colour, have established it as the
prime favourite of unearned sea-weed collectors, and
makers of sea-weed ornaments. It is generally distri¬
buted all round our coasts, and, indeed, throughout the
temperate zone. It varies considerably in size and sub¬
stance, and in the form of its branches, so much so that
some of the more slender specimens are liable to be con¬
sidered a distinct species. Its general characters are,
however, sufficiently constant to be easily determined by
a careful examination.

Genus LXXY. CORDYLECLADIA.

Proud thread-like, irregularly branched, cartilaginous,
formed of two series of cells, those iu the centre oblong,
longitudinal ; those on the surface roundish, minute, vertical.
Spores roundish, formed on branched threads, arranged in a
dense globular mass in spherical conceptacles without stalks;
tetraspores oblong, cruciate, immersed in pod-like branch-
lets. — Cordylecladia, from the Greek chorde, a string, and
klados , a shoot.

The sole representative of this genus in the British
flora — and it is doubtful if any other species exist else¬
where — was formerly included in the genus Gracilaria ,
whence it has been removed by Professor Agardh, for
reasons already referred to in speaking of the Order
Rhodymeniaccee.

Cordylecladia erecta. The erect Cordylecladia.

Bronds two or three inches high, cylindrical, thread-like,

CRYPTONEMIACEyE.

173

rising in groups from a common disc-root, irregularly
branched, sometimes simply forked at the top, and some¬
times having a few side branches. Spores massed in the centre
of thick spherical conceptacles, which are densely clustered
on the branches ; tetraspores oblong, cruciately divided, con¬
tained in lance-shaped pods at the tips of the branches.

This interesting little plant grows at the bottom of
sandy pools, and fruits in winter, when it may be easily
recognised. In a barren state it closely resembles a
stunted growth of Gracilaria confervoides, and this
fact may probably account, in part, for the small number
of recorded specimens, as the plant is no doubt frequently

overlooked in summer and autumn, which are usually the

' »

most convenient seasons for collecting.

Order XYIII. CRYPTONEMIACE^E.

Purple or Pose-red Sea- weeds with an inarticulate , horny, car¬
tilaginous, gelatinous, and rarely coriaceous or membranous
frond, composed of confervoid filaments set in gelatine. The
membranous species are sometimes composed of many-sided
cells, gradually decreasing in size toivards the surface.
Fructification: — 1. Spores congregated icithout order in cells
sunk in the frond, or in external conceptacles. 2. Zonate
or cruciate tetraspores dispersed among the cells of the
periphery , collected in definite sori, or, more rarely, in wart¬
like bodies, called nemathecia.

Genus LXXYI. STENO GRAMME.

Erond flat, dichotomous, proliferous from the margin,
composed of two strata of cells ; those of the inner stratum
many-sided and empty, those on the surface minute and
coloured. Spores roundish, in dense clusters, disposed in

174

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

linear conceptacles, which traverse the middle of the frond ;
tetraspores in wart-like superficial conceptacles. — Steno-
geamme, from the Greek stenos, narrow, and gramma, a
line.

The single species composing this genus grows in both
hemispheres, though it has never been found in great
abundance on any coast. It was first discovered in
Spain, in 1823, and has since been dredged in the south
of England and in Cork Harbour, but the largest spe¬
cimens have been brought from California and New
Zealand.

Stenogramme interrupta. The interrupted

Stenogramme.

Erond of a clear pink colour, on a short stem, rising from
a disc-root, and rapidly expanding into a fan-shaped mem¬
brane, varying from three to five inches in breadth ; some
specimens are deeply cleft into ribbon-like laciniae, others
are less divided, and occasionally throw out oblong or
forked leaflets. Spore-conceptacles contained in a nerve
running through the centre of the fertile lobes ; tetraspores
in dark-red warts, called nemathecia, scattered irregularly
over both surfaces of the frond.

This is one of the most rare of our native sea-weeds,
and is the more difficult to obtain as it grows in deep
water, and is seldom cast on shore. At first sight the
frond appears to be traversed by a midrib, but on closer
examination it will be found that the peculiar form and
arrangement of the spore-conceptacles give it this ap¬
pearance, and that barren fronds and those which bear
tetraspores are wholly nerveless. I am indebted to Mr.
John Gatcombe, of Plymouth, for specimens of this

CRYPTONEMIACEiE.

175

valuable plants which he collected in the locality, where
it was originally found by Dr. Cocks.

Genus LXXVII. PHYLLOPHORA.

Frond stalked, the stalk expanding into a rigid, mem¬
branaceous, flat lamina, proliferous from the disc or margin,
without veins, or slightly veined at the base. Spores mi¬
nute, contained in sessile or stalked conceptacles ; tetra-
spores cruciate, contained in external, scattered warts. —
Phyllophora, from the Greek phyllon , a leaf, and phero ,
to carry.

The plants of this genus are mostly common on ex¬
posed coasts ; they grow near low-water mark, or at a
greater depth. Some of them are to be found on the
Atlantic coasts of both Europe and America, and some
extend into the Baltic Sea; others are content with a
more limited range.

Phyllophora Brodiaei. Brodie’s Phyllophora.

Frond of a deep red colour, composed of a cylindrical,
branched stem, three to four inches or more long, the
branches expanding into oblong or wedge-shaped lobes,
which are frequently proliferous from the extremities.
Foot a small disc. Spore-conceptacles globose, stalkless,
developed on the lamina ; tetraspores in warts, at the tips of
the frond.

This plant is one of the least common of the genus
Phyllophora, and is chiefly confined to our northern
shores. It adheres very imperfectly to paper in drying.
It is said to be perennial, and grows on rocks in deep
water during winter and spring. Dr. Harvey describes
a “ var. /3 . simplex. Stem short, expanding into an

176

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

oblong, simple or once-forked, rose-coloured frond ; sorus
elliptical, composed of tetraspores.”

Phyllophora rubens. The red Phyllophora.

Fronds densely tufted, expanding from a short, cylin¬
drical stem, into very blunt, wedge-shaped segments, either
single or forked, varying from a quarter of an inch to half
an inch in width ; a second series of similar segments
springs from the tips of the first, and this process is re¬
peated as the plants advance in age ; all the segments are
minutely stalked, and have an indistinct midrib. Spores
minute, in spherical conceptacles, which are either scattered
over the surface of the frond, or arranged in a line within
the margin ; tetraspores unknown.

This handsome species is common on most of our
shores, but is rarely seen in its full beauty, as it is
almost always covered with minute shells and Melo-
besice. These interfere with the process of drying,
which is already sufficiently difficult, owing to the rigid
nature of the plant. It grows in deep tide-pools, under
the shelter of the large Laminaria , and likewise on
rocks, etc., in water of a considerable depth. It is
perennial, and in perfection in winter.

Phyllophora membranifolia. The membrane-
leaved Phyllophora.

Fronds from three to twelve inches in height, growing in
tufts from an expanded root ; stem cylindrical, branched, ex¬
panding into broadly wedge-shaped, forked laminae. Spores
in large, stalked conceptacles, which rise from the branches
or the laminae ; tetraspores in wart-like bodies, forming dark-
coloured convex patches in the centre of the laminae.

CRYPTONEMIACE/E.

177

The longer stem and purple colour of this plant readily
distinguish it from the other species of the genus. This
species is very common on our coasts. It is perennial,
and grows on rocks, etc., between the tide-marks.

Phyllophora palmettoides. The palmetto-like

Phyllophora.

Root a widely-expanded disc ; stem cylindrical ; frond
oblong, simple or forked, proliferous from the tips, of a
beautiful rose-red colour. Spores unknown ; tetraspores
cruciate or tripartite, in solitary sori, which are immersed
in the substance of the frond, near the tip.

This beautiful little plant, which was formerly con¬
sidered to be a variety of Phyllophora Brodicd , is found
only on our southern shores. It is distinguished by the
bright colour of its frond, its more widely-expanded
root, and the position of the tetraspores. It grows on
rocks near low-water mark in winter and spring, and is
perennial.

Genus LXXVIII. GYMNOGONGEUS.

Frond tapering, compressed or flat, linear, forked, the
centre cells roundish, those of the surface minute, arranged in
closely-packed, vertical, necklace-like filaments. Spores mi¬
nute, arranged in masses (nucleoli), several of which are asso¬
ciated together into a conceptacle-like cluster, which is im¬
mersed in the frond; tetraspores cruciate, formed in necklace¬
like threads, in external, hemispherical, wart-like excres¬
cences (nemathecia). — Gymnogongrus, from the Greek
gymnos , naked, and goyyros, an excrescence on a tree.

This genus comprises at present some twenty species,
which are widely distributed, but two only are natives
of Great Britain.

N

178

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Gymnogongrus Griffithsiae. Mrs. Griffiths’s

Gymnogongrus.

Root an expanded disc; fronds densely tufted, one to
three inches high, simple at base, then repeatedly forked ;
branches flexuous and tapering, except at the tips, which
are sometimes slightly flattened. Tetraspores cruciate,
elliptical, formed of the upper joints of necklace-like fila¬
ments, massed together in warts, either on the side of the
frond, or encircling it.

This plant is perennial, and grows between the tide-
marks. It is in perfection in autumn and winter, when
it is generally thickly studded with nemathecia. These
should be examined under a microscope, for they are
extremely beautiful. The tetraspores are of a delicate
pink colour, transparent and sparkling, and are arranged
in chains, which a slight effort of the imagination will
easily convert into necklaces of tiny rubies.

Gymnogongrus Norvegicus. The Norwegian

Gymnogongrus.

Stem short, cylindrical ; fronds linear, flat, repeatedly
forked, two to three inches or more high, more or less
tufted; the axils of the branches spreading, rounded, the
tips blunt. Spores very numerous, in minute, depressed,
spherical conceptacles, immersed in the upper segments of
the frond, and projecting on both sides ; tetraspores in
stalkless nemathecia, which are thickly scattered over both
sides of the frond.

This species was formerly known as Chondrus Nor-
vegicus, but has been removed to its present position
by Professor Agardh. It is not very common, nor are
its characters easily recognized. Although called Norve-

CRYPTON EMIACEjE.

179

gicus, it is by no means peculiar to Norway. It grows
on rocks, near low-water mark, during winter and spring,
and is annual.

Genus LXXIX. AHNFELTIA.

Frond horny, tapering, forked, composed of two strata of
cells ; those in the centre very slender, elongated, densely
packed ; those on the surface minute, arranged in vertical,
closely packed, short, necklace-like filaments. Spores minute,
arranged in masses (nucleoli) several of which are asso¬
ciated together into a conceptacle-like cluster, which is im¬
mersed in the frond; tetraspores in external wart-like ex¬
crescences surrounding the branches.

The only British species of this genus was formerly
included in Gymnogongrus, from which it has been se¬
parated on account of the much greater density of cel¬
lular structure, and more rigid substance of the frond.

Ahnfeltia plicata. The entangled Ahnfeltia.

Fronds from six to ten inches or more long, horny, taper,
thread-like, irregularly branched, tangled ; axils rounded ;
terminal branches blunt at the tip. Fructification in wart¬
like excrescences scattered over the branches : spores and
tetraspores being but seldom fully developed.

This is a peculiar plant, and cannot easily be mistaken
for any other species. It is widely distributed both in
this country and elsewhere ; it is perennial, and grows
on rocks and stones at various depths ; the fronds are
usually tangled together into a dense mass, they are of
a rigid, wire-like texture, of a dark purple colour, and
about as thick as fine twine.

o

N

180

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Genus LXXX. CYSTOCLONIUM.

Frond fleshy, taper, much branched, composed of three
kinds of cells ; those in the centre cord-like, formed of
elongated longitudinal fibres ; the second series large and
round ; the external, or bark layer, small and angular.
Spores minute, arranged in masses, several of which are
enclosed in a thick pericarp, in conceptacles which are partly
immersed in the branches ; tetraspores zonate, scattered
among: the external cells of the branches. — Cystoclo-
nium, from the Greek Jcustis, a bladder, and Moon, a young
shoot.

The present position of this genus is very different
from that which it formerly occupied, and has been as¬
signed to it in consequence of the arrangement of the
fructification. The structure of the frond is, however,
the character by which the plants composing the genus
are distinguished from their immediate allies.

Cystoclonium purpurascens. The purple Cysto-

clonium.

Frond taper, much branched ; branches alternate, elon¬
gate ; branchlets numerous, tapering to each end. Spores
in conceptacles embedded in the branchlets, either singly or
two or more together; tetraspores zonate, immersed among
the surface cells of the branchlets.

This species is a summer annual, and grows on rocks,
etc., between the tide-marks. It is one of the most
common of our native sea-weeds, but is best known
under its old name of Hypnea. There is one well-
marked variety, (3. cirrhosa. It is irregularly branched
and variously distorted ; the branches are zig-zag, here
and there swollen, their apices are lengthened into

CRY PTONEMIACEjE.

381

tendrils, which coil round the stems of neighbouring
plants.

Genus LXXXI. CALLOPHYLLIS.

Frond fleshy, membranaceous, blood-red, flat, forked,
formed of two strata of cells ; the inner stratum of large,
roundish cells, each of which is surrounded by a network
of cellules ; the outer, or cortical stratum of vertical, neck¬
lace-like filaments. Spores minute, arranged in masses,
several of which are enclosed in a thick pericarp, in concep-
tacles immersed in the margin ; tetraspores cruciate, im¬
mersed in the frond. — Callopiiyllis, from the Greek halos,
beautiful, and pliyllon, a leaf.

The plants which compose this genus were formerly
included among the Rhodymenice, which they much re¬
semble in external appearance, but from which they
differ in the structure of the frond, and the arrangement
of the spores. They arc chiefly natives of warm climates,
and are remarkable for their handsome fronds, which
are usually of a bright red colour.

Callophyllis laciniata. The jagged Callopliyliis.

Frond fleshy, of a bright red colour, fan-shaped or some¬
times palmate, cleft into numerous, broad, wedge-shaped
segments, which are again forkedly divided ; the margins are
sometimes proliferous, and those of fertile specimens are
curled, and fringed with minute leaflets. Spores minute, in
conceptacles lodged in the marginal leaflets ; tetraspores
tripartite or cruciate, arranged in cloudy patches in the sub¬
stance of the frond.

This species is subject to many variations of form, but
is always conspicuous for its biilliant colour. It is found

n *

182

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

on most parts of our coast, chiefly in bold rocky locali¬
ties where it grows, generally in deep water, on rocks and
Laminaria. It is said to be biennial, and is in perfec¬
tion during spring and summer. It was formerly called
Rhodymenia laciniata.

Genus LXXXII. KALLYMENIA.

Frond fleshy, membranaceous, flat, expanded, with ail
irregular outline, composed of three strata ; the centre con¬
sisting of longitudinal, branching, interlaced, articulated fila¬
ments ; the second of large, many-sided cells, and the third,
or cortical, stratum of minute cells. Spores minute, arranged
in masses which are enclosed, several together in an indis¬
tinct pericarp, in conceptacles immersed in and projecting
on both sides of the frond ; tetraspores cruciate, scattered
among the surface cellules. — Kallymenia, from the Greek
halos , beautiful, and umeen , membrane.

There are two British species of this genus, both of
which are rare.

Kallymenia reniformis. The kidney-shaped

Kallymenia.

Stem short ; frond when voung kidney-shaped or roundish,
becoming irregularly cleft and lobed with age, sometimes
producing young fronds on its margin. Spores in concep¬
tacles, which are densely scattered over, and half immersed
in the frond ; tetraspores minute.

The recorded habitats of this species extend from
Orkney to the Channel Islands ; it is nowhere abundant,
but more so in the south than in the north. It grows
in deep, shady pools at extreme low-water mark, is per¬
ennial, and in perfection in summer and autumn.

CRYPTONEMIACEiE.

183

Kallymenia microphylla. The small-leaved Kally-

menia.

Frond “ kidney-shaped, broadly expanded; conceptacles
emerging from one side only, nearly flat above.”

I have extracted the description of this species from
Dr. Graves ‘ Handbook of British Water- weeds/ wliere
it is inserted on the authority of Professor Agardh. I
have never seen a specimen, nor am I aware that the
species has been included in any previous work on
British Algae.

Genus LXXXIII. GIGARTINA.

Frond cartilaginous, flat or cylindrical, simple or branched,
composed of cylindrical, jointed fibres, arranged in a loose
network, surrounded by a bark formed of necklace-like,
forked filaments, set in gelatine. Spores roundish, arranged
in confluent masses, in a pseudo-pericarp, formed of closely
interwoven filaments, in external, globose conceptacles,
which are furnished with a terminal pore; tetraspores cru¬
ciate, arranged in somewhat prominent masses, beneath the
surface cells. — Gigartina, from the Greek gigarton , a grape
seed.

This genus is nearly allied to Chondrus, which it re¬
sembles in general character. The Gigartina! may be
distinguished by their external conceptacles, and by the
pseudo-pericarp in which their spores are enclosed.

Gigartina acicularis. The needle-branched

Gigartina.

Boot disc-like, with branching fibres; fronds two to four
inches high, as thick as small twine, irregularly branched ;
branches short and spine-like, or lengthened, and furnished
with a second series, always acutely pointed. Spores in

184

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

spherical conceptacles, which protrude from the branches
and branchlets.

This plant grows on rocks near low-water mark, and
is annual. It occurs most frequently on the south, and
west of England, and on the shores of Ireland and the
Channel Islands. It is considered rare, but this may
probably be partly due to the fact that it matures in
winter, when it is very likely to be overlooked. Perhaps
the best way to make out the genus is to examine a thin,
vertical section of a frond under a microscope, which
will reveal the peculiar arrangement of netted longitu¬
dinal fibres in the centre, and the closely-packed, ver¬
tical filaments which form the bark. The specific dis¬
tinction is less difficult to establish, as the general habit
of the plant is very different from that of either of the
other British species.

Gigartina pistillata. The pedicellate Gigartina.

lioot a broad disc, without fibres ; frond two to six inches
high, flattened, destitute of branches below, branched in a
fan-like manner above ; branches repeatedly forked, spread¬
ing, with rounded axils and acute tips. Spores in globular
conceptacles, which are produced abundantly on the branches,
either singly or two or more together; tetraspores cruciate,
immersed in clusters in the substance of the branches.

This species is even more rare than the last ; it ap¬
pears to he most abundant on the coasts of Cornwall
and Devon. The mode of branching, and the form and
greater number of the conceptacles are very obvious and
well-defined characters. This plant grows on rocks, near
low-water mark, in winter, and is perennial.

CRYPTONEM I ACE.E.

185

Gigartina Teedii. Teed’s Gigartina.

Fronds from three to six inches long, growing several
together from the same base, much branched; stem flat,
about a quarter of an inch broad in the middle, tapering at
each end; branches opposite or alternate, once or twice
pinnate, closely beset with short, spine-like branchlets.
Spores in globose, stalkless conceptacles, seated on the
branches ; tetraspores in roundish sori, near the margin of
the frond.

This is the most rare of all our native sea-weeds.
The habitat in Elberry Cove, Torbay, where it was first
discovered by Mrs. Griffiths, is the only one in this coun¬
try that I am aware has been recorded. On the coast of
Normandy it is more abundant, and it is common in the
Mediterranean. It would thus appear to have reached its
northernmost limit on our shores. It grows on rocks, at
or a little beyond extreme low-water mark, and is peren¬
nial. When fresh, the plant is of a deep red colour, which
in decay changes to a bright green. In drying, the frond
shrinks considerably, and does not adhere to paper.

Gigartina mamillosa. The mamillose Gigartina.

Stem linear, channelled ; fronds about six inches high,
growing in tufts, fan-shaped, divided into wedge-shaped,
cleft segments, with incurved margins, or sometimes nearly
linear throughout. Spores in ovate conceptacles, lodged in
mamilliform or filiform processes, which are thickly studded
over the surface of the frond.

Most localities on our coast produce this species,
which grows near low-water mark in winter and spring,
and is perennial. When in fruit, the characters are
sufficiently distinct; but barren or narrow fertile spe-

186

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

cimens much resemble Chondrus crispus. They differ,
however, in having their stems channelled, and the
margin of their fronds incurved.

Genus LXXX1V. CHONDRUS.

Prond cartilaginous, flat, forked, composed of two kinds
of cells; those in the centre forming a network of cylindri¬
cal, jointed fibres; those of the bark necklace-like, arranged
vertically in gelatine. Spores minute, in confluent masses, se¬
veral together forming a roundish nucleus, which is immersed
in the substance of the frond, without definite border; tetra-
spores cruciate, in sori, lodged beneath the surface cells.
— Chondrus, from the Greek chondros , cartilage.

This is a small genus, but is widely distributed, and
very abundant.

Chondrus crispus. The curled Chondrus,
Carrageen, or Irish Moss.

Proud stalked, fan-shaped, forked, flat, the segments of
very variable shape, from linear to broadly-cuneate. Spores
in oval clusters, immersed in the frond, prominent on one
surface, depressed on the other; tetraspores in small, red
sori, scattered over the frond.

In brackish water, and in still, deep pools, this species
attains a very broad, luxuriant growth, and sometimes
becomes curled and fringed at the margin ; in exposed
situations, it is much smaller and more narrow. It is
very common, but its numerous varieties are extremely
interesting, and may be illustrated by an extended series
of specimens. It is the Carrageen or Irish moss of
commerce, and when boiled produces a clear, tasteless
gelatine, which is occasionally used to make blanc¬
mange, and as a remedy for consumption. This plant

CRYPTON EMIACE.E.

187

is perennial, and may he found during spring and sum¬
mer on every rocky shore. It grows between the tide-
marks and in deep water.

Genus LXXXV. CHYLOCLADIA.

Frond tubular, rounded or somewhat flattened, much
branched; its inner stratum composed of elongated and
anastomosing filaments ; its outer stratum of roundish, poly¬
gonal cells, which become smaller towards the surface, and
form a membranaceous bark. Spores formed on fibres, which
radiate from a placenta, enclosed in a transparent sac, in ex¬
ternal, conical eonceptacles with a terminal pore ; tetraspores
tripartite, scattered among the surface cells of the branches.
— Cu ylocladia, from the Greek chi/los, juice, and klcidos,
a shoot.

The species composing this genus have been changed
under the new arrangement. Those which were for-
merly Chylocladice are now, with one exception, Lomen-
tarice, and the Chrysymenice have become Chylocladice.

Chylocladia articulata. The jointed Chylocladia.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, from two to ten inches
long, tubular, filled with fluid, somewhat gelatinous, strongly
constricted throughout, much branched ; the lower branches
forked, the upper pinnate, whorled, tufted. Spores in ob¬
tusely conical eonceptacles, which have thick walls composed
of small cells, and a minute terminal pore, and are scattered
over the upper joints of the frond; tetraspores tripartite,
lodged in the tissue of the joints.

This is the only British species of the old genus
Chylocladia, which retains its name. It is common
all round our coast during summer, and is annual. It
grows on rocks, between the tide-marks, usually under

188

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Fuel and other large weeds. It resembles the Opuntia,
or prickly-pear, in habit, and the whole plant is made
up of a number of similar joint? springing one from
another, at first singly, then three together, or whorled.

Chylocladia clavellosa. The clubbed Chylocladia.

Fronds from a few inches to a foot long, gelatinously
membranaceous, much branched ; branches pinnate, crowded,
thickly set with short, spindle-shaped branchlets. 8pores
angular, in ovate or conical conceptacles ; tetraspores im¬
mersed in the branchlets.

This species is moderately abundant on all parts of
the British coast, from the extreme north of Scotland to
the Channel Islands. It is a well-marked, handsome
plant, of tender substance and light red colour, which
becomes darker in drying. It is annual, and grows near
low-water mark, or at a greater depth, either on rocks
or on the stems of Laminaria and other Algae.

Chylocladia rosea. The rose-coloured Chylo¬
cladia.

Fronds one to two inches high, pinnately branched,
hollow, all the divisions when young broadly spindle-shaped,
lengthening with age; the branchlets ultimately becoming
long and very narrow. Tetraspores tripartite, scattered in
irregular patches over the frond.

Mr. Gateombe writes from Plymouth, “I have inva¬
riably found this species growing on the sheltered sides
of perpendicular rocks, in pools, or when left dry at very
low water, and I feel confident that owing to the great
resemblance it bears to young Deiesseria Hypoglos-
sum} it must have been frequently overlooked by algo-

CRYPTONEMIACEAE.

189

logists.” And again, in another letter, received a fort¬
night later, he writes : — “ On Friday I succeeded, after
wading up to my waist, in reaching the rock on which
Cfirysymenia (Chylocladia) rosea grew, and found the
plants so altered in appearance that I hardly knew them ;
they had become so spiry, and altogether different in
form and colour, that they did not deserve the name of
rosea at all. However, you will now be able to describe
the full-grown plants from the specimens I intend to
forward in a few days/’ C. rosea is said to be annual,
and to grow on rocks and Algae in deep water, and it is
evident from the above account that it likewise grows
between the tide-marks. Orkney and Filey are recorded

%/ V

as habitats by Hr. Harvey, and to these Plymouth must
be added.

Genus LXXXYI. HALYMENIA.

Frond cylindrical or flat, gelatinous or fleshy, forked or
pinnate, consisting of a thin double membrane, composed
of small, coloured cells, and separated internally by jointed,
branching fibres, Spores minute, densely packed, enclosed
in a transparent sac, which is immersed in the frond imme¬
diately beneath the surface ; tetraspores cruciate, and scat¬
tered among the surface cellules. — Halymenia, from the
Greek als, the sea, and iimeen, a membrane.

The specimens included in this genus are all of a beau¬
tiful rose-colour, and delicate gelatinous substance ; only
one is found on our coasts, and that but sparingly.

Halymenia ligulata. The strap-shaped Halymenia.

Eoot a small shield ; frond from a few inches to a foot or
more long, and from an eighth of an inch to two inches

190

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

broad, very variably divided, sometimes quite simple, at
others many times forked and proliferous, always gelatinous.
Spores in minute dots, abundantly scattered over the whole
frond.

Although subject to extreme variation of size and
form, this is not a difficult species to determine. The
gelatinous texture of the frond, taken in conjunction with
its general character, always affords a ready means of
identification. I have collected many specimens in
Jersey, where the plant is moderately abundant in sum¬
mer. It is annual, and grows on rocks near low-water
mark, and at greater depths, whence it is cast on shore.
Specimens dry easily, and do not require to be much
pressed.

Genus LXXXVII. FURCELLARIA.

Frond, cylindrical, forked, solid, composed of three kinds
of cells ; those in the centre longitudinal, elongate, inter¬
woven ; those of the next series roundish, large ; aud those
of the outer, or bark series, small, arranged vertically in neck¬
lace-like threads. Spores large, angular, arranged in nuclei
(favellse), which are immersed several together, in the pod¬
like tips of the branches ; tetraspores large, pear-shaped,
zonate, formed just within the external layer of cells, from
the outer fibres of the intermediate laver. — Furcellaria,
from the Latin furcula, a little fork.

It is a remarkable result of the new system of clas¬
sification, based on the mode of fructification, that
two genera so much alike in their general characters
as Polyides and Furcellaria should be so widely sepa¬
rated.

CRYPTONEMIACEAS.

191

Furcellaria fastigiata. The pointed Furcellaria.

Hoot fibrous ; fronds from a few inches to about a foot
high, cylindrical, repeatedly forked ; branches all of the
same height, with acute axils and tips. Spore-clusters
formed from and embedded among the intermediate cells
of terminal, pod-like receptacles ; tetraspores zonate, scat¬
tered among the external cells of similar receptacles.

This species is very common. It grows on rocks in
tidal pools, is perennial, and fruits in winter. The
pods, which are formed at the tips of the branches, and
contain the spores and tetraspores, are very peculiar.
Their structure is similar to that of the rest of the
frond, but they are separated from it, as though by a
joint, and fall off when the fruit is mature, leaving the
branches truncated. In external appearance and struc¬
ture this species resembles Polyides rotundus so closely
as to be with difficulty distinguished. The fructification
is however very different, and the root of the one is
fibrous, and of the other a disc ; but this latter cha¬
racter is not always easy to make out, or quite trust¬
worthy.

Genus LXXXVIII. GRATELOUPIA.

Frond compressed or flat, membranaceous, pinnate, con¬
sisting of two series of thread-like cells ; those of the inuer
series densely interwoven, slightly jointed ; those of the
outer, or bark series short, necklace-like, horizontal. Spores
numerous, enveloped in a transparent, gelatinous membrane,
and immersed, in simple nuclei (favellae), just beneath the
external series of cells : these nuclei project slightly beyond
the surface of the frond, and are generally developed in
groups ; when mature, the spores are discharged through a
pore in the surface of the frond ; tetraspores cruciate, im-

192

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

mersed amoug the surface-cells, scattered. — Grateloupia,
in honour of Dr. Grateloup, a Drench naturalist.

The majority of the species comprised in this genus
grow in warm latitudes, and only one is found as far
north as our southern coast. One species, G. Gibbesii,
is the largest sea-weed yet discovered in Charleston
Harbour, where its fronds attain a length of nearly two
feet, and a width of about an inch and a half. The
contrast between this plant and our own pigmy G. fili-
cina, which is seldom more than three or four inches
high and an eighth of an inch broad, is very striking.

Grateloupia filicina. The fern-like Grateloupia.

Drond somewhat flattened, twice or thrice pinnate ; pinnae
linear, narrow at the base, pointed at the tip, longest at the
lower part of the frond, which has in consequence a p)Tra-
midal outline. Spore-nuclei immersed in the branches ;
tetraspores cruciate, scattered among the surface cells of
accessory leaflets.

The only plant with which this species is likely to be
confounded is one of the numerous forms of Gelidium
corneum, but the structure of the frond, and the ar¬
rangement of the spore-nuclei and tetraspores are very
different. In the autumn of 1865 I found numerous
specimens of this rare plant in both kinds of fruit
in shallow rock- pools, near high-water mark, in St.
Brelade’s Bay, Jersey. “ Submarine rocks, about half¬
tide level, frequently where small streamlets run into
the sea,” are the usual habitats of this species, which
is perennial, and attains its most perfect state in au¬
tumn and winter.

CRYPTONEMIACEvE.

193

Genus LXXXIX. SCHIZYMENIA.

Frond flat, fleshy, composed of two layers ; the inner of
densely interwoven, slightly -jointed threads ; the outer of
vertical, necklace-like threads. Spore-nuclei immersed in the
outer layer of the frond ; tetraspores cruciate, collected into
dense sori, also lodged in the outer layer, but in separate
plants. — Schizymenia, from the Greek schistos, cloven, and
umeen , a membrane.

There are about a dozen species described as belong¬
ing to this genus, but only two of them are British, and
these have been hitherto known to collectors by dif¬
ferent and separate generic names. One was formerly
the well-known Irideea edulis, and the other, the less
common Kallymenia Dubyi.

Schizymenia edulis. The eatable Schizymenia.

Fronds growing in clusters, several from the same base,
and varying in size from a few inches to a foot or more in
length, and from two to six inches broad, commencing with
a short, cylindrical stem, which becomes gradually flat, and
expands into an oval, thick, leathery, leaf-like disc. Spore-
clusters sunk beneath the external layer of cells in the
upper part of the frond, and having the appearance of
minute dots ; tetraspores cruciate, lodged in a dense, band¬
like sorus, just within the periphery.

This plant, the Iridcea edulis of the ( Phycologia
Britannica* and other works, seems to have been des¬
tined to a plurality of names throughout its career.
Dr. Harvey mentions no less than six generic, and four
specific names for it, and these do not include that of
Schizymenia, its present, and I trust its permanent
designation. Add to this, that it is called edulis,

o

194

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

without being eatable, and the f Comedy of Errors’ may
be considered to be complete. It grows near low-water
mark, is perennial, and fruits in winter. It occurs on
all parts of the British coast, from Orkney to the Channel
Islands, and indeed extends far beyond these limits,
both north and south. The only variation to which it
is liable is that of size, but the fronds are frequently
much torn and altered in appearance by the action of
the waves.

Schizymenia Dubyi. Duby’s Schizymenia.

Eronds from a few inches to a foot long, and three to five
inches wide, commencing with a very short, flattened stem,
which gradually expands into athinnish, fleshy, membranous
oval disc, waved at the edge. Spore-clusters very minute,
enveloped in a transparent membrane, and disposed beneatli
the surface of the frond, slightly prominent ; tetraspores
not known.

This plant, formerly Kallymenia Dubyi , grows between
the tide-marks in sheltered positions. It is annual, and
in perfection in early summer. It is more rare than
Schizymenia edulis, and is distinguished from that species
by its shorter stem, and the much thinner substance of
its frond. I recently received some very fine specimens
of this handsome plant from that successful collector
Mr. J. Gatcombe, who gathered them at Plymouth.

Genus XC. CATENELLA.

Frond nearly tubular, constricted, membranous, of a dull
purple colour; the axis composed of a network of ana¬
stomosing, longitudinal filaments, from which are emitted

CRYPTONEMIACE^E.

195

forked, necklace-like, horizontal branches, whose tips, joined
together with gelatine, form the outer wall of the frond.
Spores in nuclei among the axile filaments of small, roundish,
subsidiary branchlets. — Catenella, from the Latin catenula ,
a little chain.

A genus containing very few species of small insig¬
nificant plants, of which one only is a native of Great
Britain.

Catenella opuntia. The cactus-like Catenella.

Fronds erect, from half an inch to an inch high, densely
tufted, slightly branched, springing from a mass of creeping
fibres ; branches alternate or opposite, constricted, simple
or forked, with pointed tips. Spores in rouud masses, con¬
tained in egg-shaped conceptacles with a terminal pore ;
tetraspores zonate, formed from the outer threads of the
frond, and scattered among them.

Unlike most of its allies, this little plant is generally
found on rocks which are not long submerged. It forms
patches of two or more inches in diameter, and resem¬
bles slightly the young plants of Chylocladia articulata,
but it may be readily distinguished by its darker colour
and drier texture. It is perennial and not uncommon,
but is rarely found in fruit.

Genus XCI. GLOIOSIPHONIA.

Frond very gelatinous, much branched, composed of an
axis of interwoven jointed filaments, which form a longitu¬
dinal column at first, and subsequently a tube, and a peri¬
phery of numerous, whorled, necklace-like, forked filaments,
set in gelatine. Spores numerous, enveloped in a gelatinous
membrane, and immersed in clusters (favellse) beneath the

o 2

196

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

periphery ; tetraspores not known. — Gloiosiphonia, from
the Greek gloios , viscid, and siphon, a tube.

The single species of this genus is widely distributed
on the shores of the Atlantic Ocean, in both hemispheres.
Its characters are very distinct, and the frond has a very
curious structure, not easy to describe. Dr. Harvey
speaks of it as wholly composed “ of articulated confer-
void filaments, invested with transparent gelatine and
with reference to the change which takes place in the
axis, he remarks that it arises “ either from distension
or the perishing of the central cells.”

Gloiosiphonia capillaris. The slender Gloio-

siphonia.

Frond from a few inches to a foot long, filiform, much
branched, very tender and gelatinous, composed of jointed
filaments enveloped in transparent gelatine, when young
comparatively solid, becoming tubular with age. Spores
numerous, in clusters sunk in the branches beneath the outer
series of filaments.

This is a very delicate and beautiful plant. It growls
in deep vrater or in tide-pools. It is annual, and in per¬
fection in summer. The recorded habitats are numerous
all round our coast, but my own experience leads me to
consider it a rare plant. It should be laid out in sea-water,
or it will lose its colour.

Genus XCII. DUMONTIA.

Frond tubular, when young filled with a loose network of
anastomosing filaments, which become obsolete as the plant
matures and leave the tube empty ; the wall of the tube
is formed of an inner series of elongate, jointed cells,

SPYRIDIACE^E.

197

arranged lengthwise, with horizontal, forked, necklace-like
branches, and an outer series consisting of a single row of
small cells. Spores in roundish clusters (favellse), formed
out of and among the forked branches of the cells of the
wall ; tetraspores cruciate, also formed from the cells of the
wall, but, of course, in separate plants. — Dumontia, in
honour M. Dumont, a French naturalist.

The species of this genus are widely distributed, chiefly
in temperate climates ; only one is found on our coasts.

Dumontia filiformis. The thread-like Dumontia.

Fronds varying from an inch to two feet in length, and
from one-tenth to half an inch in width ; stem undivided ;
branches very long and simple, attenuate at the tip. Spores
formed out of the forked cells of the wall of the frond.

This is a common species, and its characters are well
marked and constant. Luxuriant specimens, with very
wide fronds, whose branches are variously twisted and
waved or frilled, are occasionally found near the mouths
of fresh-water streams. This form is mentioned bv
Dr. Harvey as var. /3 . crispata. D. filiformis grows on
rocks, etc., in tide-pools during summer, and is annual.
Some specimens that I obtained in J ersey a year or two
since were proliferous at the tips of the branches.

Order XIX. SPYRIDIACEiF.

Red or Brown-red Sea-weeds with a thread-like , jointed ,
monosiphonous frond , more or less coated with small cel¬
lules. Fructification : — 1. Spores formed in the upper
cells of branched jointed threads , ichich radiate from a pla¬
centa enclosed in a cellular pericarp in external concept a-
cles ; 2. Tetraspores external on the ramelli.

198

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Genus XCIII. SPYRIDIA.

Frond thread-like, compressed, much branched, composed
of a single, jointed, thick-walled tube, coated externally with
small, many-sided cells, and beset with slender, minute,
thread-like, jointed ramelli. Spores oblong, in clusters, several
of which are enclosed in a membranous pericarp, in concep-
■acles borne at the ends of short branches ; tetraspores
ripartite, arranged singly along the branchlets. — Spyridia,
from the Greek spuris , a basket.

The six or seven species which are at present included
in this genus are all natives of warm or temperate lati¬
tudes, and only one of them belongs to our marine
flora.

Spyridia filamentosa. The filamentose Spyridia.

Fronds from a few inches to a foot long, and from once to
twice as thick as a bristle, thread-like, much branched ;
branches alternate, repeatedly divided, thickly set with short,
jointed, acute branchlets.

This species is widely distributed throughout the
tropics of both hemispheres, and as far north as the
south of England. Extending over so wide a range of
latitude, it is not extraordinary to find it varying much
in size and luxuriance; at the same time its general
characters are distinct and sufficiently constant. It grows
near low-water mark, is perennial, and in perfection in
summer. It has been found in several localities on our
south coast, and as far north as Anglesea. I have
gathered it in moderate abundance in Jersey.

CERAMIACE^E.

199

Order XX. CERAMIACEiE.

Red or Brown-red Sea-iceeds with a thread-like, jointed, mort
or less barked, one-siphoned frond ; the bark, when present,
formed of many-sided cells. Spores congregated in masses
(favellw) in transparent membranous sacs, which are either
naked or surrounded by a collar of short branchlets ; tetra-
spores external, formed either from the tips of the frond
or the bark-cells.

Genus XCIV. MICROCLADIA.

Erond flattened, forkedly branched, composed of a jointed
axis, not visible on the surface, surrounded by a thick bark,
which is formed of two series of cells ; those within large,
angular ; those without small. Spore-clusters (favellsD) seated
on the branches, surrounded by a collar consisting of a few
short branchlets. — Microcladia, from the Greek mikros,
small, and klados, a branch.

Microcladia glandulosa. The glandular Mi¬
crocladia.

Eronds growing in tufts, from one to four inches high,
somewhat flattened, much branched in an irregular manner ;
branches forked, the same width throughout, with very
patent axils and short branchlets, which are either awl-
shaped or bifid, and hooked at the tip. Spore-clusters
somewhat globular, seated on the outer margin of the
branches ; tetraspores tripartite, or rarely cruciate, arranged
in a line in the substance of the outer edge of the branch-
lets.

The first authentic specimen of this rare and inter¬
esting plant was found by Mrs. Griffiths on the coast of
Devonshire in the year 1803. Other specimens have
subsequently been found in the same neighbourhood,

200

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

which appears to be the only locality in this country
where it is to be obtained. My friend Mr. Stevens has
collected it at Torquay, and Mr. Gatcombe at Plymouth;
and I have to thank both these gentlemen for kindly sup¬
plying me with specimens. This species generally grows
parasitically on other sea-weeds, at and beyond low-water
mark. It is annual, and fruits in summer.

Genus XCV. CERAMIUM.

Prond thread-like, jointed, forked or pinnate, more or less
coated with small roundish cells, which are irregularly
arranged. Spore-clusters (favellse) enveloped in a trans¬
parent sac, stalkless, set on the branches and surrounded
by a collar of short branchlets ; tetraspores tripartite,
roundish, formed from and among the bark-cells, prominent
on the surface of the frond. — Cebamium, from the Greek
keramos , a pitcher.

A large number of species are included in this genus ;
but recent wrriters on the subject are not agreed as to
whether certain forms are entitled to specific rank, or
should be considered mere varieties. There are eleven
British species which are pretty firmly established, and
which represent the principal sections into which the
genus is usually divided. These sections are : —

1. Frond covered throughout with small bark-cells. — This

contains C. rubrum.

2. Frond with nodes covered to a definite limit with bark-

cells, the internodes being transparent. — This contains

C. diaphanum ; C. JDeslongchampsii ; C. tenuissimum ;

C. gracillimum ; C. strictum ; and C. fastigiatum.

3. Frond with nodes covered to a definite limit with bark-

cells, and armed with one or more spines, the inter -

CERAMI ACEiE.

201

nodes being transparent. — This contains C. echiono-
turn ; C. acanthonotum ; and C. ciliatum.

4. Frond covered throughout with small bark-cells , and
each node armed with a single spine. — This contains
C. Jlabelligerum.

All the Ceramia possess very beautiful microscopic
characters ; and if these be carefully examined, most of
the species may be identified without difficulty. The
arrangement of the dark-coloured bark-cells round the
nodes gives to certain species the appearance of being
striped or variegated. The spines, or thorns, with which
the fronds of some kinds are armed are peculiar, — so far,
at least, as the British marine flora is concerned, — to
plants of this genus. They are very minute, and eati
only be seen under the microscope ; but their effect is
very visible in the almost insurmountable difficulty that
is experienced when an attempt is made to disentangle
a bunch of fronds of a spinuliferous species. The
arrangement of the fronds in this genus is very sym¬
metrical, and so is that of the branches, which are fan-
shaped, and seem to radiate from some common centre,
terminating in bifurcate, hooked tips. There is scarcely
any part of our coast where specimens cannot be obtained;
and the variations in which some of the species indulge
afford ample field for the exercise of all the observing fa¬
culties, in the selection of complete series of the different
forms. It is, moreover, probable that there are even yet
new species to be discovered or determined, and that
patient observation may lead to the modification of the
existing arrangement of the British species.

Ceramium rubrum. The red Ceramium.

Frond from two to ten inches long, varying in thickness

202

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

according to the size of the specimen, sometimes of greater
diameter at the base than a hog’s bristle, sometimes much
less, always becoming gradually thinner towards the upper
part, irregularly, forkedly branched ; the ultimate branch-
lets incurved or hooked at the tips ; the nodes of the stem
and branches contracted ; the internodes in the lower part
of the frond about twice as long as broad ; both nodes and
internodes coated all over with coloured, cortical cellules.
Spore-clusters on the sides of the branches, embraced by
three or four short branchlets ; tetraspores arranged round
and sunk in the nodes.

This species is the most common of all the Red weeds
found on our shores. It is annual, and more luxuriant
in summer and autumn than at other seasons. It grows
on rocks and stones, or parasiticallv on other weeds, and
extends from near the extreme limit of high tide to some
distance beyond low-water mark. Subject to so many
vicissitudes, it is not remarkable that it should be liable
to great variety of form ; some of these are so distinct
that they have been described and figured as separate
species ; but later research, and the comparison of ex¬
tended series of specimens, have demonstrated that they
are not entitled to specific rank. The following varieties
are described by Professor Agardh, and I therefore insert
them : —

Ceramium rubrum, var. decurrens.

Prond regularly forked, or furnished with forked branch-
lets ; internodes with a narrow transparent stripe in the
centre, caused by the absence of surface cellules.

This is one of the forms hitherto considered distinct.
It is figured under the name of C. decurrens in Harvey’s

CERAMI ACE JL

203

‘ Phycologia,’ but in his later works he has degraded it
to a variety.

C. rubrum, var. proliferum.

Frond forked, beset on all sides with numerous simple or
forked branchlets ; nodes and internodes densely covered
with cells. Spore-clusters generally destitute of branchlets.

This was formerly C. botryocarpum, figured plate 215,
Harvey’s f Phycologia Britannica.’

C. rubrum, var. secundatum.

Similar to the last variety, but with secund branches.

C. rubrum, var. pedicellatum.

Fronds sparingly branched ; branches scattered ; nodes
and internodes coated with coloured cellules.

Figured in Harvey’s ‘ Phycologia,’ plate 181.

Ceramium diaphanum. The transparent

Ceramium.

Fronds from two to six inches long, as thick as a bristle
below, becoming gradually thinner towards the upper part,
irregularly forked ; branches set with short, forked branch-
lets, with forcipate tips ; nodes swollen, coated with purple
cellules ; internodes transparent, those of the main stem
three or four times as long as broad. Spore-clusters near
the tips of the branches, surrounded by involucral branch-
lets ; tetraspores sunk in the nodes.

This is the largest and handsomest of our British
Ceramia, and is very easily recognized by its numerous
branches, its large size, and distinctly chequered stem.
Its colour varies from a delicate pink to a dark purple.

204

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

It sometimes grows between tide-marks, but is generally
parasitical on larger algae, in deep water, whence speci¬
mens are washed on shore. When floating, it is so trans¬
parent as to be scarcely visible to any but a practised
eye. Some of my finest specimens were found whilst
bathing in Jersey, and I have vivid recollections of the
difficulty of distinguishing them from the surrounding
water.

Ceramium Deslong champ sii. Deslongchamps’s

Ceramium.

Frond two to four or five inches long, very slender
throughout, forkedly branched ; branches much divided,
either naked, or set with simple or forked branchlets,
which are sometimes alternate, sometimes secund, and
occasionally crowded, making the upper part of the frond
very bushy ; tips of the branches straight and spreading ;
nodes coated with a band of coloured cellules ; internodes
transparent, those of the lower part of the stem about
twice as long as broad, those of the branches shorter
than broad. Spore-clusters sessile on the sides of the
branches ; tetraspores set round the nodes, large, and
very prominent.

The long, slender branches, and straight tips of this
species readily distinguish it from all other British Ce-
ramia. It grows parasitically on various sea- weeds, and on
the perpendicular sides of rocks, near low-water mark.
It is of a deep-purple colour, and does not adhere firmly
to paper unless steeped for a long time in fresh-water.
The fructification of this plant is very anomalous. The
apparent spore-clusters are not surrounded by invo-
lucral branchlets like those of all the other Ceramia,
and, what is still more puzzling, they seem to grow on

CERAMIACE^.

205

the same plant, sometimes on the same branch, as the
tetraspores. They do not, moreover, contain spores of
the usual form, but only a very fine powder.

Ceramium tenuissimum. The slender Ceramium.

Fronds tufted, two to five or six inches long, of the thick¬
ness of hair throughout, much and forkedly branched, with
very wide axils; branches and branchlets spreading; tips
slightly curled inwards ; nodes swollen, coated with coloured
cellules ; internodes transparent, those of the middle of the
stem from four to six times as long as broad, becoming
shorter above. Spore-clusters surrounded by involucral
branchlets, near the tips of short branches ; tetraspores
prominent, on the outer side of the nodes of short branches,
one or more on each node.

There is a very close resemblance between this species
and Ceramium strictum, but at the same time both pos¬
sess sufficient distinctive characters to be identified with
certainty. C. tenuissimum has its tetraspores arranged
on the outer side only of the branchlets, one or twro on
each node, and the axils of the divisions of its fronds
are very wide-spread. In C. strictum, on the other hand,
the tetraspores extend all round the nodes, several in
each, and the axils of the branches are comparatively
acute.

Ceramium gracillimum. The very slender

Ceramium.

Frond two or three inches long, excessively slender
throughout, gelatinous and tender, irregularly divided in
a forked or alternate manner ; branches set with minute,
forked, fan-shaped branchlets ; tips incurved ; nodes swol-

206

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

len, coated with coloured cellules ; internodes transparent ;
those of the lower part of the stem many times as long as
broad, those of the minute branchlets very much shorter.
Spore-clusters in pairs, surrounded by long, forcipate, in-
volucral branchlets ; tetraspores projecting singly from the
nodes.

In certain localities this species appears to be abun¬
dant, as, for instance, near Ivilkee, on the coast of Ire¬
land, where Dr. Harvey first discovered it, in 1844, and
where it covered the rocks “ almost to the exclusion of
every other species, both in places left bare at low water
and in the small tide-pools.” Whether it be very local,
or whether it be frequently overlooked on account of its
small size, I do not know, but it is certainly considered
a rarity by ordinary collectors. It grows parasitically
on small algae, is annual, and matures in autumn. It is
so small, delicate, and gelatinous, that it is nest to im¬
possible to lay it out satisfactorily on paper.

Ceramium stricfrum. The straight Ceramium.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, from two to four inches
high, very slender, and of nearly equal diameter through¬
out, irregularly, forkedly branched, having narrow, acute
axils ; branches and branchlets erect and straight ; tips
forcipate, and slightly hooked ; nodes somewhat swollen,
coated with minute, purple cellules, either quite smooth or
clothed with long, transparent fibres ; internodes three or
four times as long as broad, transparent. Spore-clusters in
the axils of the upper branches, embraced by a few short,
involucral branchlets ; tetraspores prominent, whorled round
the nodes in the upper divisions of the branches.

The long, transparent fibres which clothe the nodes of

CERAM I AC Kill.

207

the upper branches of this species cannot, unfortunately,
be relied on as a distinctive character, for in some spe¬
cimens they are altogether absent; and, moreover, they
are occasionally found on C. rubrum and other species.
C. strictum must, therefore, be identified by the position
of its tetraspores, its acute axils, and the general habit
of the frond. It adheres closely to paper in drying, and
its silky, silvery appearance renders it one of the most
beautiful plants of the genus. It grows on shells, in tide-
pools, near low- water mark.

Ceramium fastigiatum. The level-topped

Ceramium.

Fronds from four to five inches high, very slender through¬
out, regularly forked, level at the top ; axils acute ; tips of
the branches forcipate, slightly incurved ; nodes coated
with a definite band of small red cellules ; internodes trans¬
parent, of a pale pink colour, those in the lower part
of the frond very pale, and about six times as long as
broad. Spore-clusters small, on the sides of the ultimate
branches, supported by short, involucral branchlets; tetra¬
spores on the outer edge of the branchlets, projecting from
the nodes.

The dense, soft tufts of this exquisite little plant grow
on rocks, etc., near low-water mark. They are annual,
and in perfection late in autumn and winter. This latter
fact, and their small size, which renders them likely to
be overlooked, may account in part for the reputed rarity
of the species.

Ceramium echionotum. The prickly Ceramium.

Frond three to six inches long, harsh aud rigid to the

208

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

touch, very slender, of nearly equal diameter throughout,
repeatedly forked ; axils spreading, the branches frequently
furnished with forked branchlets ; tips strongly hooked in¬
wards ; nodes coated with a broad band of small, coloured
cellules, and armed with irregularly-inserted, slender, colour¬
less, one-jointed spines ; internodes transparent, those of
the lower part of the frond twice or three times longer than
broad, those of the upper much shorter. Spore-clusters
generally near the tips of the frond, or of the side branches,
often axillary, surrounded by strongly incurved branchlets;
tetraspores prominent on the outer edge of short branchlets,
one or two in each node.

This is a common species, and very easily recognized
under the ’ microscope by the form and arrangement of
the spines, which are always present on the nodes of the
frond. It grows parasitically on small algae, either in
rock-pools or among pebbles, near high-water mark.
It is annual, and in perfection in summer and autumn.

Ceramium acanthonotum. The one-spined

Ceramium.

Fronds growing in dense, intricate tufts, slender, and of
equal diameter throughout, repeatedly forked, fastigiate ; the
tips of the frond very strongly incurved ; axils spreading ;
nodes coated with a broad band of minute, coloured cellules,
armed on the outer edge with a single, robust, awl-shaped,
coloured, three-jointed spine; internodes colourless, those
in the lower part of the frond several times longer than
broad, becoming very short at the upper part. Spore-
clusters globose, on the sides of the branches, clasped by
a single strongly-incurved, armed branchlet ; tetraspores
whorled round the nodes, very large and prominent, with
a broad, transparent border.

CERAMIACEjE.

209

Tlie entangled tufts of this species are not uncom¬
mon, and possess comparatively easily recognized ex¬
ternal characters; at the same time, all the species of
this genus vary so much in different circumstances, and
are so apt to resemble each other in outward appearance,
that it is never advisable to trust the unaided eve to
determine their identity. Every specimen should be
submitted to the microscope, and the result of the ex¬
amination recorded for future use.

Cerammm ciliatum. The ciliated Ceramium.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, very slender, and of nearly
the same diameter throughout, rigid, repeatedly forked,
with or without branchlets ; tips of the frond very strongly
incurved ; axils spreading ; nodes coated with a band of co¬
loured cellules, and armed with a regular whorl of robust,
awl-shaped, colourless, three-jointed spines; internodes trans¬
parent, those in the lower part of the frond several times
longer than broad, becoming gradually very short in the
upper part. Spore-clusters sessile on the sides of the
branches, embraced by three or four involucrai branch-
lets; tetraspores not very prominent, whorled round the
nodes alternately with the spines.

The form of the spines, and the mode of their arrange¬
ment, are the distinctive characters of this species. The
spines have three joints, the lower one much longer
than either of the others. They are whorled round
the nodes in a single, regular series, and all point to¬
wards the top of the frond. This plant grows in pools,
or among stones, between the tide-marks, and is fre¬
quently parasitic. It is annual, and in season in sum¬
mer.

p

210

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Ceramium flabelligerum. The fan-bearing

Ceramium.

Fronds growing in tufts, two to four inches high, taper¬
ing upwards, irregularly forked ; branches fan-shaped, acute
at the tip, forcipate, very slightly incurved, the outer edge of
each node armed with a single, short, awl-shaped, three-jointed
spine ; the internodes of the lower part of the frond about
twice the length of their diameter, those of the upper part
about as long as broad ; both nodes and internodes covered
throughout with small, coloured cells. Spore-clusters at¬
tached to the upper branches, two or three together, sup¬
ported by long, taper, involucral branchlets ; tetraspores
large, whorled round the internodes.

The cell-coated internodes, combined with the armed
nodes, distinctly separate this species from all other Ce-
raviia. C. rubrum possesses the former character ; but
no species has both. This is a rare plant, but I have
collected it more than once in Jersey. It grows on
sea-weeds, between high- and low-water mark, in sum¬
mer and autumn.

Genus XCYI. PTILOTA.

Frond cartilaginous, compressed, much divided in a comb¬
like, pinnate manner, opake, composed of a single-tubed,
jointed axis, surrounded by two layers of cells ; those near¬
est the axis large, roundish, those on the surface minute,
coloured. Spore-clusters nestling among involucral branch-
lets, at the tips of small branches ; spores angular, nu¬
merous, enveloped by a transparent membrane ; tetraspores
tripartite, formed, either singly or several together, at the
tips of the ultimate branchlets. — Ptilota, from the Greek
2)tilotos, feathered.

The two species of this genus which are included in
our flora are somewhat similar in external appearauce

CERAMIACEiE.

211

and general character. They were formerly described
as varieties of the same plant.

Ptilota plumosa. The feathery Ptilota.

Frond nearly flat, thicker in the middle than at the edges,
very much branched; branches and branchlets pinnate, and
opposite, of similar form, but of various sizes, a long and a
short branch being frequently opposite to each other ; the
ultimate divisions of the frond comb-like, their teeth pointed,
without apparent joints. Spore-clusters formed at the tips
of the branchlets, nestling among several long, simple, acute,
involucral branchlets ; tetraspores at the tips of the teeth
of the comb-like branchlets.

This is almost exclusively a northern species, and has
not been found on our southern coasts. In the locali¬
ties where it grows, the stems of the large specimens of
Laminaria digitata, which are thrown on shore in sum¬
mer and autumn, are frequently densely clothed with its
dark-crimson, feathery fronds. When fresh it is a very
handsome plant, and is an interesting object for the mi¬
croscope. It shrinks much in drying, and does not ad¬
here closely to paper, but, notwithstanding these disad¬
vantages, it makes a beautiful specimen for a collection.

Ptilota elegans, The elegant Ptilota.

Frond three to six inches long, flaccid, very much
branched, pinnately divided; all the younger piunce are
jointed, and composed of a single row of large cells, ob¬
tuse at the tips ; the larger branches are alternate, the
lesser opposite, but not always the same length. Spore-
clusters in pairs, naked, or surrounded by a few involucral
branchlets ; tetraspores on the tips of the ultimate branch-

p 2

212

BRITISH SEA-AVEEDS.

lets, at first containing four sporules, subsequently eight or
more.

In the ‘ Phycologia Britannica* this plant is called
P. sericea, and Dr. Harvey gives very elaborate reasons
for using that name, but in his more recent works he ap¬
pears to acknowledge the prior claim of elegans, given
by M. Bonnemaison, and adopted by Kiitzing and
Agardh. I have, therefore, substituted elegans for sericea ,
although the latter name is that best known to English
collectors. The fronds of this species are much narrower
than those of P. plumosa, and its mode of growth is very
different. It usually hangs in long tufts from the sides
of perpendicular or overhanging rocks, and is not con¬
fined to any particular locality, but is generally distri¬
buted all round our coasts. It is perennial, and in per¬
fection during summer and autumn.

Genus XCVII. DUDRESNAIA.

Erond cylindrical, very gelatinous, elastic, composed of
three series of threads ; the first or axial series loose netted,
anastomosing ; the second, closely packed, longitudinal, and
the third or outer series horizontal, forked, necklace-like.
Spores in globular masses, attached to the bark threads ;
tetraspores zonate, external, at the ends of the branches. —
Dudresnaia, in honour of M. Dudresnay.

Under the new arrangement, which removed D. di¬
nar icat a into a different Order, this genus contains only
one British species, confined to southern localities.

Dudresnaia coccinea. The red Dudresnaia.

Erond bright rosy-pink, from six to ten inches long,
tender, extremely gelatinous, much and irregularly branched;

CERAMIACEiE.

213

branches alternate, bearing a second and third series of
branchlets. Favellidia large, lodged at the base of the peri¬
pheric fibres of the frond near the end of the branches ;
tetraspores at the tips of similar fibres.

In a young state the branches of this plant are dis¬
tinctly visible to the naked eye, but when mature the
whole frond appears to be composed of gelatine, and
when taken from the water becomes an undistinguishable
mass of pink mucilage, with scarcely any indication of
branches, and still less of internal structure. It requires
peculiar treatment in drying, and should not be soaked
in fresh water, nor subjected to any pressure until the
second or third day after it is laid on the paper. It does
not present a very promising appearance during the first
stage of this process, but the collector must not be dis¬
heartened, for the result will probably prove more satis¬
factory than he anticipates. This is a deep-water species,
but from its great weight is very liable to be dislodged
by the sea, and I have found it in considerable abund¬
ance in Jersey, either floating, or thrown up on the
sands. It is a summer annual.

Genus XCVIII. CROUANIA.

Frond gelatinous, single-tubed, jointed, the joints of the
stem and branches whorled with numerous, minute, forked,
jointed, level-topped branchlets ; “favellidia subsolitary, near
the apex of the ramuli, affixed to the base ot the whorled
ramelli, and covered by them, containing within a hyaline,
membranaceous perispore, a subglobular mass of minute
spores tetraspores cruciate, large, at the base ot the
branchlets. — Crouajvia, in honour of the brothers Crouan,
of Brest, celebrated among French algologists.

214

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

These small gelatinous sea-weeds resemble the fresh¬
water Batrachospermae more nearly than any salt-water
genus. One species only has been found on our coasts,
and that one very rarely.

Crouania attenuata. The attenuated Crouania.

Frond tufted, one to two inches long, very delicate and ge¬
latinous, much branched ; branches attenuate, jointed, the
whole frond whorled at the nodes with minute, forked, fas-
tigiate branchlets. Tetraspores cruciate, solitary ; favellse not
seen on British specimens.

This exquisite little plant is extremely rare, and has
never been collected in great abundance anywhere. It
is parasitic on small sea-weeds, and has been found on
Cladostephus spongiosus. When young the ramelli ap¬
pear to clothe the stem and branches like a bark, but as
the joints lengthen they separate into distinct whorls.
The tetraspores are very large in proportion to the size
of the plant.

Genus XCXIX. HALURUS.

Frond thread-like, jointed, single-tubed, irregularly di¬
vided, writk short, incurved, forked branchlets whorled
round all the nodes. Spore-clusters borne on the tips of
shortened branches, surrounded by involucral branchlets ;
spores angular, numerous, contained in a transparent
envelope ; tetraspores spherical, tripartite, borne on the
inner sides of the forked branchlets of an involucre.

The plants which compose this genus were formerly
included with the Griffithsia. Only two species have
been described, and but one of these is found on our
shores.

CERAMIACEiE.

215

Halurus equisetifolius. The Equisetum-leaved

Halurus.

Frond from four to eight inches long, irregularly branched ;
the branches alternate, set with one or more series of side
branchlets ; stem and branches thickly clothed with short,
forked, jointed, incurved ramelli, which on the younger
parts of the frond are regularly whorled round the nodes.
Spore-clusters at the tips of shortened branches; tetra-
spores inside the involucral branchlets.

When young and freshly gathered, this is a handsome
plant, but it loses its colour, and becomes coarse and
shaggy with age. With the exception of the difference
of colour, it bears a strong resemblance to Cladostephus
spongiosus. It grows abundantly on our southern
shores, but is much less luxuriant towards the north.
It adheres firmly to paper, but, like all the species of
Griffithsia, it must be laid out in salt water, or it will
stain the paper.

Halurus equisetifolius, var. simplicifUum.

“ Stems slender, irregularly branched, whorled with im¬
bricated, straight, once-forked ramelli.”

In the * Phycologia Britannica/ this form is hesi¬
tatingly described as a distinct species. Agardh treats
it only as a variety, and I have done the same, as I
have never been able to find any distinct specific cha¬
racters in the specimens I have examined.

Genus C. GRIFFITHSIA.

Frond single-tubed, jointed, forked. Spore-clusters ( fa -
veiled) surrounded by numerous, regular, involucral branch-
lets, containing many angular spores enclosed in a gela-

216

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

tinous sac ( periderm ) ; tetraspores spherical, at length
tripartite, attached to the inside of involucral branchlets.
— Grifeithsia, in honour of Mrs. Griffiths.

This is a large and interesting genus, which is hand¬
somely represented on our shores. The species are all
of delicate structure, and must always be laid out in
salt water, as they rapidly decompose in fresh.

Griflithsia setacea. The bristly Griffithsia.

Fronds growing in tufts, from three to eight inches or
more long, jointed, forked, tapering gradually from the base
to the tips ; articulations many times longer than broad
below, becoming gradually shorter above. Spore-clusters
( favellcd ) oval, enveloped in a transparent membrane, ar¬
ranged among short-stalked, globular tufts of forked, in¬
volucral branchlets ; tetraspores attached to the inner side
of involucral branchlets, which form a globular tuft, similar
to that containing the favellse.

This is the most common species of the genus, and
grows on all our coasts in more or less abundance. It
is of a bright red colour, and very crisp when fresh, but
it becomes flaccid on exposure to the air, and when put
into fresh water its cells discharge the crimson colouring-
matter with which they are filled, and the whole plant
assumes the dull orange hue indicative of decay. Dr.
Harvey ascribes to this plant a quality which will prove
valuable to the possessors of marine aquaria. He
writes : — “ Delicate as the structure of this plant as¬
suredly is, no marine alga is more patient of confine¬
ment, or may be more easily domesticated. A tuft
placed in a closed bottle of sea- water in April, 1846, is
now, after more than two years^ imprisonment, appa¬
rently as fresh and healthy as when first taken from the

CERAMIACEiE.

217

sea. The water has not been changed, and is perfectly
clear and pure. The plant has not grown much, as the
bottle is a small one, but its threads reach nearly to the
surface of the water, and no decay has taken place.”

Griffithsia secundiflora. The side-fruited

Griffithsia.

Fronds growing in tufts, from four to eight inches long,
with a fan-shaped outline, rather gelatinous but firm,
jointed, forked, blunt at the tips, with short, horizontal
ramuli occasionally issuing from the lower branches ; ar¬
ticulations two to four times as long as broad, with a wide,
transparent margin. Favellae not known ; tetraspores at¬
tached to the inner sides of forked, incurved, involucral
branchlets, which are arranged in the form of an umbel at
the tips of very short side branches.

This species slightly resembles G. setacea in appear¬
ance, but it may easily be distinguished by its larger size,
and the blunt tips of its branches. I can find no record
of fruit on any British specimens, and though I have ga¬
thered it somewhat abundantly in Jersey in the months
of June, July, and September, all my specimens are per¬
fectly barren. I may add, that those collected in Sep¬
tember are thicker, and of a richer colour, though not
so long as those gathered earlier in the year. I have
generally found them growing erect, at the bottom of
shallow, sandy pools. They adhere firmly to paper,
but, like all other Griffithsias, must be laid out in salt
water.

Griffithsia corallina. The coral-like Griffithsia.

Fronds tufted, from two to six or eight inches long, very

218

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

gelatinous, repeatedly and regularly forked; articulations
two to four times longer than broad, tapering from the base
to the apex, which is rounded, those below somewhat cylin¬
drical, those in the middle almost pear-shaped, those above
connected in necklace-like strings. Favellse stalkless, sur¬
rounded by short branchlets at the apex of the articula¬
tions ; tetraspores in clusters, several of which are whorled
round the joints, and surrounded by short, involucral
ramelli.

The appearance of this species differs from that of all
other British sea-weeds. It grows on rocks in deep
pools, near low-water mark, and is distributed all round
our coasts. It is annual, and in perfection in summer.
Its natural colour is a rosy-crimson, but this is rapidly
lost by exposure, or in fresh water ; indeed it is very diffi¬
cult to obtain specimens perfect in this respect, as the
collector is for the most part compelled to be content
with those which may be thrown on shore by the waves.
Even faded specimens, however, are very beautiful when
fresh, their transparent, gelatinous texture causing
them to sparkle in the sun, like clusters of brilliant
beads ; and it is with a feeling of regret that one applies
the pressure that will reduce them from this lovely
phase of their existence to the mere shadow of their
former selves, which will appear on the paper when the
process of drying is completed.

Grifhthsia Devoniensis. The Devonshire Grif-

fithsia.

Fronds tufted, from two to three inches long, very slen¬
der, forkedly divided, gelatinous ; articulations many times
longer than broad, cylindrical, slightly thickened and con-

CERAMIACEjE.

219

stricted at the joints. Favellce not known ; tetraspores on
the inner face, of short, involucral branchlets, which are
densely whorled round the joints of the main stem.

This species is very rare, and confined to southern
localities, where it grows on mud in deep water, and
must therefore be obtained by dredging, or when float¬
ing or cast up by the waves. It resembles G. bar-
bata, but is separated from that species by the position
of the tetraspores, and by the less uniform length of the
branches.

Griffithsia barbata. The bearded Griffithsia.

Fronds tufted, very slender, repeatedly and regularly
forked; articulations from five to eight times as long as
broad, slender at the base, becoming thicker and rounded
at the apex, those of the terminal branches giving off slen¬
der, byssoid, forked, spreading branchlets. Favelhe in pairs,
stalked, formed out of truncate branches, and surrounded
by numerous, simple or forked, involucral branchlets ; tetra¬
spores spherical, attached singly to the branchlets, which
spring from the upper branches.

Though far from common, this species is less rare than
the last. It grows parasitically, is annual, and fruits
in summer. I have found it in great abundance in
Jersey, floating at the edge of the tide. I have also
seen specimens from Brighton and other localities.
When laid out on paper, the frond is fan-shaped, and
the tuft forms nearly a perfect circle.

Genus Cl. SEIROSPORA.

Fronds rosy, thread-like ; stem and branches jointed, one-
tubed, veined. Fructification, tetraspores disposed in neck-

220

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

lace-like strings, at the tips of the branches. — Seirospoea,
from the Greek seira, a chain, and sporos, a seed.

This genus was founded by Dr. Harvey, for the re¬
ception of a new British species, discovered by Mrs.
Griffiths in 1838. He thus alludes to it in the ‘ Phy-
cologia Britannica’: — “I was not so confident of its
claims to this distinction [that of being a new species],
and first described it as a variety of Callithamnion versi¬
color, chiefly remarkable for a curious modification of
fruit. There is, indeed, a close resemblance to strong¬
growing plants of C. versicolor, so close that we are
driven to look to the fructification for marks of differ¬
ence. Here, however, the characters are so broadly
defined, that if we regard the fruit of our Seirospora as
being normal, according to the view first taken by Mrs.
Griffiths, and latterly, though with some hesitation and
reluctance, adopted by me, we shall be compelled to
form a new genus for its reception. In Callithamnion ,
the tetraspores are borne laterally along the rarnuli ;
here the rarnuli themselves are converted at maturity
into strings of tetraspores, — atetraspore being formed
within each of the articulations of the ramulus. This
character is quite as strong, in a generic view, as that
which separates any other genus of Ceramiacece, and
amply sufficient to distinguish the plant from Calli-
thamnion Professor Agardh, on the other hand,
maintains that the plant is a true Callithamnion, and
describes it as C. seirospermum.

Seirospora Griffithsiana. Mrs. Griffiths’s Seiro¬
spora.

Pronds growing singly or in tufts, from one to three inches

CERAMIACEyR.

091

high ; stem bristle-like, jointed, opake, veined ; branches
numerous, long, simple, alternate, spreading, long below,
becoming shorter towards the apex of the plant, often bearing
a second series ; plumules much divided, jointed, with a nar¬
row, egg-shaped outline. Tetraspores tripartite, elliptical,
formed in necklace-like strings from the upper branchlets
of the plumules.

This beautiful plant was first discovered on the coast
of Devonshire, and has since been collected in Scotland,
Ireland, the Channel Islands, and likewise in Sweden.
It grows in deep water, and is washed on shore in sum¬
mer. Its substance is flaccid and gelatinous, and it ad¬
heres closely to paper.

Genus CII. CORYNOSPORA.

Proud filiform, dichotomous, beset with pinnate branch-
lets, contracted at the joints, one-tubed. Favellae near the
tips of the side branches, girt with curved, involucral branch-
lets, containing many angular spores ; tetraspores solitary,
on short stalks, on the axils of the branchlets. — Coryno-
spora, from the Greek koryne , a club-like shoot, and s^poros,
a seed.

The only British species belonging to this genus was
formerly included in Callithamnion ; the separation is
founded on the mode of fructification. There are four
or five Continental species.

Corynospora pedicellata. The pedicellate

Corynospora.

Stem bristledike, transparent, irregularly branched ;
branches long, either simple or repeatedly divided in a
somewhat forked manner ; branchlets alternate, twice or

222

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

thrice dichotomous. Eavellae unknown; tetraspores borne on
short stalks in the axils of the branchlets.

This species is not uncommon on the south and west
shores of England and Ireland, but is more rare further
north. It grows on rocks and submerged woodwork, or
in deep water, and is annual. It adheres closely to paper,
and is very beautiful when dry ; but specimens gathered
in autumn are frequently covered with Diatomaceie, and
have not the bright colour which characterizes the plant
in summer.

Genus CIII. CALLITHAMNION.

Eronds thread-like, branched, jointed, one-tubed ; the
stem and branches in some species made opake by the de¬
velopment of decurrent fibres in the walls of the primary
cells. Spores angular, contained in a transparent envelope,
in favellse, which are generally in pairs, stalked or axillary
on the branches ; tetraspores tripartite or cruciate, oblong
or globose, naked, sessile or stalked, distributed among the
branches. — Callithamnion, from the Greek halos, beau¬
tiful, and thamnion, a little shrub.

More than a hundred species are included in this
genus, and about a quarter of the number are natives of
our shores. They are, with one or two exceptions, of
small size, and some of them so tiny as to be scarcely
visible to the naked eye. The genus is variously sub¬
divided by different writers, some of whom go so far as
to arrange its constituents in three separate genera. I
have adopted the principal sections used by Professor
Agardh, which are at the same time simple and sufficient
for the purposes of a popular work. Nearly all the

CERAMIACEiE.

223

species are distinguished by microscopic characters, and
several of them rest on very slight and uncertain foun¬
dations. They are, moreover, very variable, and are
altogether more difficult than those of perhaps any other
genus to determine with certainty. The rosy colour,
feather-like form, and delicate texture of the fronds
of most of the species cause them to be conspicuous
for beauty, even in an assemblage which includes such
potent rivals as are to be found among the Red series
of British sea-weeds.

Section 1. — Frond shrub -like ; the stem and branches veined,
indistinctly jointed ; branches pinnate ; branchlets alternate,
or on one side only of the branch.

Callithamnion arbuscula. The bush Callitham-

nion.

Eronds growing several from the same base, from two to
six inches high ; stems naked below, without visible joints ;
branches alternate, those of the second series thickly set
with minute plumules, which are densely crowded towards
their tips ; plumules furnished with alternate, simple or
forked, spreading, recurved pinnules. Eavellse in pairs,
springing from the stem of the plumules ; tetraspores
spherical, stalkless, plentifully produced on the upper edge
of the pinnules of the plumules.

This is one of the most robust of British Callithamnia,
and thrives in the roughest water, and on the most ex¬
posed rocks. It grows abundantly on the west coasts of
Scotland and Ireland, and is rare in England. It is
perennial, and fruits in summer and autumn.

224

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Callithamnion spongiosum. The spongy Calli-

thamnion.

Fronds from two to four inches long, flaccid, spongy ;
stem with indistinct joints, veined, much branched ;
branches of two or three series, long, thickly clothed with
quadrifarious, round-topped plumules, which are furnished
with alternate, several times forked pinnae, with short, bifid,
very obtuse tips. Favellse large, generally in pairs, near the
tips of the plumules; tetraspores tripartite, solitary, stalk¬
less, in the axils of the pinnae of the plumules.

Although the colour of this species is never very bril¬
liant, and is easily deteriorated by exposure, the form
of the plant itself is so beautiful when perfect that it
always makes a handsome specimen. It must be laid
out immediately it is gathered, for it decays very rapidly.
It grows near low-water mark, either on rocks or sea¬
weeds, is annual, and fruits in summer.

Callithamnion Brodiaei. Brodie’s Callithamnion.

Fronds growing in tufts about two inches high ; stem
slender, opake below, more or less jointed above, veined ;
branches alternate, spreading, veined, those below longest,
becoming gradually shorter upwards, the second or third
series furnished with alternate plumules; plumules pinnate,
with alternate, simple, spreading pinnules, from the inner
side of the tips of which spring a few awl-shaped processes.
Favellre large, in pairs on the sides of the lesser branches,
which are frequently distorted ; tetraspores oval, stalkless,
on the processes of the pinnules.

This is peculiarly a British species, and has not been
found in any other country. It is parasitic, and grows
near low-water mark, is annual, and fruits in summer.

CERAMIACEiE.

225

Callithamnion tetragonum. The four-angled

Callithamnion.

Fronds from two to five inches long ; stem indistinctly
jointed, veined ; branches simple or alternately divided,
clothed with short, alternate, spreading, level-topped plu¬
mules ; branchlets of the plumules incurved, robust, taper¬
ing suddenly at the point. Favellre in pairs, formed in the
centre of the plumules ; tetraspores tripartite, very minute,
on the inner side of the tips of the branchlets of the
plumules.

This is a handsome plant, and, for the genus, of large
size ; it is parasitic on various Algae, and, in a young
state, forms a fringe on the edge of their fronds ; when
mature, the form of the plant is pyramidal. In drying,
the specimens lose much of their beauty : the plumules
become matted together, and do not lay out well, nor
adhere to paper.

Callithamnion tetragonum, var. (3. brachiatum.

Branchlets of the plumules more slender, and tapering
from the base to the tip.

This variety is figured and described as a separate
species ( Callithamnion brachiatum ) in the ‘ Phycologia
Britaunica/ but it would appear that Dr. Harvey adopted
this course in deference to Professor Agardh, and as the
latter botanist has since altered his opinion, I feel my¬
self at liberty to insert the plant in what I believe to be
its correct position, as a variety.

Callithamnion tetricum. The rough Calli¬
thamnion.

Fronds two to eight inches long, very bushy, much

Q

226

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

branched; branches robust, either simple or divided, alter¬
nate, densely clothed with shaggy, coarse, irregularly divided
branchlets, those of the upper divisions of the frond com¬
paratively long and slender. All the branches are crowded
with narrow pinnate plumules, furnished with spreading
acute pinnules. Favellae in pairs on the pinnules of the
plumules ; tetraspores tripartite, minute, stalkless, on the
inner sides of short processes which issue from the pinnules
of the plumules.

Were it not for a difference in the colour, this species
might be more readily mistaken for Sphacelaria scoparia
than for any species of Callithamnion, and it is difficult
to believe that there is any affinity between its coarse
shaggy fronds, and those of its more delicate allies. It
is common, and grows on the perpendicular sides of
rocks left bare by the receding tide, from which it hangs
in long taper tufts of a dull red colour.

Callithamnion Hookeri. Hooker’s Callithamnion.

Fronds growing singly or several together, from one to
four inches long ; stem indistinctly jointed, veined ; branches
alternate, spreading, flexuous, set with a second and third
series of branchlets, which are naked below and clothed with
nearly horizontal spreading plumules above ; the joints
throughout the plant are twice as long as broad. Favellae in
pairs, without stalks on the plumules ; tetraspores spherical,
numerous, on the joints of the iuner edge of the pinnae of
the plumules.

This species is named after the late Sir William Jack-
son Hooker, of Ivew. It is pretty generally distributed all
round our coasts from north to south ; it grows parasiti-

CERAMIACE/E.

227

cally on other Algae, and on rocks near low-water mark,
and is annual.

Callithamnion fasciculatum. The fasciculate

Callithamnion.

Fronds tufted; branches erect, level-topped; plumules
elongate, erect, linear-obovate, truncate ; pinnae long and
flexuous, the lowermost simple, appressed, the upper
branched, . spreading ; articulations veined, from twice to four
times as long as broad, those of the pinnae contracted at the
joints. Favellae on the joints of the upper branches ; tetra-
spores tripartite, solitary, near the base of the pinnules.

Only a single specimen of this species is known to
have been found, and it is therefore impossible to decide
with certainty that it is distinct. It is figured by Dr.
Harvey in the ‘ Phycologia Britannica/ and Professor
Agardh inserts it in his ‘ Species Algarum •/ I have, there¬
fore, copied the description given in the former work.

Callithamnion Borreri. Borrer’s Callithamnion.

Fronds growing in tufts, from one to four or five inches
long, much branched from the root in a fan-shaped manner,
distinctly jointed throughout ; branches set with two or
three series of spirally inserted lesser branches, naked below,
plumulate above ; plumules bare for about half their length,
set with simple pinnae for the remainder, the lower pinnae
longest, becoming gradually shorter towards the apex ; arti¬
culations of the branches two to five times, of the branchlets
about twice as long as broad; throughout the frond the va¬
rious divisions spring from each joint, and are regularly al¬
ternate. Favellae in pairs, without stalks, on the plumules ;
tetraspores roundish, on the inner side of the pinnae of

Q 2

228

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

the plumules, one or several on each ; some of them con¬
tain eight grains, each of which, when ripe, becomes a tri¬
partite tetraspore.

This is a handsome, feathery plant, of a bright carmine
colour; it grows near low-water mark, is annual, fruits in
summer, and is rather rare. It may be readily distin¬
guished by the long bare stem and simple pinnae of its
plumules. It is named in honour of Mr. Borrer, a well-
known botanist, by whom it was discovered.

Callithamnion polyspermum. The many-spored

Callithamnion.

Fronds forming globular tufts one to three inches in
diameter, slender, delicate, much branched ; branches zig¬
zag, of two or three series, plumulate from each joint ;
plumules alternate, pinnate, or rarely bipinnate; pinnae
alternate, short, simple, spine-like; articulations of the
branches four or five times, of the branchlets about twice
as long as broad. Favellae of large size, in clusters, on the
rachis of the plumules ; tetraspores tripartite, borne on
the inside of the pinnae of the plumules ; antheridia formed
of innumerable minute cells, strung together, occupying the
same position as the tetraspores.

Although extremely delicate and slender, this plant
sometimes grows so abundantly on Fucus serratus and
Fucus vesiculosus as to completely cover their fronds.
It is one of the most common of the Callithamnia , and
may be found in summer in almost every locality round
our coasts. The short, awl-shaped pinnules of the plu¬
mules are its most obvious character; but it is gene¬
rally a variable plant, and must be carefully examined
under a microscope, in order to determine its identity.

CERAMIACEiE.

OOQ

(V/V 1/

Callithamnion tripinnatum. The thrice-pinnate

Callithamnion.

Fronds growing in tufts, from one to two inches high,
membranaceous, fan-shaped, about thrice pinnate ; plumules
pinnate below, bipinnate above ; the pinnae short and sim¬
ple, becoming gradually longer and branched to the middle
of the plumule, and thence gradually shorter to the tip ;
pinnae and pinnules alternate, the former naked for the first
half of their length, with the exception of the joint next
the stem, which usually bears a short pinnule ; joints of the
stem and branches about thrice as long as broad. Favellae
unknown ; tetraspores tripartite, on the upper sides of the
basal and ultimate pinnules.

This exquisite little plant is unfortunately very rare.
It grows on rocks at extreme low-water mark, is annual,
and in perfection at the end of spring. Its distinctive
character is the solitary, generally fertile pinnule, that is
borne on the first joint of each pinna of the plumule.

Callithamnion affine. The allied Callithamnion.

Fronds growing in tufts, from two to three inches high,
feather-like, much branched ; stem opake, veined ; branches
long, with a roundish outline; plumules alternate, short,
simple, awl-shaped; articulations of the branches three or
four times, of the pinnae about once as long as broad.
Favellae in pairs, near the tip of the plumules; tetraspores
tripartite, solitary, near the base of the pinnules.

The title of this plant to specific rank is of the most
doubtful nature. It partakes of the characters of the
normal states of three or four species, and is scarcely
separable, with any degree of certainty, from some ot
their intermediate forms. Both Harvey and Agardh
have hitherto retained it, and therefore I insert it here.

230

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Callithamnion thuyoideum. The cypress Calli-

thamnion.

Fronds growing in tufts, from one to three inches long;
branches alternate, spreading, those at the base of the frond
longest, the rest becoming gradually shorter; plumules al¬
ternate, triply pinnate, borne on each articulation of the
branch, the first being always on the upper side of the
rachis ; articulations of the stem and branches variable, of
the plumules uniformly about twice as long as broad.
Favellie solitary or in pairs, on the stems of the plumules ;
tetraspores tripartite, minute, on the tips ol the ultimate
series of pinnules.

This is another very beautiful and too rare species.
It grows on rocks near low- water mark in spring and
summer, and is annual. Several localities on the south
coast, Yarmouth, Swansea, and the western shores of
Ireland, are its recorded habitats. Its colour is bright
pink, and its mode of growth very compact.

Callithamnion gracillimum. The very graceful

Callithamnion.

Fronds growing in tufts, one to four inches high, very
slender, irregularly branched; main branches few, simple,
with an ovate outline, attenuated at the point ; the lower plu¬
mules short, pinnate, the upper long, lanceolate, thrice pin¬
nate ; all the divisions alternate. Favellae roundish, or irre¬
gularly lobed, near the base of the plumules ; tetraspores
minute, on the tips of shortened pinnules of the plumules.

This very elegant species is extremely rare ; it was
first found in this country by Mrs. Griffiths, growing on
the mud which covers the base of the pier at Torquay,
and was subsequently gathered at Milford Haven and
Falmouth. It is annual, and attains perfection in

CERAMIACE.E.

231

summer. There is a close resemblance between it and
C. thuyoideum, they both bear their tctraspores at the
tips of the pinnules, and in this character differ from
all the allied species.

Callithamnion corymbosum. The corymbose

Callithamnion.

Fronds solitary, or growing in tufts, distinctly jointed
throughout, much branched; stem and branches as thick as
a bristle below, extremely slender above ; plumules very
fine, flaccid ; pinnae opposite, alternate or secund (on one
side only), the lesser and ultimate divisions being forkedly
divided, and level-topped ; articulations of the branches
sometimes veined, six or eight times as long as broad, of the
branchlets shorter. Favellae in pairs, on the rachis of the
plumules ; tetraspores tripartite, solitary, near the axils of
the forked pinnae of the plumules.

This species is very variable, and was formerly divided
into two : the short-jointed, pinnately-branched, robust
form being called C. versicolor. Dr. Harvey pointed
out the error of this arrangement; and any one who will
take the trouble to examine an extended series of spe¬
cimens will be convinced, I think, that the two forms
belong to the same species. C. corymbosum grows on
Zoster a, sea- weeds, or rocks, near low- water mark. It
is annual, and in perfection in summer.

Callithamnion byssoideum. The byssus-like

Callithamnion.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, from one to three inches
high, extremely fine, flaccid, tender, jointed nearly to the
base, much branched ; lower branches irregularly divided,

232

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

upper plumulate ; plumules slender, distantly once or twice
pinnate ; pinnse alternate, or on one side only, slightly
tapering, often branched at the tip ; articulations of the
branches six or eight times as long as broad, of the branch-
lets three to six times. Favellae in pairs, generally ter¬
minating truncated branches ; tetraspores tripartite, large,
stalkless, on the pinnules of the plumules.

The substance of this species is very gelatinous and
tender, and the natural colour of perfect specimens a
brilliant pink. It grows on Algie in tidepools, especially
on Codium tomentosum. It is annual, and of frequent
occurrence. In external appearance it resembles C. co-
rymbosum , but its mode of branching, and other cha¬
racters, are sufficiently distinct when examined under a
microscope.

Callithamnion inter rup turn. The interrupted

Callithamnion.

Fronds growing parasitically on Algse, much branched ;
branches alternate, somewhat lanceolate. Tetraspores cru¬
ciate, on short stalks, on the inner side of the axils of the
branches.

Tiiis species is figured in the ‘ English Botany’ as
Conferva interrupta, and is retained by Professor
Agardh in his f Species Algarum/ but is omitted from
the f Phycologia Britanuica.’ I do not possess a spe¬
cimen, nor have I been able to borrow one. Never¬
theless, I do not like to omit a plant that has been re¬
corded as British, and whose identity with any other
species I cannot satisfactorily establish.

Callithamnion roseum. The rosy Callithamnion.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, three or four inches long ;

CERAMIACEyE.

233

stems in young plants transparent, becoming opake and
veined as they increase in age, much branched ; branches
alternate, much divided ; plumules alternate, simply pinnate,
with a roundish or ovate outline ; pinna) long, more or less
incurved, either quite simple, or furnished with a few pin¬
nules at the tip ; articulations of the stem and branches
four or five times as long as broad, somewhat swollen at
the joints, those of the plumules becoming gradually shorter.
Favellee in clusters, generally terminating short branches ;
tetraspores tripartite, borne on the upper side of the pin¬
nules of the plumules, one at the apex of each of the three
or four lower joints.

This is a very handsome, dark-coloured species, not
uncommon in many localities. It grows on rocks and
large sea-weeds, near low-water mark, or at the mouths
of tidal rivers. It is annual, and matures in summer.

Section 2. — Fronds pinnate, the pinnce opposite.

Callithamnion floccosum. Pollexfen’s Calli-

thamnion.

Fronds densely tufted, from one to four inches in length,
flaccid, irregularly divided in a distantly alternate, forked
manner ; branches naked, or clothed at intervals with short,
secondary branches ; articulations throughout the frond
transparent, from twice to four times as long as broad, each
bearing near its apex a pair of short, awl-shaped, spine¬
like branchlets. Eavellse unknown ; tetraspores tripartite,
stalked, near the base of the awl-shaped branchlets.

This is a very rare plant, apparently exclusively con¬
fined to northern latitudes. The Orkney Islands and
Aberdeen are the recorded habitats in this country.
It grows on rocks, near low-water mark, in spring,

234

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

and is annual. The long, slender, comparatively naked
branches, and the short, awl-shaped branchlets are cha¬
racters which will readily reveal its identity to the col¬
lector who may have the good fortune to discover it .

Callithamnion plumwla. The little feather Calii-

thamnion.

Fronds growing in tufts, from two to six inches in length,
flaccid, distiehously branched ; branches alternate or forked,
repeatedly divided; plumules once or twice pectinate on
their upper side, springing in pairs, or, in luxuriant spe¬
cimens, in threes and fours, from near the apex of every
joint of the stem and branches, about half a line to a line
in length. Favellre in clusters, on the tips of the main
branches, which are always shortened ; tetraspores cruciate,
on the tips of the comb-like pinnules of the plumules.

This is one of the most common, easily recognised,
and elegant species of this beautiful genus. The comb¬
like plumules clothing every joint of the plant are so
visible to the naked eye, that a microscope is scarcely
necessary to determine its identity. It grows on rocks
and sea-weeds near low-water mark, and also in deep
water, whence it is often washed on shore. Specimens
differ occasionally in the luxuriance of the plumules;
in some they are short and thick, in others long and
very delicate. The colour varies from carmine to light
brown ; the substance is soft and tender, and the plant
adheres closely to paper when dry.

Callithamnion cruciatum. The crossed Calli-

thamnion.

Fronds growing in tufts, one to two inches long, flaccid,

CERAMIACEA5.

235

sparingly and irregularly branched ; branches irregularly
divided, jointed, plumulate from every joint ; plumules from
half a line to a line long, opposite, or in threes and fours,
very crowded at the tips of the branches ; pinnules oppo¬
site, slender, cylindrical, blunt at the tips. Favellse not
known ; tetraspores cruciate, elliptical, borne on the lowest
joints of the plumules, either sessile or on very short stalks.

This plant occurs in many localities, but only in small
quantities. The coasts of Devon, Wales, and Ireland
are the chief recorded habitats. It grows on mud-
covered rocks near low-water mark, and is annual.

Callithamnion pluma. The feather Calli¬
thamnion.

Fronds feather-like, rising from creeping filaments, from
a quarter of an inch to about half an inch high, simple or
alternately branched ; plumules naked below, clothed above
with short, opposite pinnules issuing from each joint; arti¬
culations of the stem about three times as long as broad, of
the plumules about as long as broad. Tetraspores globose,
tripartite, either borne on short, special stems near the base
of the pinnules, or at the tip of a shortened pinnule.

This little plant is rare, probably because it is fre¬
quently overlooked. It grows parasitically on the stems
of Laminaria digitata, on which its upright fronds are
set so closely together that the patches which they form
resemble crimson velvet. Some of the plumules have
pinnules only on one side of the stem. It is annual,
and in perfection in summer.

Callithamnion Turneri. Turner’s Callithamnion.

Fronds rising at right angles from creeping fibres, which

236

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

attach themselves by small disc roots to the sea-weed on
which the plant is parasitic, growing in tufts one to two
inches high, simple, or repeatedly branched ; branches op¬
posite, sometimes alternate, spreading ; branchlets simple,
slender, opposite ; articulations of the stem five to ten
times as long as broad, of the branches four to five.
Favellse two-lobed, borne on shortened branches, and sur¬
rounded by involucral branchlets ; tetraspores tripartite,
globose, on the sides of short, simple, or branched stalks,
which rise from the base of the branchlets.

This species is common all round our coasts. It
grows on Algae in tide-pools in summer, and is annual.
Its habit and texture are very different from the allied
species, and it may, therefore, be readily recognized.

Callithamnion barbatum. The bearded Callitham-

nion.

Fronds forming dense intricate tufts, matted together,
one to two inches high, much and irregularly branched ;
branches alternate or opposite, long, simple, or bearing
another series, clothed with minute, spine-like, opposite
branchlets, which are distant or absent in the lower part of
the branch, but closely and regularly placed near the tip;
articulations twice or thrice as long as broad. Favellae un¬
known ; tetraspores tripartite, elliptic, with a broad trans¬
parent margin, borne on the branchlets.

Mr. Halfs first gathered this species in 1838, and only
one or two specimens have been found since ; I fear,
therefore, it must be considered very rare. It is sup¬
posed to be perennial, and grows on mud-covered rocks
in tide-pools.

CERAM I ACE .E.

237

Section 3. — Fronds without a distinct stem ; branches

scattered.

Callithamnion floridulum. The little-florid Cal-

lithamnion.

Fronds forming very dense, nearly hemispherical tufts,
very silky and slender, much branched in a forked or irre¬
gular manner, level-topped ; branches few, long, erect,
straight, those in the lower part of the frond long, becoming
shorter above ; branchlets few or none, closely pressed to
the branches ; articulations three times as long as broad.
Favellae not known ; tetraspores tripartite, oval, on short
stalks, arranged on one side of the branches.

On the west coast of Ireland large surfaces of rock are
covered with this plant, and it is washed on shore in
such abundance that the country-people use it for ma¬
nure. It occurs in England, but is far from common.

Callithamnion Rothii. Roth’s Callithamnion.

Fronds growing in dense velvet-like patches on the sur¬
face of rocks, about half an inch high, very slender, level-
topped ; branches simple, erect, longest below, nearly bare
of branchlets ; articulations twice as long as broad. Tetra¬
spores tripartite, two, three, or four together on the end of
a short branchlet near the tips of the branches.

This very small and slender species grows on rocks
midway between high and low-water marks, or more
rarely almost beyond the reach of the tide. It is per¬
ennial, and flourishes in winter and in cold climates.
The arrangement of the tetraspores is its distinctive
character.

238

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Callithamnion mesocarpum. The middle-fruited

Callithamnion.

Fronds from an eighth to a quarter of an inch high, rising
from creeping filaments, erect, simple, or sparingly
branched ; branches alternate, naked, or with a few branch-
lets ; articulations several times longer than broad, with a
transparent margin. Favellse unknown ; tetraspores tri¬
partite, elliptical, borne on the side branches.

Captain Carmichael discovered this minute plant at
Appin, and described it as “ growing on rocks in con¬
tinuous tufts, forming a broad, shaggy, purple crust.”
The original specimens are preserved in Sir William
J. Hooker’s herbarium, and Dr. Harvey has figured them
in bis 1 Phycologia Eritannica,’ but at the same time he
expresses a doubt whether the plant should not be alto¬
gether erased from the list of species, and referred as a
synonym to C. Turner i. Professor Agardh speaks of the
species as unknown to him.

Callithamnion Daviesii. Davies’s Callithamnion.

Fronds about a quarter of an inch high, growing in tiny
tufts or continuously, irregularly branched ; branches elon¬
gate, alternate, spreading ; secondary branches short, alter¬
nate or secund, one or two only on each primary branch ;
branchlets short, secund, springing from the two or three
lower joints of the secondary branches, forming what ap¬
pear to be axillary tufts. Tetraspores tripartite, elliptical,
borne on stalks on the axillary branchlets.

This species is parasitic on Ceramium rubrum and
other sea-weeds, and, small as its tufts are, the axillary
branchlets are so constantly infested with parasites and

CERAMI ACEvE.

239

other extraneous matter that their tetraspores are fre¬
quently destroyed. It was discovered by the Rev. Hugh
Davies on the Welsh coast, and is pretty generally dis¬
tributed, though, from its small size, seldom found except
by accident. It is annual, and in perfection in summer
and autumn. The axillary position of the branchlets
gives the typical form of this plant a very distinct ap¬
pearance; but there are intermediate states which are
not easy to determine.

Callithamnion virgatulum. The little twig Calli-

thamnion.

Pronds about a quarter of ail inch high, erect, growing
continuously or in tiny tufts, much branched ; branches long
and straight, spreading, alternate or on one side only ;
branchlets consisting of a single joint, blunt, springing from
every articulation of the primary and secondary branches,
most frequently secund. Tetraspores formed from the
branchlets, sessile or on short stalks.

The figure of this plant in Dr. Harvey’s ‘ Phycologia
Britannica ’ is sufficiently distinct from that of C.
Daviesii, but it must be borne in mind that these repre¬
sent extreme states of the two plants, and that there
exists an almost complete series of intermediate forms.
Dr. Harvey, “yielding to pressure from without,” has
reluctantly awarded specific rank to C. virgatulum, but
Professor Agardh speaks of it only as a variety of C.
Daviesii.

Callithamnion sparsum. The scattered Calli-

thamnion.

Pronds about a quarter of an inch high, growing in minute

240

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

tufts, parasitic ; branches few, simple, chiefly near the upper
part of the frond ; articulations about twice as long as broad.
c‘ Xetraspores obovate, sessile, mostly axillary.”

This is another extremely minute and very doubtful
species. Its simple fronds and flexuous branches are the
characters relied on to separate it from C. Daviesii and
C. Rothii, both of which it more or less resembles. The
description of the tetraspores rests on the authority of
Captain Carmichael.

241

GRASS-GREEN SEA OR FRESHWATER WEEDS-
CHLOROSPERMEjE.

Fronds Grass-green , or in a few instances Purple or Olive , or
very rarely Red. Propagation by simple cell division ; by
the transformation of the colouring-matter of the cells into
zoospores ; or, occasionally, by ordinary spores developed
in proper spore-cases.

Comparatively few of the plants belonging to this
division are marine. The remainder grow in fresh¬
water streams, ponds and ditches, or even in damp
places where there is no water. Their characters are
not vet well understood, and in consequence many of
the genera and species are but imperfectly determined.
That portion only of the division which is marine will
be described in this work.

Order XXL SIPHONACE JE.

Frond consisting of a single, filiform, branching cell, or of a
sponge-like mass of many such cells interwoven ; either
naked or coated with carbonate of lime.

All the genera of this Order which are represented
on our coasts belong to the section which is destitute
of calcareous coating. They are very different from
each other in external appearance, but their structure,

R

242

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

when closely examined by the aid of a microscope, will
be found to be similar.

Genus CIV. CODIUM.

Frond sponge-like, globular, cylindrical or flat, simple
or branched, composed of interwoven, one-celled, branching
threads, filled with green endochrome. Fructification, mul¬
titudes of minute zoospores contained in sporangia at¬
tached to the sides of the surface fibres of the frond. —
Codium, from the Greek koclion, a hide.

This genus includes several species, some of which
are very widely distributed, both in high and low lati¬
tudes in either hemisphere.

Codium bursa. The purse Codium.

Fronds spherical, hollow, composed wholly of slender
threads closely interwoven, from the size of a pea to six or
eight inches in diameter, growing several together, attached
to the rock by matted fibres.

Only two or three English habitats, chiefly on the
south coast, are recorded for this species. Curiously
enough, the principal of these is Brighton, a locality not
otherwise prolific of marine plants. I will not say it is
abundant there, but I know that a magnificent specimen,
six or eight inches in diameter, was recently obtained
from thence. On the coast of Jersey many very fine
specimens occur. They grow chiefly on rocks a little
beyond the ordinary low-water mark, where they are
unapproachable, except at the lowest spring-tides, and I
have never had the good fortune to be in the island at
that season. The plant is not, however, confined to these

SIPH0NACEA5.

243

deep-water habitats, and I have several times found fair¬
sized specimens growing in shaded situations in pools
near the very highest limit of the tide. I may add that
its appearance in the water is similar to that of rounded
pebbles, so that it may he easily overlooked, unless the
sense of touch he used to aid the eye.

Codium toxnentosum. The tomentose Codium.

Fronds growing several together or rarely singly, cylin¬
drical orflattened, erect, lorkedly branched, from a few inches
to a foot or more long, and from a quarter to three-eighths
of an inch in diameter, composed of an axis of numerous
interwoven, slender fibres, from which issue horizontal, club-
shaped filaments, whose tips constitute the surface of the
frond. Zoospores in somewhat oval, nearly stalkless
sporangia on the sides of the club-shaped filaments.

This plant is not only the most widely distributed
species of the genus, but also rivals, in this respect,
almost any other sea- weed : from the equator to either
pole, and in both hemispheres it is abundant on nearly
every coast. No less distinct than it is common, it may
be readily recognized by its thick, sponge-like, dark-
green branches, clothed with short, soft hairs, which,
when spread out in water, give the plant a cotton-like
appearance, whence it derives its name of tomentosum.
It grows on rocks in pools, which are sufficiently deep
to prevent the possibility of its being exposed to the air
when the tide is down. It is perennial, and attains its
most luxuriant growth in summer.

Codium amphibium. The amphibious Codium.

Fronds rising from an indefinite, spreading layer of en-

r 2

‘244

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

tangled fibres, growing several together but distinct from
each other, about half an inch high, erect, simple, cylindrical,
their axis composed of branched, interwoven, irregular
fibres, which throw off to the circumference club-shaped
filaments of the same nature, and nearly of the same form
as those of C. tomentosum.

This minute and very singular plant was discovered
by Mr. M‘Calla, in 1843, on turf-banks, at extreme
high-water mark, near Roundstone, Galway, where it
wTas exposed alternately to the influence of salt and fresh
water, and occasionally to the absence of both.

C odium adhserens. The adhering C odium.

Frond spreading over rocks in irregular patches, from
one to two feet or more in diameter, composed of a layer
of entangled, interwoven, cylindrical fibres, from which issue
linear, club-shaped, vertical filaments ; these are all of equal
length, and resemble in arrangement and appearance the
pile of velvet.

This species grows near low- water mark. It is peren¬
nial, and in perfection in summer. When wet it is of a
brilliant green colour, aud its soft gelatinous texture
causes it to adhere closely to paper.

Genus CY. VAUCHERIA.

Fronds tufted, interwoven ; each consisting of a single,
branched, one-celled, delicate, cylindrical filament, filled
with granular endochrome. Fructification, zoospores con¬
tained in sporangia attached to the sides of the branches
and accompanied by hooked cylindrical antheridia. — Vau-

SIPHONACE/E.

245

cheria, named in honour of the Kev. M. Vaucher, a Gene¬
vese botanist.

Only three of the British species of this genus are
marine, the remainder grow in fresh water. They are
all insignificant, and cannot be easily preserved. The
process of development and fertilization of their zoo¬
spores is, however, very curious, and has been carefully
studied and described at great length by Pringsheim.

Vaucheria submarina. The submarine Vaucheria.

This species is figured and described in Berkeley's
Gl. Br. Alg., p. 24, t. 8, and the same figure and
description are given in the ‘ Phycologia Britannica.'
The description is as follows : — “ Plant growing in dense,
fastigiate masses in muddy spots, covered by the sea at
every tide. Threads far slenderer than in Vaucheria
dichotoma, stained below by the mud, above dark-green,
forked ; the branchlets generally somewhat strangulated
just above their insertion ; the main stem clothed, above
the part where the branchlet is given off, with numer¬
ous, almost sessile, more or less ovate, or lanceolate
coniocystse, which are pointed, at first entirely green,
but eventually with a pellucid border. One single in¬
stance occurred in which the fruit consisted of two,
placed end to end.5'

Vaucheria marina. The marine Vaucheria.

Fronds growing in tufts or singly, an inch or two high,
sparingly, forkedly branched, slender. Fructification in
pear-shaped, lateral sporangia.

This plant grows on mud, etc., between the tide-
marks during summer, and is annual. When fresh it is

246

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

of a bright grass-green colour ; but this is changed to a
glossy brown by the process of drying. It is reputedly
rare, but this is most probably due to the fact that it is
not easy to find its unobtrusive fronds, and that they are,
therefore, frequently overlooked.

Genus CYI. BRYOPSIS.

Root fibrous. Fronds growing in tufts, erect, each con¬
sisting of a single, branched, one-celled, cylindrical filament,
with membranaceous shining walls, and imbricated or pinnate
branches and branchlets. Zoospores formed from a granular
glutinous endochrome within the cell, from which they
escape at maturity through apertures in its wall. — Brtopsis,
from the Greek bryon , moss, and opsis, form.

Representatives of this genus are widely dispersed in
all latitudes, and in consequence many species have been
described. It is, however, doubtful whether some at
least of these are not merely varieties of B. plumosa,
changed more or less in form by the circumstances
of their growth. Dr. Harvey, in his f Nereis Boreali-
Americana/ expresses his belief that they are, and
adduces strong evidence in support of his opinion.

Eryopsis plumosa. The feathery Bryopsis.

Fronds growing in tufts or singly, from two to four inches
high, once or twice pinnate, the lower part of the stem, of
all the divisions of the frond, naked.

The light feathery form of the fronds of this species,
and their bright green colour, which is preserved, and
becomes lustrous when they are dried, entitle it to rank
among the most beautiful of the green series of sea-

ULVACE/E.

247

weeds. It is annual, and may be found in shore-pools,
and at greater depths on most parts of our coasts during
summer and autumn.

Bryopsis hypnoides. The Hypnum-like Bryopsis.

Fronds growing in tufts, from four to six inches high,
much branched ; branches long, rod-like, set on all round
the stem, either simple or bearing a second similar series ;
branchlets irregularly pinnate, very slender and delicate,
generally confined to the upper part of the branches.

There is some general resemblance between this spe¬
cies and the last, and there are exceptional forms of
each, whose identity it is not always easy to determine.
The distinctive characters of B. hypnoides are its nu¬
merous long branches, and its soft silky texture. This
species is annual, and flourishes in summer. It grows
on rocks or sea- weeds in shady pools of various depths,
and is pretty generally distributed round our coasts.

Order XXII. ULVACEiE.

Frond of a Grass-green or Purple colour , composed of many
minute cells, forming a thin membrane of indefinite shape,
fiat or tubular, simple or branched. Fructification , ciliated
zoospores developed in the cells of the frond.

This Order affords an illustration of the natural alli¬
ance of sea- weeds of different colours. Most of the
genera composing it are of the bright, pale green colour,
which characterizes the division ; but two, Porphyra and
Bangia , are purple. Some writers have separated these
from the remainder, and placed them in the Red divi-

248

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

sion ; but this course has not been sanctioned by the
best authorities, who have considered that structure and
mode of fructification are characters of greater value
than colour.

Genus CVII. PORPHYRA.

Frond a flat, irregularly-shaped, very delicate purple
membrane. Fructification, purple spores, arranged in groups
of four throughout the frond. — Porphyra, from the Greek
porphureos, purple.

There is a wide divergence of opinion as to the num¬
ber of species into which this genus should be divided.
Kiitzing has described sixteen ; but other writers treat
many of these as only varieties. Hitherto two at least

of the forms found on our coast have been considered

*

to be distinct; but Dr. Harvey’s most recently ex¬
pressed opinion is that they are not, and that “if we
contend for two species, with equal justice we might
make half-a-dozen.” I think so too, and I therefore
unite both forms under one name.

Porphyra vulgaris. The common Porphyra.

Fronds of very variable size and shape, some ribbon-like,
and attached at the base, others spreading from a central
root, and more or less divided into irregular, ragged seg¬
ments ; their usual colour is a dark purple, which is de¬
rived from the fruit-bearing cells, that extend over the
whole fronds. Specimens not in fruit are of a blackish-
green hue.

The different forms of this species are all, I believe,
the results of variations of season and situation. In
early winter, and near high-water mark, the narrow,

ULVACE^E.

249

minutely midribbed form (P. linearis of Greville) will
be found. This is succeeded, often in the same locality,
by the broader, waved fronds of the form which lias
been hitherto considered the type of this species. These
again, in deeper water, and as the season advances, pass
by scarcely perceptible degrees through several interme¬
diate states into the extremely expanded, divided plant
that is known as P. laciniata. In almost every locality,
generally near the influx of some freshwater stream,
the fllmy, fragile fronds of this species are to be found,
floating helplessly in the eddies caused by the advancing
or receding waves, or spreading themselves in purple,
shining patches over rocks, stones, or mud when the
tide is out. As distinct as tliev are common, there can
be no doubt as to their identity, for there is no other
British sea-weed that they at all resemble. They are,
however, difficult to preserve, for they do not, as a rule,
adhere closely to paper, and require heavy and long-
continued pressure and careful drying. Even after the
most skilful and patient treatment they will hardly bear
a momentary exposure to the air without beginning to
curl up and crack. Laver, sloke, or sloukawn, as it is
variously called in England, Scotland, and Ireland, is
made by boiling the fronds of this species for several
hours. It is afterwards fried, and eaten with vinegar
and pepper; and although by no means a tempting-
dish to the eye, it is, I believe, both palatable and
wholesome.

Genus CVIII. BANGIA.

Fronds hair-like, composed of numerous cellules, which
radiate from a central cavity, and are enclosed in a con-

250

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

tinuous, transparent sheath. Fructification, purple zoo¬
spores, one of which is formed in each cell of the frond. —
Bangia, named in honour of Hoffman Bang, a Danish
botanist.

Some of the species of this genus are marine, some
fluviatile, and others grow indifferently in either salt or
fresh water. In this respect, as well as in the tubular form
of their fronds, they resemble the Enteromorphce, from
which they differ in colour. It would, indeed, appear that
the purple, tubular Bangia bears the same relation to
the purple, flat Porphyra, that the green, tubular Entero-
morplia does to the green, fiat Ulva.

Bangia fusco-purpurea. The brown-purple

Bangia.

Fronds from two to three inches long, slender, simple,
straight, growing in decumbent, silky masses, which float
freely in the water, of a dark purple colour.

This species grows on rocks or submerged wood, in
salt or fresh water. Its characters vary a good deal,
according to the age of the specimens. It is an inter¬
esting object under the microscope.

Bangia ciliaris. The fringe-like Bangia.

Fronds parasitic on Algse, very minute, “ scarcely the
tenth of an inch long.”

Writing of this plant in his * Nereis Boreali- Ameri¬
cana/ Dr. Harvey says, “ Possibly it may be only the
very young state of B. fusco-purpurea ; but the habitat
is different, and the colour much brighter.”

ULVACEiE.

251

Bangia ceramicola. The Ceramium Bangia.

Fronds parasitic on Algae, about an inch and a half long,
simple, very slender, and flaccid, of a beautiful rose-red
colour.

When examined under a microscope, the fronds of
this species appear to be jointed, and in mature spe¬
cimens the spaces between the joints to he striped
lengthwise. These appearances are deceptive, and in
reality what seem to be joints are but constrictions
of the transparent sheath of the frond, and the stripes
are produced by the division of the granular en do-
chrome.

Bangia elegans. The elegant Bangia.

Fronds parasitic on Algce, minute, forkedly branched, with
spreading axils.

This species is very rare. The only recorded British
specimens are from Portaferry, where they were dredged
many years since by Air. Thompson.

Genus CIX. ENTEROMORPHA.

Fronds green, tubular, simple or branched, composed of
a net-like membrane. Fructification, zoospores produced
in the cells of the frond, generally in groups of four. —
Enteromorpha, from the Greek enteron , an entrail, and
morphe , form.

The plants included in this genus are probably more
widely distributed, and grow in greater variety of cir¬
cumstances, than those of any other sea or water- weed.
Not content with ranging over the ocean, from the poles

252

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

to the equator, they penetrate inland, and may be found
in rivers, brooks, and even ditches.

Enteromorpha cornu-copise. The cornu-copise

Enteromorpha.

Fronds about an inch high, stalked, tubular, of very small
diameter at the base, becoming suddenly wider above, and
eventually bursting into a miniature goblet, usually para¬
sitic on CoraUince , etc. Fructification dispersed throughout
the frond.

I have hesitated to degrade this plant to the rank of
a variety, as it has been admitted as a species by authors
who have had better opportunities to study it than I
have. At the same time, I am inclined to agree with
those botanists who regard it as only a worn state of a
stunted form of E. intestinalis.

Enteromorpha intestinalis. The intestine Entero¬
morpha.

Frond a simple, elongate, membranous sac, taper at the
base, obtuse at the tip, and of very variable length and dia¬
meter. Fructification in the cells of the membrane of
which the frond is composed.

This plant is found on all parts of our coasts, in tidal
and other rivers, in canals, and even in ditches. It ap¬
pears to grow indifferently in salt and fresh water, and
to attain the greatest luxuriance in situations where the
two mingle. The fronds vary considerably in size, both
in length and breadth. They are occasionally constrict¬
ed or crisped, and their inflation is ‘more or less irre¬
gular. With these exceptions the character of the plant
is very constant, and its specific identity may be always

ULVACEjE.

253

readily determined by the total absence of branches of
any description. The Japanese use this weed to thicken
soups, much as vermicelli is used in this country. Pro¬
bably the substance which is occasionally imported from
China, under the name of “ artificial bird's-nest,” and
which is, as I can testify from personal experience, ap¬
plied with excellent effect to the same purpose, has a
like, or at least a kindred origin.

Enteromorpha compressa. The compressed

Enteromorpha.

Prond branched, elongate, tubular or somewhat com¬
pressed ; branches long, simple, gradually tapered at the
base, obtuse at the tip. Fructification in the cells of the
membrane of which the frond is composed.

In nearly every latitude this plant abounds, both on
the seacoast and in the estuaries of tidal rivers. It
grows at all seasons on rocks, shells, and woodwork, and
varies very much in size. It frequently covers a vast
. extent of the surface of perpendicular rocks, and marks
the level of high tide. In such situations its fronds are
numerous, densely packed, and small, like stunted, very
bright green grass. In the shore pools it is more fully
developed, and at those points where fresh water flows
into the sea, its fronds reach their maximum luxuriance,
attain considerable length and breadth, and become in¬
flated.

Enteromorpha clathrata. The latticed Entero¬
morpha.

Frond much branched, slender, tubular, cylindrical ;
branches more or less spreading, sometimes squarrose, be-

254

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

set with simple, slender, spine-like, awl-shaped branchlets ;
cells of the membrane rectangular. Fructification con¬
tained in the cells.

This is a very generally distributed and variable
plant. It is less robust and more branched than E.
compressa, and all the divisions of its fronds are acute
at the tip, while those of the latter species are obtuse.
No less than three forms, besides the type, have been
figured and described by authors as distinct species ;
but the result of recent research has been to degrade
them to the rank of varieties, and as such I insert
them. They are —

E. clathrata var. Linkiana. Link’s Entero-

morpha,

Described by Dr. Greville, and figured by Dr. Harvey
(Phyc. Brit. tab. 344), from a single specimen col¬
lected by Captain Carmichael, and preserved in the
Dublin University Herbarium.

E. clathrata var. erecta. The erect Entero-

morpha.

Which appears to be a luxuriant deep-water form, with
longer, more slender, less rigid, and more numerous
branches and branchlets than the typical plant (Phyc.
Brit. tab. 43).

E. clathrata var. ranmlosa. The sharp-branched

Enteromorpha,

Which is distinguished by its squarrose habit, curved,
entangled branches, and numerous short, horizontally
spreading, spine-like branchlets (Phyc. Brit. tab. 245).-

ULVACE^E.

255

Enteromorpha Hopkirkii. Hopkirk’s Entero-

morpha.

Frond from a few inches to a foot long, much branched,
very slender, soft in texture ; branches erect, alternate
or opposite, repeatedly divided, tapered ; branchlets awl-
shaped, minute, composed of a single series of cells, and
consequently jointed. Fructification, granules of endo-
chrome in the centre of large transparent cells.

The recorded habitats of this species are not numer¬
ous. It was first found at Torbay by Mr. Griffiths, and
subsequently at Carrickfcrgus by Mr. M‘Calla. It also
occurs on the coast of North America; but does not
appear to attain so large a size there as iu this country.
Its distinctive character is the large size of the cells of
which its fronds are composed.

Enteromorpha percursa. The spreading Entero¬
morpha.

Fronds hair-like, simple or rarely branched, growing in
tangled masses, composed of small square cells, which are
nearly filled with endochrome.

This is an insignificant species, whose identity is not
by any means satisfactorily determined.

Enteromorpha Ralfsii. Ralfs’s Enteromorpha.

Fronds hair-like, simple or rarely branched, long and
slender, composed of large transparent cells, each of which
contains a granule of bright green endochrome.

This is another doubtful species, and the information
concerning it is meagre and confused.

256

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Genus CX. ULVA.

Frond a flat, irregularly-shaped, leaf-like, green mem¬
brane. Fructification, green spores, generally in groups of
four, scattered throughout the frond. — Ulva, from the Celtic
ul, water.

This genus, as hitherto known to British botanists,
has been variously rearranged. As regards our native
species, it may be most conveniently divided into twTo
sections. One, which corresponds for the most part with
the genus Phycoseris of Kiitzing, has the frond com¬
posed of a double layer of cellules, or rather of two
separable but closely cohering membranes. The other,
Ulva of Kiitzing, has only a single membrane or layer
of cellules. Believing it to be desirable to avoid as much
as possible all changes of names, I follow the example
of Dr. Harvey in his f Nereis Boreali- Americana/ and
retain the name of Ulva for both sections.

Ulva Linza. The narrow Ulva.

Frond composed of two layers of cellules, from a few
inches to more than a foot long, and from less than half an
inch to two inches wide, linear-lance-shaped, taper at the
base, more or less acute at the tip, waved at the margin,
of thin, membranaceous substance, and a bright grass-green
colour. Fructification dispersed over the whole frond.

This species is annual, and grows during summer on
rocks and stones about midway between the tide-marks.
It is not very common, but may be found in many loca¬
lities round our coast. The outline of the frond is
more regular than that of the fronds of any other
British Ulva, and the plant, particularly when seen grow¬
ing under water, is very graceful and beautiful. Dried

ULVACE.E.

specimens preserve their colour well, and adhere closely
to paper; but they are very susceptible of injury from
exposure to the air, or to a sudden change of tempera¬
ture. The greatest care must, therefore, be used both
during the process of preparation for the herbarium, and
subsequently, whenever they may be examined, or they
will crack and curl up from the paper and be spoiled.
These remarks apply with equal, or greater, force to
dried specimens of all the species of this genus.

Ulva latissima. The very broad Ulva.

Frond composed of two layers of cellules, from a few inches
to two feet long, and about half as wide, extremely variable in
size and shape, with an irregular outline, and a ragged, waved
or sinuate margin, of very thin substance, and soft, but mo¬
derately tough, when young of a vivid, somewhat bluish
green colour, becoming paler with age. Fructification dis¬
persed throughout the frond.

Ranging from between the tide-marks into ten or
twelve fathoms of water, and from the Equator to the
Arctic and Antarctic circles, this plant appears to be every¬
where abundant, and to flourish almost equally in warm
and cold climates. It is to be found in summer and
autumn, and is annual. The fronds grow in tufts, and
are always Hat ; they do not adhere to paper. Mature
specimens of this plant are frequently more or less
covered with minute, dot-like tufts of Myrionema.

Ulva lactuca. The lettuce Ulva.

Frond composed of a single membrane, or layer of cel¬
lules, from two to six inches high, at first a pear-shaped sac,

258

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

which soon bursts into irregular segments, very thin and
delicate, of a pale yellowish-green colour, glossy, and adher¬
ing closely to paper when dry. Fructification dispersed
throughout the frond.

This species is distinguished from the preceding by
its fronds being composed of a single membrane, and
according to the arrangement to which I have alluded,
would be the only British representative of the genus
Ulva. It grows on rocks, shells, and small algm be¬
tween the tide-marks in spring and in early summer,

and is annual. It is found in manv localities round

&/

our coasts, but is less common than either of the allied
species.

Order XXIII. CONFERV ACE/E.

Frond green , thread-like , composed of cylindrical cells , which
are usually of greater length than their diameter, and are
joined end to end. Fructification, minute , ciliated zoo¬
spores formed from the colouring matter of the cells.

A very large number of genera and species are in¬
cluded in this order. Some of them are marine, and
others grow in brackish or in fresh water. It is very
difficult to describe them, or to determine with certainty
their generic and specific characters, and it is probable
that many which have been considered to be distinct
are in reality but different forms of the same plant.

Genus CXI. LEPTOCYSTEA.

Frond tufted, erect, jointed, branched ; cells elongate,
only one between each two sets of branches, filled with
granular endochrome, from which the zoospores are de-

CONFEItVACE/E.

259

veloped. — Leptocystea, from the Greek leptos, slender,
and kustis, a bladder.

The only British species belonging to this genus has
been hitherto included among C/adophorce, and I have
hesitated whether to depart from that arrangement.
There can, I think, be little doubt that the genus Cla-
dophora , containing, as it has been made to do, all
the branched species of the order Confervacece, must be
ultimately divided; and it appears to me that this plant
possesses sufficiently distinct characters to entitle it to
be placed in a separate genus. This course has been
adopted by Dr. Gray in his ‘ Handbook of British
Water- weeds/ and I follow it here.

Leptocystea pellucida. The transparent Lepto¬
cystea.

Fronds from three to eight inches high, growing in tufts
or singly, very rigid ; stem undivided below, forked above,
and ultimately repeatedly branched in a dichotomous or
trichotomous manner; branches opposite, or more or less
whorled, springing regularly from each articulation.

This is a very handsome, and by no means uncom¬
mon plant. It grows in pools near low-water mark,
aud is probably annual. The arrangement of the
branches at the top of each of the long one-celled
joints of the frond is a very obvious character, and
affords a never-failing means of recognition.

Genus CXIX. CLADOPIIORA.

Frond tufted, uniform, jointed, branched; cells oblong,
usually more than one between each two branches or sets
of branches, filled with granular endochrome, from which

260

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

the zoospores are developed. — Cladophora, from the Greek
Jclados, a branch, and phoreo, to bear.

A very large number of species are included in this
genus : some of them are marine, and others grow in
brackish or in fresh water. Their specific characters
are not wrell defined, and even the limits of genus have
yet to be authoritatively traced. Several modes of
grouping the species into new genera have been pro¬
posed ; but none of these are sufficiently established
to be admissible into a popular work. I have, there¬
fore, retained the name Cladophora , and contented my¬
self with arranging the species according to the most
recent and best-defined systems.

Cladophora rupestris. The rock Cladophora.

Fronds densely tufted, rigid, shrub-like, from three to
nine inches long, of a dark-green colour ; branches oppo¬
site ; branchlets awl-shaped; cells about three times the
length of their diameter.

This species is annual, and grows during summer and

autumn on rocks between the tide-marks, and in deep

water. It is common all round the British coast, and

may be readily recognised by the hard, rigid texture

and dark-green colour of its fronds. Dr. Harvey

*

writes — “ The process of cell-division is well illustra¬
ted in this species, and may be observed even in dried
specimens, so perfectly does the endochrome recover
its form. The cells of the middle portions of the
branches divide, as well as those of the youn°'er ra-
muli, and consequently consecutive cells are found of
various lengths.”

CONFERVACEAS.

2G1

Cladophora rupestris, var. /3. distorta.

“ Tufts rooting in the mud, depressed ; filaments short,
much curled and matted together; ramuli squarrose.” —
Harv.

“ Found on sub-marine peat at Biturbui Bay, Conne¬
mara, by Mr. MfCalla.”

Cladophora rectangularis. The rectangular

Cladophora.

Fronds tufted, rigid, entangled, from six inches to a
foot long ; branches opposite, spreading, distant, pinnate ;
branchlets opposite ; cells about twice the length of their
diameter, uniform throughout the frond.

This very beautiful and rare species was first found at
Torquay, by Mr. Borrer, in 1832. It grows in deep
water during summer, and is annual.

Cladophora lsetevirens. The pale-green Clado¬
phora.

Fronds tufted, much divided, from six to eight inches
long, of a soft texture and yellow-green colour ; branches
spreading, crowded, of unequal lengths ; branchlets some¬
what curved, obtuse at the tip ; cells of the branches about
six times the length of their diameter, those of the branch-
lets about thrice.

This species is very common. It grows on rocks and
sea-weeds, between the tide-marks, during summer, and
is annual. It resembles the fresh-water C. glomerata,
and the two plants are perhaps only different forms of
the same species, altered by the circumstances of their
growth, the one being distinctly marine, and the other
as distinctly fluviatile.

262

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Cladophora diffusa. The diffused Cladophora.

Fronds growing in lax tufts, rigid, bristly, much branched,
from a few inches to a foot long, of a dark-green colour
when young, becoming paler and yellowish when mature;
branches long, distant, irregular, alternate or forked ;
branchlets few, simple, secund, confined to the upper divi¬
sions of the branches ; cells about three times the length
of their diameter, uniform throughout the frond.

This species grow7s on rocks and in pools, between the
tide-marks, and is a summer annual. It resembles
C. Huichinsice, and probably these two forms are only
different states of the same plant. I am inclined to
believe that both are specifically identical with C. late-
vireiis.

Ciadophora Hutcliinsise. Miss Hutchins’s

Cladophora.

Fronds growing in tufts, rigid, bristly, much branched,
from a few inches to a foot long, of a glaucous green colour
and crisp texture; branches long, curved or zig-zag, distant,
irregular, alternate or forked ; branchlets few, alternate or
secund, simple, or with short shoots on their inner sides,
very blunt at the tip ; cells about twice the length of
their diameter; joints of the frond constricted.

This plant grows on rocks in deep tide-pools during
summer. It is annual, and rare.

Cladophora Macallana. M<CallaJs Cladophora.

Fronds rigid, bristly, brittle, much branched, rolled to¬
gether in bundles, from a few inches to a foot or more long,
of a bright grass-green colour ; branches bent, somewhat
zig-zag, of unequal lengths, irregularly disposed ; branchlets

CONFERVACE/E.

263

alternate or secund, short, spreading, recurved, blunt at
the tip ; cells about twice the lengt h of their diameter.

This species grows in deep water during summer, and
is annual. It resembles C. rectangularis in general
character and appearance, but the brancblets of that
plant are opposite, while those of C. Macallana are
alternate or secund.

Cladophora falcata. The sickle-shaped Clado-

phora.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, rigid, slightly interwoven,
curved, from three to four inches high, of a bright dark-
green colour and crisp texture, much branched ; branches
repeatedly divided, sickle-shaped ; brancblets short, secund,
obtuse ; cells about three times the length of their dia¬
meter, nearly uniform throughout the frond, transparent at
the margin.

This very elegant Cladophora was first gathered by
Dr. Harvey, on the coast of Kerry, in 1845, and sub¬
sequently by Miss White in Jersey. It grows in rock-
pools near low- water mark, and is annual. The curva¬
ture of the frond is the distinctive character of this
plant, and it is a little doubtful whether that be a suffi¬
cient title to constitute a valid claim to specific rank.
In other respects it resembles C. Icutevirens.

Cladophora glaucescens. The glaucous Clado-

dophora.

Fronds growing in tufts, very slender, much branched,
from two to five inches long, of a glaucous green colour, and
softish texture ; branches somewhat zig-zag in the main di-

264

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

visions, straight and erect in the lesser; branchlets long,
erect, secund ; cells about three times the length of their
diameter, uniform throughout the frond.

This species grows between the tide-marks in summer,
and is annual.

Cladophora flexuosa. The flexuous Cladophora.

Fronds growing in tufts, slender, much branched, from a
few inches to half a foot long, of a pale green colour, and
softish texture ; branches somewhat zig-zag, long, of unequal
length, the secondary series simple, or set with short, comb¬
like branchlets on their outer sides ; cells from twice to
four times the length of their diameter, those in the lower
part of the frond being the shortest.

This plant was first found by Mrs. Griffiths in tide-
pools at Torquay. It closely resembles C. glaucescens ,
and is probably only a variety of that species.

Cladophora refracta. The reflexed Cladophora.

Tronds growing in dense tufts, about three inches high,
slender, somewhat rigid, of a glossy yellow-green colour, and
rather harsh texture ; main stems rolled into rope-like
bundles; branches free, spreading, much divided ; branchlets
short, recurved, set with short, comb-like, secund ramelii ;
cells about twice the length of their diameter.

This species grows in rock-pools near low-water mark,
and is a summer annual.

Cladophora albida. The whitish Cladophora.

Fronds densely tufted, very slender, entangled into rope-

CONFERVACE/E.

265

like bundles at the base, from a few inches to a foot long, of
a soft silky texture, and pale yellow-green colour, becoming
whitish when dry ; branches crowded, mostly opposite, of
various lengths, those of the upper part of the frond spread¬
ing; branchlets opposite, or secund ; cells about four times
the length of their diameter.

This species is common on the south and west coasts
of .England and Ireland. It grows on rocks and sea¬
weeds near low-water mark during summer, and is
annual. The distinctive characters are that the threads
of the fronds are very long, delicate, and soft. In other
respects it resembles C. refracta.

Cladophora gracilis. The slender Cladophora.

Fronds growing in long, tangled tufts, from six inches to
a foot in length, of a yellow-green colour and silky texture,
much branched; branches alternate, twisted, much divided;
branchlets long, slender, secund, comb-like, tapering from
the base to the tip ; cells about four times the length of
their diameter, nearly uniform throughout the frond.

This plant grows on Zostera, etc., in deep water, and
is a summer annual. Its characters are better defined
than those of most of its allies ; but it is, unfortunately,
rare, and confined to certain favoured localities.

Cladophora Brownii. Brown’s Cladophora.

Fronds growing in dense tufts, erect, rigid, from half an inch
to an inch high, inextricably interwoven, slightly branched ;
branches long, nearly simple; axils acute; cells about four
times as long as broad, those below swollen at the top,
those above cylindrical.

266

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

This plant was first discovered and described by that
eminent botanist, the late Robert Brown, after whom it
has been named by Dr. Harvey. It grows on rocks in
caves, etc., wdiere it is exposed to both salt and fresh
water. It is perennial, and rare.

Cladophora Magdalense. Miss Magdalene
Turner’s Cladophora.

Fronds very slender, interwoven, slightly branched, about
an inch long, of a dull dark-green colour and rigid substance ;
branches irregular, alternate or forked, spreading, curved ;
brancblets scattered, secund, sickle-shaped, not always pre¬
sent ; cells about four times as long, as they are broad,
those above rather shorter than those below.

This insignificant plant was discovered growing on the
roots of algte, in Jersey, by the lady whose name it bears.
It is doubtful whether it be entitled to specific rank.

Cladophora flavescens. The yellowish Clado¬
phora.

Fronds growing in floating masses, very slender, inter¬
woven, sparingly branched, of a yellowish-green or yellow
colour, and soft silky texture ; branches forked, spreading,
angularly bent ; brancblets few, alternate or secund ; cells
about eight times the length of their diameter.

This species is annual, and grows, during summer, on
the surface of pools of brackish or fresh water. It may
be known by the yellow colour and long cells of its
fronds.

CONFERVACEvE.

267

Cladophora nuda. The bare Gladophora.

Fronds growing in lax tufts, about three inches high,
rigid, slender, straight, forked, of a dull-green colour,
slightly branched ; branches distant, erect, almost bare ;
branchlets few, robust, blunt at the tip, set on to the branches
at a very acute angle ; cells very long, with wide, transparent
margins.

This is a doubtful species founded on specimens
gathered long since “ on basalt rocks, between tide-
marks, at Port Stewart, co. Antrim, by Mr. D. Moore.”

Cladophora Ealliana. Miss Ball’s Cladophora.

Fronds growing in tufts, about nine inches long, very
slender, of a grass-green colour and soft texture, much
branched ; branches much divided in an alternate manner,
intricate, somewhat virgate; branchlets very slender, secund,
tapering at the tip, generally one- or two-celled ; cells many
times the length of their diameter, those above shorter than
those below, all filled with dense granular endochrome, and
surrounded by a broad transparent border.

This species was discovered at Clontarf by Miss Ball,
and was considered by Dr. Harvey to be distinct from all
British Cladophora.

Cladophora fracta. The broken Cladophora.

Fronds growing in tufts, at first attached, then floating
free, in masses of considerable size, entangled, rather rigid,
from six inches to a foot long ; branches distant, several
times forkedly divided, spreading ; branchlets few, alternate
or secund, not always present ; axils of the branches very
wide ; cells from three to six times the length of their dia-

268

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

meter, when young cylindrical, becoming elliptical as the
zoospores are developed.

This species is placed by Dr. Gray in a new genus,
under the name Vagabundia , characterized as follows :
— “ Frond green, forming tufts, branched ; cells elon¬
gate, subcylindrical, the cells of the stem becoming
swollen and converted into sporangia.” C. fracta grows
in brackish or fresh water, and is common. In the
earlier stages of its growth it is of a grass-green colour,
but becomes darker as it approaches maturity. It does
not adhere closely to paper.

Cladophora arcta. The straight Cladophora.

Fronds from two to four inches long, growing in dense
tufts, at first only slightly tangled at the base, eventually
matted into a sponge-like, circular mass ; branches numer¬
ous, erect, straight, furnished below with root-like fibres ;
branchlets opposite or secund, blunt at the tip, their axils
very acute ; cells from one to ten or twelve times the
length of their diameter, the increase of length being gra¬
dual from the base to the tip of the frond.

This and the two following species are placed by
Kiitzing in his section Spongomorpha, and Dr. Gray has
founded a new genus, Spongiomorpha, in which he has
associated them with C. Gattyce , and I am inclined to
think that C. repens might be also included, as it has the
root-like fibres, and is otherwise similar. Dr. Gray gives
the characters of Spongiomorpha as follows : — “ Frond
erect, forming tufts; branches virgate, dichotomous, sub¬
simple, with root-like fibres ; cells oblong, filled with
granular endoehrome, becoming zoospores, marine.”
C. arcta grows on rocks iu tide-pools, during the greater

CONFEltVACEiE.

2G9

part of the year, and varies much in appearance at dif¬
ferent seasons. When young the colour is a bright-green,
the texture is silky, and the plant adheres closely to
paper; when fully developed the colour becomes dull,
the texture coarse, and the adherent quality is lost. In
the latter state there is generally a growth of young
branches at the tips of the fronds, which forms a bright
margin to the tuft, and contrasts strikingly with the
duller colour of the remainder.

Cladophora lanosa. The woolly Cladophora.

Fronds about an inch long, growing in dense, sponge¬
like, level-topped, globular tufts, very slender, interwoven ;
branches straight, rod-like, spreading, generally alternate,
furnished with root-like fibres ; branchlets few, scattered ;
axils acute ; all the divisions of the frond blunt at the tip ;
cells of the lower part of the frond two or three times,
those of the upper part about six times the length of their
diameter ; colour a pale yellow-green, which becomes
almost white when the plant is dry.

This species grows on rocks, sea-weeds, and Zostera
at various depths, and is common in most localities, at¬
taining the greatest luxuriance and abundance in cold
regions. It very closely resembles C. arcta , but is
smaller, more slender and less branched. Specimens
should be laid out in salt water, as the cells are liable
to burst and discharge their endochrome if the fronds
be placed in freshwater. For the same reason they
should not be subjected to very great pressure while
drying. They adhere to paper, but do not retain their
gloss.

270

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Cladophora uncialis. The inch Cladophora.

Fronds slender, from one to two inches high, growing,
from a common base, in dense, sponge-like, interwoven,
compact or divided, somewhat level-topped tufts ; branches
distant, spreading, alternate or secund, set with root-like,
jointed fibres ; branchlets few, simple, curved ; axils rather
wide ; cells about twice the length of their diameter, nearly
uniform throughout the frond ; colour, of a growing plant,
bright-green, of a dried specimen, pale yellow-green.

Tliis species grows on rocks near low-water mark, and
is pretty generally distributed round our coasts from
Orkney to the Channel Islands. It is very closely allied
to C. lanosa, but the tufts are more intimately inter¬
woven, and less distinctly level-topped ; the cells are
uniform throughout the frond ; the root-like fibres are
more numerous ; and C. uncialis is usually found growing
on rocks, while C. lanosa is almost constantly parasitic.
This species should also be laid out in salt water, in order
to preserve the endochrome.

Cladophora Gattyse. Mrs. Gatty’s Cladophora.

“ Filaments about au inch long, as thick as human hair, or
somewhat thicker, matted together in dense ropy tufts, irre¬
gularly branched, somewhat dichotomous, the angles
rounded ; ramuli few and patent ; articulations very uniform,
about once and a half as long as broad ; filled with oliva¬
ceous (?) or dull green endochrome, and separated by ex¬
ceedingly narrow dissepiments ; apices on my specimens
often broken; substance membranaceous, adhering to
paper.” — Harvey.

This species is named in honour of the talented
authoress, who collected the specimens on which it was

CONFERVACE/E.

271

founded. I am not acquainted with the plant, and I am
therefore unable to add anything to Dr. Harvey’s de¬
scription, which I have given above.

Gladophora repens. The creeping Cladophora.

Fronds very slender, the lower part creeping, set with
root-like fibres, which connect them into very dense, circular
or oblong, cushion-like tufts of an inch or more in diameter ;
branches springing from the joints of the main thread at a
right angle to the decumbent portion, about half an inch
long, erect, simple or once forked; branchlets few, simple,
secund; cells very long, only three or four in each fila¬
ment ; colour when growing, dark-green, when dried, dingy
olive-green.

The first British specimen of this species was collected
in Jersey, by Miss Turner. It was cast on shore, and
the plant has not been again observed in the same loca¬
lity. As it probably grows in deep water, and is very
small, this fact is by no means remarkable, and cer¬
tainly must not be accepted as a proof that specimens
do not exist in the neighbourhood. The other recorded
habitats are the Mediterranean and the Adriatic, so that
the species would appear to be a native of the South.
The very great length of the cells affords a ready means
of distinguishing C. repens from all British Cladophorce
with which it can be confounded. It is furnished with
root-like fibres, and for that reason I place it near those
species which possess that character.

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

272

Cladophora Rudolphiana. Rudolphi’s Clado-

phora.

Fronds from a few inches to more than a foot long, very
slender, much branched, interwoven into flaccid, somewhat
gelatinous tufts of considerable length ; branches twice or
thrice forked or alternate, irregular ; branchlets long, comb¬
like, secund, gradually tapered towards the tip ; cells many
times longer than broad ; those of the upper part of the
frond being shorter than those of the main stem, which are
sometimes swollen.

This species grows on Zostera and sea-weeds in deep
water during summer, and is annual. It is very abund¬
ant in certain localities on the coast of Ireland, and has
been found on other parts of our shores and in the
Adriatic. It adheres closely to paper, and preserves its
brilliant glossy green colour when dried. Some of the
cells of this plant are swollen in the middle, and on this
character Dr. Gray has founded a new genus, Cystothricc ,
which he describes as follows : — “Frond erect, dichoto-
mously branched ; cells cylindrical, with a swollen one
before the furcation of the branchlets, filled with endo-
chrome, marine.”

Genus CXIII. CII^TOMORPHA.

Frond a simple, hair-like, membranaceous or cartilagin¬
ous filament, formed of oblong cells filled with granular
endochrome, the bottom cell larger than the others. —
Ch2etomorpiia, from the Greek clicdte , flowing hair, and
morphe , form.

This genus was founded by Kiitzing for the reception
of a portion of the species formerly included in the
genus Conferva. Some of the species of which it is com-

CONFERVACEiE.

273

posed are marine, and others fluviatile. They are all
comparatively insignificant, and their characters are dif¬
ficult to determine, and still more difficult to describe in
intelligible language.

Chaetomorpha Melagonium. The dark-green

Chaetomorpha.

Hoot shield-shaped. Threads robust, bristle-like, erect,
rigid, growing singly or several together ; cells about twice
the length of their diameter.

This species grows on rocks in tide-pools near low-
water mark, and is perennial. It is widely distributed,
and may be readily distinguished by the thickness and
wiry texture of its filaments. It was formerly Conferva
Melagonium.

Chaetomorpha aerea. The pale-green Chaeto-

morpha.

Root shield-shaped. Threads bristle-like, straight, rigid,
brittle, growing in tufts; cells about the length of their
diameter.

This species grows on sand-covered rocks between the
tide-marks, and is common on the British coast. It is
less rigid, more slender, and of a much paler colour
than C. Melagonium. It was formerly a Conferva.

Chaetomorpha sutoria. The bristle Chaeto¬
morpha.

Threads from a few inches to a foot or more long, bristle¬
like, curved, growing, unattached and floating, in large,

T

274

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

loosely interwoven masses ; cells nearly twice the length of
their diameter, dividing transversely in the middle at ma¬
turity.

This species was also formerly a Conferva. It grows
in ditches and pools, which are rendered more or less
brackish by the influx of sea-water. It is of a dark-
green colour, and rigid texture, and does not adhere to
paper when dry.

Chsetomorpha linum. The twine Chaetomorpha.

Threads robust, from a few inches to several feet long,
curled, rigid, growing, unattached and floating, in loosely
interwoven layers of considerable extent ; cells about the
length of their diameter, dividing transversely at ma¬
turity.

This species varies much in colour, from pale to dark-
green, and is sometimes variegated. It is of a rigid
brittle texture, and does not adhere to paper when dry.
It grows in large quantities in tidal ditches. This, too,
was a Conferva.

Chsetomorpha tortuosa. The tortuous Chseto¬
morpha.

Threads slender, tortuous, rigid, curled, growing in closely
interwoven layers, which spread over and adhere to pro¬
jections of rock, and other substances with which they may
come in contact ; cells varying in length, usually about
twice that of their diameter.

This plant grows on rocks, etc., in tide-pools, and is
not uncommon. It was formerly a Conferva.

CON FERVACEjE.

275

Chaetomorpha implexa. The interwoven Chseto-

morpha.

Threads very slender, limp, curled, intimately interwoven,
growing in flattish masses on rocks and sea-weeds ; cells
rather longer than they are broad.

This species was also formerly a Conferva. It is of a
bright grass-green colour and soft texture.

Chaetomorpha arenicola. The sand-inhabiting

Chaetomorpha.

“Threads soft, simple, extremely fine, matted, somewhat
crisp, at first uniform pale-green, at length distinctly jointed;
articulations once and a half as long as broad, dotted ; in¬
terstices pellucid.” — Berkeley.

This plant appears to be but little known, and is not
referred to by Kutzing. The above is Mr. Berkeley’s
description of it, and he further speaks of it as “ creep¬
ing on the sandy margins of pools in a salt-marsh,
periodically flooded, forming a thin, soft, delicate,
crisped web, of a pale yellow-green.”

Chaetomorpha arenosa. The sand Chaetomorpha.

Threads slender, nearly straight, rigid, harsh, about six
inches long ; cells about four times the length of their
diameter.

Quoting from Captain Carmichael, Dr. Harvey writes :
— “ This species occurs in fleeces a yard or more in
extent, and of a peculiar structure. They consist of
several thin layers, placed over each other, but so slightly
connected that they may be separated like folds of gauze,

t 2

276

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

to the extent of many inches, without the least lacera¬
tion.” C. arenosa grows on sandy shores between the
tide-marks in Scotland and Ireland. It differs from the
other species of the genus in the greater length of its
cells.

Genus CXIV. CYTOPHORA.

“ Filaments membranaceous, interwoven, attached or
floating ; cells oblong, with here and there a pair of swollen
discoloured cells.” ( Dr.J.JE . Gray'). — Cytophora, from the
Greek Jcutos, a cavity, and pliero, to bear.

This genus contains a single British species, which was
formerly Conferva litorea.

Cytophora litorea. The shore Cytophora.

Threads robust, rigid, crisped, about four inches long,
sometimes angularly bent, growing in loosely interwoven
layers of considerable extent, which either float or spread
themselves over mud, etc. ; cells about once and a half as
long as broad. At irregular intervals of the thread a pair
of cells, larger than the others, unite into a spindle-shaped
knot, in which a dark-coloured endochrome is developed.

This plant grows on muddy shores between the tide-
marks, in the estuaries of rivers, and in salt-water
ditches. It is a summer annual.

Genus CXY. HOEMOTEICHUM.

Frond a simple or slightly branched, hair-like, gelatin-
ously membranaceous filament, attached by its base, and
formed of very short cells, which have thick, soft walls, and
are filled with green, granular endochrome, whence darker-

CONFERVACEiE.

277

green sporidia are developed ; nodes constricted. — Hormo-
trichum, from the Greek hormos , a necklace, and trichoma,
hair.

All the species of this genus are marine, and were
formerly included in the genera Conferva and Lyngbya.
They differ from the Chcetomorphce in habit and texture,
and in the changes that take place in the endochrome.
They all grow on rocks, etc., between the tide-marks.

Hormotrichum Younganum. Young’s Hormotri-

chum.

Threads from one to three' inches lon^, about as thick as
human hair, erect, straight or curved, of a bright green
colour, not glossy, and but slightly gelatinous, growing in
tufts on rocks, etc. ; cells varying in length from rather
shorter than they are broad to nearly twice as long ; those
of young threads which are increasing in length are quite
filled with endochrome, and divide transversely in the centre,
each half becoming a perfect new cell ; those of mature
threads have the endochrome in a dense mass, which even¬
tually becomes a sporidium in their centre.

This is a summer annual, and grows near high-water
mark in many localities on the British coast. It does
not adhere very closely to paper when dried.

Hormotrichum collabens. The collapsing Hor¬
motrichum.

Threads from three to six inches long, robust, those of the
same tuft varying much in diameter, of soft, gelatinous
texture, and bright verdigris-green colour ; cells from once
to once and a half the length of their diameter, filled with
a dense mass of bright green granular endochrome, and
having thick walls.

278

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

This species was formerly considered to be nearly
allied to Chatomorpha area; but it always differed from
that plant in external appearance, and is now found to
possess distinct generic characters. It grows on floating
wood, etc., in the sea, and is rare.

Hormotrichum bangioides. The Bangia-like

Hormotrichum.

Threads from three to six inches long, very slender,
smooth, soft, waved, attached at the base, growing in dense
tufts, each thread of the same diameter throughout, but the
threads of the same tuft varying much in size; cells about
twice the length of their diameter, slightly constricted at
the joints, each containing in its centre, surrounded by a
broad transparent border, a dark-green mass of endochrome,
that eventually becomes an oblong sporidium.

This species appears to be peculiar to Great Britain,
and is not common even there. It grows on rocks near
low-water mark, and the recorded habitats are on the
south coast or in Ireland. In young specimens the en¬
dochrome nearly fills the cells ; but the usual process of
condensation takes place as the plant is developed, and
eventually only a dark-green oblong spot is to be seen
in the centre of each cell.

Hormotrichum Cutleriae. Miss Cutler’s Hormo¬
trichum.

Threads delicately fine, curved, silky, growing in flowing
tufts attached to pebbles, etc. ; cells about the length of
their diameter ; those of young specimens filled with pale
green, fluid endochrome, which is gradually condensed into
a dark-green, globular sporidium that is eventually set free
by the bursting of the mature cell.

CONFERVACEjE.

279

This plant was formerly included in the genus
Lyngbya. It was discovered by Miss Cutler, near the
mouth of the river Otter, at Budleigh Salterton, and is
named after her. It appears to grow on the sea-shore near
the influx of fresh water, and where it is covered at high
tide. The development of the endochrome varies, and
the difference between a young and a mature thread is
very marked.

Hormotrichum speciosum. The beautiful Hormo¬
trichum.

Threads robust, soft, straight when young, becoming
curled at maturity, from two to four inches long, growing
in flowing or spreading tufts, attached to rocks and Fuci ;
cells not very distinctly divided, about half the length of
their diameter, at first nearly filled with endochrome, which
is condensed into an oblong sporidium, that eventually issues
from the cell and leaves it colourless.

This species was also formerly a Lyngbya , and is nearly
allied to H. Carmichaelii. It grows between the tide-
marks during summer, and is annual. It is of a bright,
glossy, yellow-green colour, and soft texture.

Hormotrichum Carmichaelii. Captain Carmichael’s

Hormotrichum.

Threads somewhat robust, several inches long, curled,
tortuous, growing in densely interwoven layers of consi¬
derable extent on rocks and other substances ; cells indis¬
tinctly divided, about a quarter the length of their diameter,
at first filled with endochrome, which passes through the
usual stages and issues from the cell at maturity, leaving it
colourless.

This species closely resembles the last, and was also

280

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

included in the genus Lyngbya. It grows between the
tide-marks during summer, and is annual. It has been
found in many localities on the British coast. When
growing, the threads are of a grass-green colour ; but
they become dull dark-green when dry. They adhere
pretty well to paper.

Genus CXYI. RHIZOCLONIUM.

Frond a simple or imperfectly branched, decumbent,
membranaceous thread, of uniform diameter throughout,
and composed of a string of thin-walled, oblong cells filled
with granular endochrome. — Rhizoclonium, from the
Greek rhizoo, to root, and Moon , a shoot.

The limits of this genus are not yet very exactly de¬
fined, for Kiitzing includes in it several species which
Dr. Harvey refers to Chcetomorpha, and Dr. Gray has
added to it what was formerly Lyngbya flacca. So far
as the British species are concerned, the characters to be
observed are the short root-like branches, and the non-
gelatinous substance of the threads.

Rhizoclonium riparium. The shore Rhizoclonium.

Threads slender, soft, long, angularly bent, spurred with
short, root-like branches, densely woven into flat layers of
considerable extent ; cells about twice the length of their
diameter, filled with pale green endochrome.

This plant grows during summer on rocks, which are
covered with sand, usually near liigh-tide mark, and is
annual. It has been found in several localities round
our coast, but is far from common.

CONFERVACEiE.

281

Rhizoclonium Casparyi. Dr. Caspary’s Rhizo-

clonium.

Threads extremely slender, very soft, long, curved, spurred
at distant intervals with short, root-like branches, woven into
a thin web of considerable extent ; cells varying in length,
in the same layer, and even in a single thread, from once to
six times the length of their diameter, filled with bright
green granular endochrome, the grains of which are of un¬
equal size.

This plant was first found by Dr. Caspary, at Falmouth
and Penzance. It is altogether more slender and deli¬
cate than the normal state of R. riparium ; but it is
difficult to find definite characters whereon to base its
claim to be considered a distinct species.

Rhizoclonium flaccum. The soft Rhizoclonium.

Threads about an inch long, very slender, silky, straight
or slightly curved, simple or set with a few awl-shaped, root¬
like branches, growing in patches on sea-weeds or floating
wood, attached at the base ; cells rather shorter than their
diameter, at first nearly filled with grass-green endochrome,
which is quickly condensed into a lens-shaped sporidium in
the middle of the cell, where it appears surrounded by a
broad transparent border.

Kiitzing has placed this species in the genus Hormo-
trichum, and Dr. Harvey in Lyiigbya ; but the latter
author has at the same time expressed his approval of
the position assigned to it by the former. In these
circumstances I have hesitatated to deviate from the
course thus prescribed. But after careful consideration
I am of opinion that the root-like branches and the non-

282

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

gelatinous substance of the threads are characters suf¬
ficient to justify the removal made by Dr. Gray in liis
‘ Handbook of Water-weeds/ and which I have adopted.
This plant is a summer annual, and may he found on
many parts of our coast.

Order XXIV. OSCILLATORIACE.E.

Green (rarely Olive-brown , Blue , or Purple), marine or
freshwater Algce, composed of simple or slightly -branched
threads, each of which consists of an annular, medullary
chord, of very short cells, enclosed in a one-celled , mem¬
branous sheath.

Only two or three genera of the plants belonging to
this Order are marine. The remainder inhabit water of
all degrees of quality and temperature, or grow in places
which are merely damp. Among them are to be found
the tenants of the Geysers of Iceland, and of the vats
of poisonous chemicals, etc., to which I have already re¬
ferred in the second chapter of this work. Certain kinds
exhibit peculiar motions, similar to those of the lower
forms of animal life, and are capable of progression and
retrogression, and of ascent and descent in water.
Speaking of the Oscillator ice, Dr. Harvey writes, “These
movements are of three kinds : first there is the oscilla¬
ting movement ; one end of the thread remaining nearly
at rest, while the other sways from side to side, some¬
times describing nearly a quarter of a circle in a single
swing. Secondly, the tip of the filaments has a minute
movement, bending from side to side like the head of a
worm ; and, thirdly, there is an onward movement, pro¬
bably the result of the two former. It is this latter

OSCILLATORIACEJE.

283

which causes the filaments to radiate, and spread out
from the edge of the stratum. If a minute portion of a
living Oscillatoria be placed in water under a moderately
high magnifying power, all these movements can be
seen without trouble.” These facts relate rather to the
freshwater than to the marine species with w hich alone I
am at present concerned, but they are so interesting in
themselves that I could not refrain from recording them.
I may add, that some species of Oscillatoria is to be
found floating like a black or green scum on nearly every
pool of stagnant water.

Genus CXVII. LYNGBYA.

Frond a simple, free, flexible, stationary, non-mucila-
ginous thread, composed of a continuous, cylindrical, mem¬
branaceous tube, filled with green or purple endoehrome,
which is densely annulated, and from which lens-shaped
sporidia are developed. — Lyngbya, in honour of II. C.
Lyngbye, a Danish algologist.

Some of the species belonging to this genus are ma¬
rine, and others grow in brackish or in fresh water.
They are distinguished from the Calothrices by the
greater length of their threads, and by their general
habit, and from the Oscil/atorice by the absence of a
gelatinous matrix and of oscillating movement.

Lyngbya majuscula. The large Lyngbya.

Threads robust, tough, hair-like, twisted, growing in
large tufts, which are densely interwoven in the centre, at
first attached to the substance on which they grow, then
floating ; tube thick, forming a wide, transparent border
to the dark-coloured endoehrome.

This species grows on mud or sand, among rocks.

284

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

near low-water mark, and at greater depths. It is
annual, and may be found during summer and autumn
in many localities round our coast. The colour of the
tufts is a very dark green, almost black.

Lyngbya ferruginea. The dark-blue Lyngbya.

Threads slender, soft, curved, growing on mud, in thin
layers of considerable extent, or floating on the surface of
stagnant pools of salt or brackish water; tube very thin,
containing strongly annulated, bluish -green endoehrome,
with empty spaces at intervals.

This species is much smaller, and less conspicuous
than L. majuscula, and in consequence is, no doubt,
frequently overlooked. It grows on mud, in pools of
brackish water, and is probably abundant in many loca¬
lities, although but few habitats are recorded.

Genus CXVIII. CALOTHRIX.

Trond a separate, free, somewhat rigid, erect, stationary,
non-mucilaginous thread, composed of a continuous tube,
filled with densely annulated, green endoehrome, from
which lens-shaped sporidia are developed. — Calothrix,
from the Greek halos, beautiful, and thrix, a hair.

This genus contains a large number of species, some
of which are found in salt water, and some in fresh. They
are all minute, and grow in tufts or patches on rocks,
mud, or sea-weeds.

Calothrix Confervicola. The Conferva Calothrix.

Threads about one-tenth of an inch long, rigid, straight
or slightly curved, blunt, opake, of a verdigris-green colour,

0SCILLAT0R1ACE/E.

285

growing in star-like tufts on the branches of filiform algae ;
tube rather thick, containing separate masses of dull, blu¬
ish-green endochrome.

This very minute parasite is widely distributed, both on
our own shores and on those of other countries.

Calothrix luteola. The yellowish Calothrix.

Threads about one-tenth of an inch long, flexible, blunt,
transparent, of a pale yellowish colour, growing singly or in
small tufts on filiform algae ; tube more or less filled with
faintly annulated, pale green endochrome.

This species is very minute, and in consequence very
difficult to collect. When found, it must be examined
under a microscope of high power, or its structure and
characters will not be properly revealed. The re¬
corded observations of different authors do not agree ;
but the discrepancy has probably arisen from some of
the specimens examined being young and others mature,
or in a state of incipient decay. In the former, the
threads, being full of endochrome, would be opake, while
in the latter, the sporidia having been discharged, they
would be empty and transparent, and this is the point
that is in dispute.

Calothrix scopulorum. The rock Calothrix.

Threads about one-tenth of an inch high, simple, bent
or curled, awl-shaped, tapered to a point, interwoven, grow¬
ing in closely-packed, velvety patches, on rocks ; tube filled
with dull, yellowish-green endochrome, which is more or
less distinctly annulated.

This species grows near high-water mark, and coats

286

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

the surface of all kinds of rocks with dull green, slip¬
pery layers of its tiny fronds. It is common in most
localities, but too insignificant to attract attention. Its
characters are of course microscopic.

Calothrix pannosa. The ragged Calothrix.

Threads from a quarter to half an inch long, rigid,
strongly curled, blunt, of the same diameter throughout,
closely woven into thin laminae, which are arranged in a
compact layer, the surface of which is sometimes irregular
and ragged, sometimes divided into round or angular spaces,
like a honeycomb ; tube filled with strongly annulated, dark
green endochrome.

This plant grows in pools near high-water mark, and
is perennial. The two forms described above appear to
depend on the position occupied by the specimens, — those
which are parasitic on Corallines , etc., being irregular
and ragged on the surface, while those which grow on
rocks are honeycombed.

Calothrix semiplena. The variegated Calothrix.

Threads from half an inch to an inch or more long, very
slender, tough, bent, blunt at the tip, closely woven into
flat tufts, which are broad at the base, gradually tapered to
a point at the top, stand erect, and are either loosely
bundled together or piled one above another ; tube par¬
tially filled with dense, verdigris-green endochrome, a long
space of empty transparent tube alternating with a similar
length of endochrome.

This species grows on Corallines and algse in rock-

OS CILLATORI ACEiE.

287

pools, near high-water mark. It may be distinguished
by its comparatively large size and variegated threads.

Genus CXIX. OSCILLATORIA.

Fronds simple, rigid, needle-like threads developed in
and radiating from a gelatinous matrix, vividly oscillating ;
tube continuous, filled with densely annulated, green endo-
chrome. — Oscillatoria, from the Latin oscillum, a swing¬
ing motion.

Most of the species belonging to this genus grow in
fresh water ; but some few are marine. Their most re¬
markable character is the oscillating, pendulum-like mo¬
tion of the threads ; this is more distinctly visible in
some species than in others, and is alway greater in warm
weather than in cold.

Oscillatoria litoralis. The shore Oscillatoria.

Threads thick, variously curved, growing in a bright
verdigris-green layer ; endochrome distinctly marked with
closely set striae, “ divided at uncertain intervals into por¬
tions, which probably break off eventually and become new
filaments.”

This species was first found by Captain Carmichael,
in muddy pools near the seashore, at Appin. Kiitzing
considers it to be identical with Lynybya crispa of
Agardh.

Oscillatoria spiralis. The spiral Oscillatoria.

Threads slender, very short, much twisted, or spiral,
closely interwoven, growing in dark or bluish-green, more
or less leathery layers of indefinite dimensions ; endochrome
marked with somewhat distant, indistinct strise.

288

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

This species has been found in Scotland, and in the
south of England, on rocks, on submerged wood, and on
dry bare earth. Klitzing identifies it with his Spirulina
tenuissima.

Oscillatoria nigro-viridis. The dark-green

Oscillatoria.

Threads slender, rigid, blunt and curved at the tip, of a
pale green colour, growing in thin, dark olive-green layers
at first on the mud, then floating ; endochrome marked with
indistinct striae, at intervals of about half the length of the
diameter of the threads, not visibly granular.

Oscillatoria subuliformis. The awl-shaped Oscil¬
latoria.

Threads very slender, awl-shaped, attenuated, acute and
strongly curved at the tip, of a bright green colour, growing
in thin, dark blue, almost black layers at first on the mud,
then floating ; endochrome marked with indistinct striae at
intervals of about -three-fourths the length of the diameter
of the threads, not visibly granular.

Oscillatoria insignis. The remarkable Oscilla¬
toria.

Threads robust, somewhat brittle, rounded and adorned
with minute, motionless cilia at the tip, of a brown colour,
growing in thin dark-brown layers on decaying vegetable
matter ; endochrome marked at short intervals with distinct
striae, visibly granular.

The three last species are described in the c Phycologia
Britannica/ from specimens collected by Mr. Thwaites

OSCILLATORI ACEAS.

289

in brackish ditches, at Shirehampton, near Bristol. I
cannot find them in Kiitzing’s ‘ Species Algarum,’ and
I have no more recent work at hand to which I can refer.
I am not myself acquainted with them.

Genus CXX. SPIRULINA.

Fronds simple, rigid, spirally twisted, vividly oscillating
threads, developed in a thin gelatinous layer ; tube continu¬
ous ; endochrome green, more or less distinctly annulated.
— Spirulina, from the Latin sjpira , a twist.

Spirulina tenuissima. The very slender Spirulina.

“ Stratum very lubricous, aeruginous, sub-radiant ; fila¬
ments densely spiral, very slender, parallel, flexuous.” —
Bliyc. Brit .

This species grows on decaying sea-weeds, or ivood in
brackish water.

Genus CXXI. TOLYPOTHRIX.

“ Filaments of nearly equal diameter, tufted, tenacious ;
branches free, continuous, with main filaments annulated at
the base ; cells indistinct, rarely moniliform.” — Tolypo¬
thrix, from the Greek tolupe, a clew, or ball wound up, and
tJirix , hair.

I have taken the description of this genus from Dr.
Gray’s Handbook. The only British species that is
marine was formerly Calothrix fasciculata.

Tolypothrix fasciculata. The fascicled Toly-

pothrix.

Threads straight, awl-shaped, tapered, at first simple,

u

290

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

then furnished with closely-pressed pseudo-branches, grow¬
ing in dark-green, velvety layers of indefinite extent ; endo-
chrome dark-green, distinctly marked with close striae.

Genus CXXII. ARTHRONEMA.

“ Filaments simple, of equal diameter, united together
longitudinally.” {Dr. J. D. Gray) — Artiironema, from the
Greek arthron , a joint, and nema , a thread.

The marine species of this genus were also formerly
Calothrices.

Arthronema hydnoides. Hydnum-like Arthronema.

Threads growing in flat, dark olive-green patches, of
considerable extent, elongated, slightly curved, blunt, inter¬
woven below, their points massed together in erect tooth-
like bundles ; endochrome dark-green, distinctly striate at
short intervals, surrounded by a broad, transparent, yellowish
border.

This species grows on clayey seashores, near high-
water mark, and is not uncommon. The threads are
spuriously branched, or rather attached one to another,
generally a small thread to a large one, by their sides
near the tip in a longitudinal series.

Arthronema csespitula. The cushioned Arthro¬
nema.

Threads growing in close, convex, blackish-green tufts,
curved, twisted, soft, blunt, attached to each other longi¬
tudinally ; endochrome distinctly striate at short intervals,
surrounded by a narrow, transparent border.

OSC1LLATORIACE.E.

291

Genus CXXIII. MICROCOLEUS.

Frond composed of minute, rigid, straight, ringed threads,
enclosed many together in simple or branched, transparent
sheaths, which are either open or closed at the upper end.
— Microcoleus, from the Greek mikros, small, and koleos,
a sheath.

Microcoleus anguiforrais. The snake-shaped

Microcoleus.

Sheaths simple, decumbent, snake-like, broad and open at
the tip, tapering gradually to the base, interwoven and
twisted into irregular groups ; threads short, slender,
straight, striated at distant intervals.

This minute plant grows in dark-green layers on mud
in brackish pools.

Genus CXXIY. SCHIZOTHRIX.

“Filaments involved in a thick lamellar sheath, rigid,
curled, thickened at the base, at length longitudinally
divided; spermatia lateral.” ( Kutzing .) — Schizotiirix, from
the Greek schizo, to divide, and tJirix, a hair.

Schizothrix Cresswellii. The Rev. R. Cresswell’s

Schizothrix.

Threads exceedingly slender, once or twice forked, ap¬
parently by the division of the original thread, massed
together in rope-like, branching bundles, which form
roundish or oval patches, about two inches in diameter,
and half an inch thick.

This plant was discovered on sandstone rock, near
high-tide mark, under a drip of fresh water, at Sid-
mouth. It grows during winter, and is annual.

u 2

292

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Genus CXXV. SCHIZOSIPHON.

Frond a globose or lobed gelatinous crust, composed of
closely packed, ringed, radiating, sheathed threads, each of
which springs from a transparent cell ; sheath gelatinouslv
membranous, cleft into numerous longitudinal fibres. —
Schizosiphon, from the Greek schizo, to divide, and siphon,
a tube.

Schizosiphon Warreniae. Miss Warren’s

Schizosiphon.

“ Fastigiately branched, the lowest cell of the branches
wider, hemispherical, lateral ; sheaths dark-coloured, the
fibres often spiral ; apices of the branches much attenua¬
ted.” — Casyary.

Genus CXXYI. RIVULARIA.

Frond irregularly globose, fleshy, composed of continu¬
ous, radiating threads, which are annulated within, and
have a transparent, spherical cell at the base. — Rivularia,
from the Latin rivulus, a small brook.

Rivularia plicata. The wrinkled Rivularia.

Fronds of a dark green colour and irregular shape, gela¬
tinous, from one-tenth of an inch to half an inch in diame-

t

ter, wrinkled, hollow, often ruptured, growing in confluent
groups ; threads tapering gradually to a fine point, ar¬
ranged in dichotomous series.

Rivularia atra. The black Rivularia.

Fronds of a glossy black colour, minute, globose, or
hemispherical, smooth, firm, growing singly ; threads awl-
shaped, closely packed, of a dark green colour.

0SC1LLAT0RIACE.E.

293

This species is very common, and grows at all seasons
on rocks and sea-weeds, between the tide-marks.

Rivularia nitida. The shining Rivularia.

Fronds of a shining, bluish-green colour and irregular
shape, from half an inch to an inch or more in diameter,
gelatinously leathery, wrinkled, at first flat and solid, then
more or less globose and hollow, growing in confluent
groups ; threads tapering to a very fine point, arranged in
a somewhat dichotomous manner ; those in the centre of
the frond distant from each other, those at the surface
closely packed.

This is the largest and most conspicuous marine spe¬
cies of British Rivularia. It grows on bare exposed
rocks between the tide-marks, during summer and au¬
tumn, and is annual. It is common on the south coast,
in Ireland, and in the Channel Islands.

Genus CXXVII. ACTINOTHRIX.

“ Frond stellate ; filaments elongate, subcylindrical, rather
flaccid, radiating from a free central mass ; when young
this mass is large and spherical, and the fibres are short
and conical, giving the whole plant the appearance of a
Calthrops. As the algae grow the filaments gradually elon¬
gate, become more cylindrical, that is, less conical and
tapering, and the central mass decreases in size until, in
the perfect plant, the long filaments seem to spring from
a central dot; the endochrome is annulated, the rings nu¬
merous and very narrow, looking as a series of coins ar¬
ranged closely side by side would appear if placed within
a glass tube.” (Dr. J. E. Gray , ‘Journal of Botany,’ n.
xxiv.) — Actinothrix, from the Greek aktis, a ray, and
thrix, hair.

294

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Actinothrix Stokesiana. Mrs. Stokes’s Actino-

thrix.

“ Filaments bright green, about a quarter of an inch long,
growing nineteen or twenty from one centre ; endochrome
surrounded by a transparent margin.”

The specimens on which this genus and species are
founded were collected by Mrs. Stokes, floating among
Cladophorce, in Dingle Bay, Ireland. Others have since
been found on Lyngbya majuscula , at West Cowes.

Order XXV. NOSTOCHINE^E.

Green , freshwater or rarely marine Algae, composed of neck-
lace-like threads , lying in a gelatinous matrix. Threads
formed of globose cells, here and there interrupted by a
single cell ( heterocyst ) of a different character. Propa¬
gation by zoospores.

Genus CXXVIII. MONORMIA.

Frond a branched mass of loose-textured gelatine, con¬
taining a spiral, necklace-like string of spherical, coloured,
ordinary cells, with here and there a connecting-cell of larger
size. Zoospores developed from the ordinary cells. — Monok-
mia, from the Greek monos, one, and hormos, a necklace.

Monormia intricata. The intricate Monormia.

Fronds “ forming small, roundish, gelatinous masses,
floating among Lemna in fresh water, but probably within
the influence of the tide ; and also amongst Enteromorpha
intestinalis, and even within its frond, in brackish water.”

Genus CXXIX. SPBhffiROZYGA.

Frond a gelatinous layer, or skin containing simple, neck¬
lace-like, waved or curved threads, composed of a series of
ordinary cells, with connecting-cells of a different kind, usu-

NOSTOCHINEjE.

295

ally spherical, of larger size and ciliated, at intervals. Fructi¬
fication, large zoospores developed in the ordinary cells. —
Sphaerozyga, from the Greek sphaira, a sphere, and zygos,
a yoke.

Sphaerozyga Carmichaelii. Captain Carmichael’s

Sphaerozyga.

Frond a thin, gelatinous skin, of a vivid green colour,
containing minute, straight or slightly curved, necklace¬
like threads, which taper towards both ends. Zoospores
large, oblong, twice or thrice the length of their diameter.

This plant grows on decaying algae, in the sea, or in
brackish ditches.

Sphaerozyga Thwaitesii. Thwaites’s Sphaero¬
zyga.

Frond very gelatinous, of a dark green, sometimes almost
black colour, containing pale green, curved, entangled
threads ; connecting-cells large, somewhat oblong, ciliated,
of a pale colour, sometimes terminal ; ordinary cells some¬
what flattened. Zoospores dark brown.

Sphaerozyga Broomei. Broome’s Sphaerozyga.

Threads very slender ; connecting-cells smooth, some¬
what square, rather longer than wide. Zoospores numer¬
ous, elliptical, about twice the length of their diameter, and
only a little wider than the ordinary cells.

This species was discovered by Mr. G. E. Broome, on
dead leaves of Myriophyllum , etc., in a brackish ditch
at Shireliampton, near Bristol.

Sphaerozyga Berkeleyana. The Rev. M. J.

Berkeley’s Sphaerozyga.

Threads when young enclosed, one or several together,

296

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

ill a defined, transparent sheath ; connecting-cells sphe¬
roidal, slightly flattened. Zoospores large, oblong, about
once and a half as long as broad, and twice the diameter of
the ordinary cells, generally formed in pairs on each side of
the connecting-cell, dark brown when ripe.

This species was found growing on Cladophora fracta,
in a brackish ditch, at Shirehampton.

Genus CXXX. SPERMOSIRA.

Threads lying in dark-green, somewhat gelatinous layers,
simple, cylindrical, composed of a series of lens-shaped
ordinary cells, with larger, compressed, connecting-cells at
intervals, each thread enclosed in a transparent, mem¬
branous tube. Zoospores formed from the ordinary cells.—
Spermosira, from the Greek sperma , a seed, and seirct, a
string.

The tube which envelopes the thread is the character
by which this genus is distinguished from Sphcerozyga.

Spermosira litorea. The shore Spermosira.

Proud a dark green, fleecy layer, composed of nearly
straight, robust threads ; ordinary cells short, compressed,
of a blue-green colour ; connecting-cells pale-red. Zoo¬
spores elliptical, dark brown.

This species grows on floating plants in muddy, brack¬
ish ditches.

Spermosira Harveyana. Dr. Harvey’s Spermo¬
sira.

Proud a layer of much curved, slender threads ; ordinary
cells nearly the length of their diameter ; connecting-cells
somewhat square, rather longer than their diameter, which

BULBOCH.ETACE/TL.

297

is the same as that of the ordinary cells. Zoospores exactly
spherical, twice the diameter of the cells. The tube of the
thread very delicate and indistinct.

Order XXVI. B GLBOCHiETACEiE.

“ Threads articulate , branched; fertile branchlets bulb-shaped ,
surmounted by a long , inarticulate , hair-like point. Hndo-
clirome apparently impregnated by bodies provided in little
antheridia seated on the wall of the fertile cells, dividing
at length into four ovate zoospores .” — Berkeley.

Genus CXXXI. OCHLOCH^TE.

“ Frond disciform, adpressed ; filaments cylindrical, ra¬
diating from a central point, irregularly branched, consisting
of a single series of cells, each of which is produced above
into a rigid, inarticulate seta; endochrome green. Fruc¬
tification unknown.” (Harvey.) — Ociilociijete, from the
Greek ochlos, a multitude, and chaite , a bristle.

Ochlochsete hystrix. The porcupine Ochlochsete.

Frond minute, disc-like, of irregular outline, and pale
green colour, hoary from the multitude of rigid seta? with
which it is covered.

298

EXPLANATION OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS

USED IN THIS WORK.

Abnormal , out of natural order.

Aculeate , prickly.

Acuminate , pointed.

Acute , sharp.

xEruginous , of the colour of verdigris.

Algological , relating to water-weeds.

Alternate , branches, etc., growing on either side the stem,
at equal distances, not opposite.

Anastomosing , uniting of vessels, veins, or nerves.

Anceps, two-edged.

Annual , lasting one year only.

Annulate , J

Anther , the part of a flower containing fertilizing matter.
Antheridium , an organ supposed to contain fertilizing matter.
Arbuscula, a shrub.

Apex, the top.

Appressed , pressed close to a stem or branch.

Articulate, jointed.

Articulation , strictly the point of junction of two parts of a
plant, but frequently applied to the part of a stem inter¬
vening between two joints.

Attenuate, tapering gradually to a point.

EXPLANATION OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS.

299

Axial , appertaining to the axis.

Axil, the angle formed by the union of the stem and branch,
or of two branches.

Axillary, placed in the axils.

Axis, the central column of a cylindrical frond.

Basal, at or near the base.

Biennial, lasting two years.

Bifid, twice cut.

Bipinnate, furnished with primary and secondary branchlets.
Branclilet, a small or secondary branch.

Byssoid, like the fibre of cotton, silk, or flax.

Calcareous, partially formed of chalk or lime.

Canaliculate, channelled, grooved.

Capsule , a spore-vessel.

Cartilage, gristle.

Cartilaginous, gristly.

Cellular, composed of cells.

Cellule, a small cell.

Ciliate, fringed with hair-like processes.

Ciliurn , a hair-like process or fibril — literally an eyelash.
Claviform, club-shaped.

Compressed, slightly flattened.

Concentric, arranged round a common centre.

Conceptacle, an organ containing spores.

Confervoid, conferva-like.

Conical, shaped like a cone.

Convergent, tending towards the same point.

Constricted, drawn together, narrowed.

Convex, rising in a circular form.

Cordate, heart-shaped.

Coriaceous, leathery.

Corpuscle, a small body.

Cortical, belonging to the back.

Cruciate, in the form of a cross.

Crustaceous, crust-like, and coated with chalk or lime.

300

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Cuticle, a fine membrane, usually transparent, which covers
the surface of a plant.

Cylindrical, long and round, like a rod.

Deciduous, falling off.

Decumbent, leaning downwards.

Decurrent, attached to the stem without a stalk, and ex¬
tending along it.

Denuded, laid bare.

Depauperated, impoverished.

Dichotomous, branched by repeated forkings.

Digitate , finger-shaped.

Dioecious, having male and female flowers on distinct plants.
Dissepiment, an internal partition.

Distichous, ranged in two opposite rows.

Divaricate , growing in many different directions.

Divergent, very open and spreading.

Echinate, prickly, spined.

Elliptic, about twice as long as broad, with rounded ends
equal to each other.

Elongate, long and narrow.

Endochrome , coloured matter contained in the cells of sea¬
weeds, etc.

Epidermis, the outer coating of cellular tissue.

Esculent, eatable.

Exotic, foreign, not native.

Fasciculate, growing together in a tuft.

Fastigiate, level-topped — when the branches all point up¬
wards, as in the Lombardy poplar.

Favella, a globose cluster of spores.

Favellidium, a cluster of two or more favella?.

Fibril, a very delicate fibre.

Fibrillose, covered with fibres.

Fibrous, composed of fibres.

Filamentous, composed of long, simple or branched threads.
Filiform, formed like a thread.

EXPLANATION OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS.

301

Flaccid, soft, limp.

Flexuose, irregularly bent.

Fluviatile, growing in rivers.

Forcipate , pincer-shaped.

Frond — of a sea-weed, the whole plant, except the root and
fructification.

Fructification — of sea-weeds, etc., the organs of propa¬
gation.

Gelatino-membranaceous , gelatinously membranaceous.
Gelatinous , like a jelly.

Gemma , a bud.

Gemmule , a small bud that falls off and becomes a new plant.
Generic, appertaining to a genus.

Genus, a group of species having a common character in
their fructification.

Glaucous, having a grey tint oil the surface.

Glutinous, sticky.

Granule , a small grain.

Granular, 1 i ? i

’ > composed ot granules.

Granulate , J

Homogeneous, of uniform substance or structure.

Hyaline, transparent and colourless.

Imbricate , overlapping.

Inarticulate , not jointed.

Incurved, bent inwards.

Indigenous , native.

Inflated, swollen.

Infusoria , microscopic animalcules.

Interlaced, mixed together.

Internode , part of a stem or branch between two nodes.
Interruptedly -pinnate, leaflets alternately large and small.
Interstices, a small intervening space.

Involucral, having an involucre.

Involucres, the branchlets which surround spore-clusters.
Lacinice, small, irregular divisions of a 'flat frond.

302

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Laciniate, jagged.

Lamella , a thin plate.

Lamina , the surface of a frond.

Lanceolate , lance-shaped.

Lateral , on the side.

Lax , loose, not dense.

Leaflet , a small leaf.

Leathery , tough, flexible, rather thick.

Liyulate , strap-shaped.

Linear , long and narrow, with parallel sides.

Lobe , a division of a flat frond.

Lobule , a lesser division of a flat frond.

Longitudinal , lengthwise.

Lubricous, smooth, slippery.

Matrix , the substance in which anything is developed or
deposited.

Medullary, pith-like.

Membranous, "1

^ soft, supple, rather thm.

Membranaceous , J

Midrib, the vein-like thickening running down the centre
of a frond.

Moniliform, necklace-like.

Monoecious, having male and female flowers on the same

plant.

Mucilaginous, slimy.

Mucilaqe, 1 , v .j

^ J > a gelatinous liquid or slime.

Mucus, J

Multifid, many times cut or divided.

Multipartite, many-parted, divided to the base.

Nematliecia , external wart-like excrescences.

Nerves, fibres visible on the external surface of a frond.
Node, the place where the joints or articulations of a stem
meet.

Nodose, knotted.

Normal, ordinary condition.

EXPLANATION OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS.

303

Nucleoli , a small cluster of spores forming part of a nu¬
cleus.

Nucleus, a mass of spores sometimes composed of several
small clusters.

Obconical, inversely conical.

Oblong, longer than broad.

Obovate, about twice as long as broad, the upper end larger
than the lower. '

Obtuse, rounded at the top.

Orbicular , circular, spherical.

Orifice, an opening.

Oscillate, to move to and fro like a pendulum.

Ovate , egg-shaped, about twice as long as broad, the lower
end larger than the upper.

Palmate, hand-shaped.

Paranemata , filaments that accompany spores.

Parasitic, growing upon other plants, and deriving nourish¬
ment from them. This word is improperly applied to
sea- weeds, as they do not derive nourishment through
their roots. They should be said to be epiphytic.

Patent, spreading.

Pectinate, set with comb-like branches or branehlets.

Pedicellate, stalked.

Pellucid, transparent.

Pendulous, drooping, hanging.

Perennial , lasting more than two years.

Perforate, pierced with small holes.

Pericarp , a spore vessel or its walls.

Periderm, a membrane surrounding a spore cluster.

Periphery, the outer layer of cells of a cylindrical frond.

Peripheric, belonging to the periphery.

Perispore, a membrane surrounding a spore.

Pinna, a primary branchlet or leaflet.

Pinnate, having only primary branehlets or pinnae springing
from either side.

304

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

P innatifld, divided into lobes from the margin nearly to the
midrib.

Pinnule , a secondary branchlet or leaflet.

Pistil, the body in the centre of a flower which contains the
ovary, styles, and stigma.

Placenta , that part of the capsule to which the spores or
spore-threads are attached.

Plumulate ,

Plumose ,

Plumule , a feather-like branchlet.

Pollen , the fertilizing powder contained in the cells of flower¬
ing plants.

Polysiphonous , many-tubed.

Pore, a minute opening in the cuticle.

Primary , of the first series.

Process, a prominence, protrusion, or small lobe.
Procumbent, spread on the ground, but not striking root.
Produced, lengthened.

Proliferous, producing leaflets or shoots from the tip or
margin.

Punctate, dotted.

Pyramidal, formed like a pyramid.

Pyriform, pear-shaped.

Qua dr far io us, arranged in four or more rows.

Racemose , having several conceptacles along a branchlet.
Bamellus, the ultimate division of a branch.

Ramus, a principal branch.

Ramulus, a secondary branch.

Receptacle, the vessel which contains the spores in the Olive
series.

Rectangular, right-angled.

Recurved, "I , ,

’ V bent downwards.

Reflexed, J

Reticulate, having a net-like structure or marking.

Rigid, stiff.

feathered.

EXPLANATION OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS.

305

Saccharine, sugary.

Saline , salt.

Secondary , the first division of a primary branch.

Secund, arranged on one side only of a stem.

Segment , a division of a flat frond.

Serrate , saw-edged.

Sessile , without a stalk.

Seta, a bristle.

Setaceous, bristly, of the diameter of a bristle.

Sinuate, more or less deeply cut.

Sinuous, with a waved margin.

Siphon, a tube.

Sorus, a group of spores or tetraspores.

Specific, appertaining to species.

Spherical, concave or globular.

Spheroidal, like an oblong sphere.

Sporaceous nucleus, a spore-like cluster.

Sporangium, a case containing a spore or spores.

Spore, the equivalent in Cryptogamic plants of a seed in
flowering plants.

Sporidium, a pseudo-spore.

Sporiferous nucleus, a cluster of spores.

Sporophgllum, a leaflet bearing spores or tetraspores.
Sporule, a small spore.

Squarrose, spreading at right angles.

Stichidium, a pod-like vessel containing tetraspores.
Stratum, a layer.

Stria, a line, flute, or stripe.

Striate, striped or fluted.

Subcordate, somewhat heart-shaped.

Sub dichotomous, somewhat forkedty divided.

Subqlf'bular, somewhat globular.

Submcniliform , slightly necklace-like.

Subsimple, very slightly branched.

Subsolitary, nearly solitary.

x

306

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Subulate, awl-shaped.

Succulent, juicy.

Tenacious, tough.

Tetraspore, a four-parted spore, a name usually applied to
one of the kinds of fructification of the lied sea-weeds.
Tomentose, cloth-like, nappy.

Tortuous, many times bent, twisted.

Transverse, crosswise.

Trichotomous, repeatedly divided in threes.

Tripartite, divided into three.

Tripinnate, when the secondary branchlets or pinnules of a
frond are branched.

Truncate, not pointed, ending abruptly.

Tuber, a fleshy, longish or roundish root.

Tubercle, a wart or knot containing spores or tetraspores.
Tuberculate, covered with knots or warts.

Umbelliferous , bearing branchlets, springing from a common
centre and forming round flat heads.

Vascular, veined.

Verrucose, warty.

Verticillate, whorled, placed in circles round a stem.
Vibratile, inclined to vibrate.

Villous, covered with numerous soft hairs.

Virgate , rod-like.

Whorls, branchlets arranged in a regular circumference
round a stem.

Zigzag, angularly bent from side to side.

Zonate, divided or marked by transverse or circular lines or
bands.

Zoospores, (from zoos, living, and sporos, a seed) the fructi¬
fication of certain sea-weeds of the Green series, in
which a ciliary motiou gives the appearance of life.

INDEX

[The names of Genera are printed in large type, of Species in ordinary type, and

Synonyms in italics.]

Page

acanthonotum . 208

acicularis . 183

Actinococcus . 155

Actinothrix . 293

aculeata . 48

adhaerens (Codittm) . . . 241

„ (Cruoria) . . . 155

serea . 273

affine . 229

agariciformis . 132

Ahnfeltia . 179

Alaria . 51

alata . 135

albida . 264

amphibium . 243

amphibius . 80

anceps . 44

anguiformis . 291

angustissima . 136

appendiculata . 171

arbuscula (Callithamnion) 223
„ (Dasya) . . .114

arcta . 268

arenicola . 275

arenosa . 275

Arthrocladia . 49

Arthronema . 290

articulata . 187

asparagoides . 118

Asperococcus . ... 64

atomaria . 59

atra . 292

Atractophora . 162

atro-rubescens . 100

attenuata (Crottania) . . 214

„ (Striaria) ... 62

Page

bacciferum . 37

Balliana . 267

Bangia . 249

bangioides . 278

170,

barbata (Cystoseira)

„ (Griffithsia)

barbatnm .

Berkeleyana ....

Berkelevi .

bifida .

„ var. incrassata
,, var. ciliala
Bonnemaisonia . .
Bonnemaisonii
Borreri . .

Bostrychia
botryocarpum
brachiatum
brachiatus
Brodiaei (Callithamnion) .
„ (Phyllophora)

„ var. simplex .

,, (Polysiphonia)

Broomei .

Brownii .

Bryopsis .

bulbosa .

bursa .

byssoides .

byssoideum .

Cabrerse .

caespitosa .

ctespitula .

calcarea .

Calliblepharis ....
Callithamnion . . 221,

39

219

236

295

69

170

170

171
118
141
227

92

203

225

84

224

175

175

99

295

265

246

53

212

111

231

50

120

290

130

144

99.9.

308

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS

Page

Callopiiyllis . 181

Calothhix . . .284,289,290

canaliculatus . 44

papillaris . 196

Carmichaelii (Homotrichum) 279
„ (Spha:eozyga) . 295

Carpomitra . 50

Caspar yi . 281

C ATEN ELLA . 191

Cattlowise . 117

ceram icola . 251

Ceramium . 200

ceranoides . 42

Ch^tomorpha . . . 272, 280

Champia . 122

Chondria . 88

Chondrus .... 176, 1S6

Chorda . 54

Chor daria . 66

Chrysymenia . 187

Chylocladia . . 122, 123, 187

ciliaris . 250

ciliata . 145

ciliatum . 209

cirrliosa . 78

Ci ADoraoRA . 259

Cladostephus . 75

clathrata . 253

,, var. Linliana . .251

„ var. erecta . . .254

„ var. ramulosa . . 254

clavaeformis . 85

clavatum . 75

claveilosa . 188

coccinea (Dasya) . . . .113

„ (Dudresnaia) . .212

eoccineum . 171

Codium . 242

collabens . 277

collaris . 58

complanata . 04

compressa (Enteromorpha) 253

„ (Gracilaria) . . 147

compressus . 64

Conferva . . . 272, 276, 277

confervicola . 284

confervoides . 147

Coratlina . 125

corallina . 217

Cordylecladia .... 172

Page

corneum . 150

corniculata. . 128

cornueopise . 252

coronopifolius . 148

corymbosum . 231

CORYNOSPORA . 221

Oresswellii . 291

crinitus . 82

crispa . 69

crispus . 186

cristate . 169

Crouania . 213

cruciatum . 234

cruenta . 154

Cruoria . 154

curt a . 72

Cutleria . 55

Cutlerise . 278

Cystoclonium . 180

Cystoseira . 38

Cystothrix . 272

Cytophora . 276

Dasya . Ill

Dasyclonia . Ill

dasyphylla . 89

„ var. squarrosa . . 89

Daviesii . 238

decurrens . 202

Det.esseria . 134

dentate . 87

Deslongchampsii .... 204

Desmarestia . 46

Devoniensis . 218

d'apbanura . 203

dichotoma . 60

„ var. intricate . . 60

Dictyosiphon . 62

Dictyota . 60

did'usa . 262

digitate . 52

„ var. stenophylla . . 52

distortus . 82

divaricate (Chordaria) . . 67

„ (Helminthora) . 157
Dubyi (Peyssonei.ia) . . . 153

„ (Schizymknia) . . 194

Dudresnaia . . . 156, 212

Dumontia . 196

eclunatus . 65

echionotum . 207

INDEX.

309

Ectocarpus .

Page

. 79

edulis .

. 193

Elachista .

. 70

elegans (Bangia) .

. 251

„ (Ptilota) . . .

. 211

elor.gata .

. 107

elongella .

. 107

Enteromorpiia ....

. 251

equisetifolius .

. 215

erecta (Cordylf.cladia)

. 172

erecta ( Knteromorpha) .

. 254

ericoides .

. 39

esculenta .

. 51

Efthora .

. 168

falcata .

. 263

farinosa .

. 132

fascia .

. 54

fasciculata (Melobesia) .

„ (Tolypothrix)

. 131

. 289

fasciculatum .

. 227

fasciculatus .

. 81

fastigiata (Ffrcellaria)

. 191

„ (Polysiphonia)

. 110

fastigiatum .

. 207

fenestratus .

. M

ferrugmea .

. 284

flbrata .

. 101

fibrillosa .

. 109

fibrosa .

. 40

filainentosa .

. 198

filicina (Gratelofpia) .

. 192

„ (Spii acelaria) .

. 77

filiformis (Dfmontia)

. 197

,, var. crispata

. 197

„ (Myriotrichia)

. 86

filum .

. 55

flabelligerum .

. 210

flaccida .

. 71

flaccum .

. 281

flagelliformis .

. 66

flavescens .

. 266

flexuosa .

. 264

floccosum .

. 233

lioridulum .

. 237

foeniculacea .

. 40

foeniculaceus .

. 62

formosa .

. 104

fracta .

. 267

fruticulosa .

. 96

fucicola .

. 71

Page

Ffcfs . 41

Ffrcellaria . 190

furcellata (Polysiphonia) . 103
„ (Scinaia) . . . 159

fusca . 78

fusoo-purpurea . 250

Gatty® . 270

Gelidifm .... 13G, 149

Gigartina . 183

Ginnania . 159

glandulosa . 199

glaucescens . 263

Gloiosiphonia . 195

Gmelmi . 142

Gracilaria .... 146, 172

gracilis . 265

graciiliraum(CALLiTHAMNiON) 230
„ (Ceramium) . 205

granulata . 39

granulosus . 84

GRATELOFPIA . 191

Grevillei . 73

Griffitiisia . 215

Griffithsise . 178

Griffithsiana (Mesogloia) . 68

„ (Polysiphonia) 105
„ (Seirospora) . 220
Gymnogongrfs . . 177, 179

Halidrys . 37

Halisekis . 56

Halfrfs . 214

Halymenia . 189

Hapalidium . 133

Harveyana . 296

Helminthoci adia . . . 158

Helminthora . 156

Hennedvi . 155

Hildenbrandtia .... 153

Hilli® . 141

Himanthalia . 45

Hincksi® . 81

ITookeri . 226

Hopkirkii . 255

Hormotrichum .... 276

Hutch insi® . 262

hydnoides . 290

llypnect . 180

hypnoides (Atractophora) . 163
„ (Bryopsis) . . 247
hypoglossum . 137

310

BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

Page

Page

hystrix .

. . 207

Mackaii .

. 44

implexa .

. . 275

Magdalense ....

. 266

insignia .

. . 288

majuscula .

. 283

interrupta ....

. . 174

mamillosa .

interrupt ura ....

. . 232

marina .

intestinalis ....

. . 252

Maugeria ....

. 164

intricate .

. . 294

melagonium ....

. 273

Iridcea .

. . 193

Melobesia ....

. 129

Jan i a. .

. . 127

menibranacea

. 132

jubata .

. . 145

membranifolia

. 176

kaliforrais .

Mertensii ....

. 85

Kallymknia ....

182, 194

mesocarpum

. 238

laceratum .

. .142

Mesogloia ....

. 67

laeiniata .

. . 181

Microcladia . . .

. 199

laoiniata .

. . 219

Microcoletjs . . .

. 291

lactuca .

. . 257

niicrophylla ....

. 183

lsetevirens .

. . 261

Monormia ....

. 294

Laminaria ....

. . 51

multifida (Ctttlerta) .

. 56

laminaria? .

. . 66

„ (Wrangelia)

. 161

Landsburgii ....

. . 82

multifidum ....

. 157

lanosa .

. . 269

multipartita ....

. 146

latifolia .

Myrionema ....

. 73

latissiraa .

Myriotrichia . . .

85

Lattrencia ....

. 88, 119

Naccaria ....

161, 163

Leathesia ....

. . 68

Nema/eon .

. 159

Lecblancherii

. . 74

Nemalion ....

. 157

Leptocystea . . .

. . 258

Nicceensis .

. 168

lichenoides ....

nigrescens ....

. 99

ligulata (Desmarestia)

. . 47

nigro-viridis ....

. 288

,, (Halymenia) .

. . 189

nitida .

. 293

linearis .

. . 249

Nitophyllum . . .

. 139

Linkiana .

. . 254

nodosum .

linum .

. . 274

nodosus .

. 43

linza .

. . 256

Norvegicus ....

. 178

Lithocijstis ....

xix, 133

nuda .

. 267

litoralis ( Kctocarpus)

. . 83

obscura .

. 101

„ (Oscileatoria)

. . 287

obtusa .

. 121

litorea (Cyptophora)

. . 276

ocellata .

. 113

,, (8permosira)

. . 206

Ochlochjete . . .

. 297

Litosiphon ....

Odonthalia . . .

. 87

Lomentaria ....

. . 123

officinalis .

. 126

lomentaria ....

. . 55

Oligosiphonia

. 98

longicruris ....

. . 53

opuntia .

. 195

longifructus ....

. . 83

Oscileatoria . . .

. 287

lorea .

. . 46

ovalis .

. 125

luteola .

. . 285

Padina .

lv copod ioides . . .

. . 90

palmata .

. 167

Lyngbya . . 279, 280,

281, 283

„ var. marginifera

. 167

Lyngbysei .

. . 61

„ var. simplex .

. 167

Macallana .

. . 262

„ var. Sarniensis

. 167

INDEX.

311

Page

palmata, var. sobolifera . . 108

palmetta . 168

palmetxoides . 177

pannosa . 286

parasitica . 101

parvula (Champia) . . .122

,, ( Chylocladia ) . . .122

„ (Zonaria) . . . . 5‘J

pavonia . 57

pedicellatum . 221

pedunculatus . 50

pellita . 155

pellucida . 250

percursa . 255

Petrocelis . 154

Peyssonelia . 152

Phycoseris . 256

phyllactidium . 133

phyllitis . 54

Phyllophora . 175

pinastroides . 94

pinnatifida . 120

pinnatinervia . 47

pistillata . 184

plantaginca . 63

plicata (Ahnfeetia) . . .170

„ ( Gymnoaongrus ) . . 179

„ (Eivuearia) . . . 292

Plocamium . 171

pluma . 235

plumosa (Bryopsis) . . . 246

„ (Ptilota) . . .211

„ (Sphacelaria) . . 77

plumula . 234

P OLYT UES . 151

polymorpha . 131

polypodioides . 57

POLYSIPHONIA . 97

polyspermum . 228

PORPHYRA . 218

Ptieota . 210

pulvinata (Eeachista) . . 72

„ (Poeysiphonia) . 105

Pun ct aria . 63

punctatum . 140

„ var. ocellatum . . 140

„ var. crispatum . 140

„ var. Pollexfenii . 140

„ var. fimbriatum . 140

punctiforme . 74

Page

punicea . 116

purpura8cens . 180

„ var. cirrhosa . 180

purpurea . 158

pusillus (Ectocarpus) . . 82

„ (Litosipuon) ... 65

pustulata . 133

Pycnopuycus . 40

racemosa . 79

radicans . . . 78

Ralfsia . 70

Ralfsii . 255

ram nl os a . 254

rectangularis . 261

reflexa . 124

refract a . 264

reuiformis . 182

repens . 271

Riiizoclonium . 280

rhizodes . 61

Rhodomela . 90

Rhodophyelis . 169

Riiodymenia, 145, 166, 169, 170,

182

Richardsoni . 106

riparium . 280

Rivuearia . 292

rosea . 188

roseum . 232

rostraium . 1 <6

Rothii . 237

rotundus . 152

rubens (Jania) . 128

„ (Phyleopiiora) . . 176

rubra . 153

rubrum . 201

,, var. decurrens . . 202

,, var. pedicellatum . 203

,, var. prolifermn . . 203

„ var. secundatum . . 203

Rudolphiana . 272

rupestris . 260

„ var. distorta . . 261

ruscifolia . 138

Rytipiilcea . 93

saccharina . 53

sanguinea . 165

Sargassum . 36

ScnizosiPiiON . 292

8CHIZOTHRIX . 291

312 BRITISH SEA-WEEDS.

SCHIZYMENIA

Page

193

tenuissima (Spirulina)

Page
. 289

SCINAIA . .

159

tenuissimum .

. 205

sco par ia

77

t etragon um .

. 225

scopulorum .

285

„ var. brachiatum

. 225

scorpioides

92

tetricum .

. 225

scutulata .

72

tbuyoides .

. y5

secunditlora .

217

thuyoideum .

. 230

Seirospora .

219

Thwaitesii .

. 295

semi plena .

286

Tolypotiirix ....

. 289

sericea .

212

tomentosum .

. 243

serratus

43

tomentosus .

. 81

setacea .

216

tortuosa .

. 274

siliculosus .

80

tripinnatum .

. 229

siliquosa

38

tuberculatus .

. 41

simplicijilum

215

tuberiformis .

. 69

sinuosa

134

Turneri (Asperococcus)

. 64

sparsum

239

„ (Callithahnion)

. 235

speciosum

279

Ulya .

. 256

Spermosira .

296

uncialis .

. 270

.Sphacelaria

76

uncinatum .

. 143

SpHjEHOCOCCUS

148

urceolata .

. 103

sphaerophorus

84

Vagabundia .

. 2(58

SPHiEROZYGA

294

variegata .

. 244

spinulosa .

106

Vaucheria .

. 102

spiralis

287

velutina .

. 73

Spirulina

288, 28d

venusta. .

. 114

spongiosum .

224

vermicularis .

. 67

spongiosus

76

verrucata .

. 133

Sporochnus .

49

verrucosa .

. 70

Sptridia . .

198

versicolor .

. 144

squamata .

127

Vertebralia .

. 110

stellulata .

71

verticillatus .

. 75

Stenogramma

173

vesiculosus .

. 42

Stilopiiora .

61

villosa .

. 49

Stokesiana

294

violacea .

. 108

strangulans

74

virescens .

. 68

Strtakia . .

62

virgatulum .

. 239

strict um

206

viridis .

. 48

subf'usca .

91

vulgare .

. 36

submarina

245

vulgaris .

. 248

subulifera .

100

Warrenise .

. 292

subuliformis .

288

Wiggii .

. 162

sutoria .

273

WormsJcioldia ....

. 165

Taonia . .

59

W RANGE LI A .

. 160

Teedii . . .

185

Younganum .

. 277

tenuissima (Chondria)

89

ZONARIA .

. 58

„ (Punctaria)

63

PRINTED BY J. E. TAYLOR ATO CO., LITTLE QUEEN STREET, W.C.

PLATE I.

[Frontispiece.)

FIG. PAGE

1. Sargassum vulgare . 3G

1 a, air-vessel.

1 b} spore-receptacles.

2. Halidrys siliquosa . 38

2 a, section of receptacle, showing spores, mag¬

nified.

3. Pvcnophvcus tuberculatus . 41

3 a , section of receptacle, showing spores, mag¬

nified.

4. Leathesia tuberiformis . 69

4 a, filaments with spores.

PLATE II.

FIG. PAGE

1. Fucus vesiculosus . 42

1 a, section of receptacle, showing spores,

magnified.

2. Asperococcus Tnrneri . 64

2 a, part of frond, showing spore-clusters,

magnified.

3. Laurencia csespitosa . 120

3 a, tip of branch, showing tetraspores, mag-

ir.

VV Fitch, lith.

Vincent Brooks , fare

PLATE III.

PIG. PAGE

1. Fucus nodosus . 43

1 a, segment of a spore- receptacle.

2. Fucus anceps . 44

2 a , pointed spore-receptacle.

2 b, branchlet with antheridia.

3. Haliseris polypodioides . 57

3 a, portion of frond with sorus.

4. Sphacelaria filicina . 77

4 a, a pinna, magnified.

Ill

W. Fitch, lith.

''fine ent Bro oks Imp

PLATE IV.

FIG. PAGE

1 . F ucus canaliculatus . 44

1 a, part of a spore-receptacle.

1 b, section of spore-receptacle.

2. Delesseria ruscifolia . 138

2 a, tip of leaf with spore-conceptacle, mag¬

nified.

3. Schizymenia edulis . 193

3 a, section of frond, showing spore-clusters,

magnified.

2a,

W. Fitch, Mi.

3 co

Vine ent Brooks Imp.

PLATE V.

FIG. PAGE

1. Alaria esculenta . 51

1 a j section of part of a sorus, magnified.

2. Laminaria saccharina .

2 a, slice of frond, magnified.

V

W .Fitch, lith.

Vincent Brooks , Imp

PLATE VI.

FIG. PAGE

1. Laminaria Phyllitis . 54?

1 a, slice of frond, magnified.

2. Lomentaria ovalis . 125

2 a, a branclilet with spore-conceptacles, mag¬

nified.

2 b, a branclilet with tetraspores, magnified.

3. Porphyra vulgaris . 248

3 a, vertical section of frond, magnified.

YI

Vincent ^Brooks, Imp.

VvT Fitch, Ml.

PLATE VII.

FIG. PAGE

1. Chorda lomentaria . 55

1 a, transverse section of part of frond, mag¬

nified.

2. Padina pavonia . 57

2 a , recurved margin, magnified.

2 b, fringe, magnified.

2 c, young sorus, magnified.

2 d, old sorus, magnified.

8. Dictvota dicliotoma . 60

«/

3 a , sorus.

4. Elacliista fucicola . 71

4 a, branched thread of tubercle, with spore,

magnified.

5. Melobesia polymorpha . 131

5 a, portion of frond, showing spore-concepta-

cles, magnified.

vn

"W Fitch. Mh

'Vincent Brooks. Imp

PLATE VIII.

FIG. PAGE

1 . Odonthalia dentata . 87

1 «, branchlet with spore-conceptacles, mag¬
nified.

1 b, branchlet with stichidia, magnified.

2. Nitophyllum punctatum . 140

2 a, sorus, magnified.

3. Catenella opuntia . 195

3 a. fronds, magnified.

3 b, branch with spore-conceptacle, magnified.

VIII

W. Pitch. lifh.

Vincent Brooks, Imp

PLATE IX.

FIG. PAGE

1. Polysiphonia parasitica . 101

1 a , branchlet with spores, magnified.

1 b , branchlet with tetraspores, magnified.

2. Gelidium corneum . 150

2 a , branchlet with spores, magnified.

2 b, branchlet with tetraspores, magnified.

3. Halymenia ligulata . 189

3 a, section of frond with spores, magnified.

4. Griffithsia corallina . 217

4 a, part of branch with tetraspores, magnified.

4 b, spore-clusters, magnified.

IX.

W Fitch., lith..

Vincent Brook:/ Imp

PLATE X.

FIG. PAGE

1. Bonnemaisonia asparagoides . 118

1 a, branch with spore* conceptacles, magnified.

2. Wrangelia multifkla . 161

2 a, part of a branch, magnified.

2 b, tetraspores, magnified.

3. Callophyllis laciniata . 181

3 a, spore-conceptacles, magnified.

X.

w. Pitch, lith.

Vincent Brooks. Imp.

PLATE XL

FIG. PAGE

1. Nitophyllum laceratum . 142

1 a, marginal processes with tetraspores, magnified.

2. Chylocladia articulata . 187

2 a, part of a branch with spores, magnified.

3. Gloiosiphonia capillaris . 196

3 a , branchlet with fructification, magnified.

4. Callithamnion plumula . 234

4 a, spore-clusters, magnified.

XI.

W. Filch , liih

Vin c ent Bro oks . imp

L>. Ml \\V .» . H ■ , „

f^ffljyTTTTTi 1***

PLATE XII.

FIG. PAGE

1. Sphserococcus coronopifolius . 148

1 «, branchlet with spores, magnified.

2. Maugeria sanguinea . 165

2 a, midrib with spore-leaflets.

i

3. Ptilota plumosa . 211

3 a, comb-like branchlet, magnified.

3 b, spore-clusters, magnified.

PLATE XIII.

FIG. PAGE

1. Desmarestia aculeata . 48

1 a , branchlet of a young frond, 'magnified.

2. Cladostephus verticillatus . 75

2 a, whorls of branchlets, magnified.

2 b, branchlets, magnified.

2 c, branchlets with spores, magnified.

3. Ulva latissima . 257

3 a, cellules of upper layer of frond, magyiified.

W Pitch . lith

Vincent Brooks! Imp

PLATE XIV.

PIG. * PAGE

1. Sporoclmus pedunculatus . 50

1 a, a mature receptacle, magnified .

2. Codium bursa . 242

2 a, fibres of frond, magnified .

3. Enteromorpha intestinalis . 252

3 a , small portion of frond, magnified.

4. Calothrix confervicola (on Ceramium rubrum) . 284

4 a, proliferous thread, magnified.

4 b, spores, magnified.

4 c, portion of thread, magnified.

XIV

'lucent. Brooks

W Pitch, lith

PLATE XV.

FIG. PAGE

1. Striaria attennata . 62

1 a, part of a branch, with spores, magnified.

2. Claclophora lsetevirens . 261

2 a, part of a branch, magnified.

3. Claclophora lanosa . 269

3 a, part of a branch, magnified.

4. Chsetomorpha Melagonium . 273

4 a, cells of thread, magnified.

XV

w Pitch. , lith

Vincent "Brooks. Imp

%

% , *

PLATE XVI.

FIG.

1. Bryopsis plumosa .

1 ai a plumule, magnified.

2. Enteromorpha compressa

2 a, part of a frond, magnified ,

3. Cladophora falcata .

3 a, branch, magnified.

PAGE

. 246

. 253

. 263

W Fitch lith .

Yincont Brooks . Imp

L. REEYE & CO.’S

PUBLICATIONS IN

(Loncjjologi), (Sntoniolagi),

CHEMISTRY, TRAVELS, ANTIQUITIES,

ETC.

“None can express Thy works but he that knows them;

And none can know Thy works, which are so many
And so complete, but only he that owes them.”

George Herbert.

LONDON :

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

1867.

CONTENTS

BOTANY ...

FERNS

MOSSES AND SEAWEEDS

FUNGI ... ... .

SHELLS AND MOLLUSKS
INSECTS ...

ANTIQUARIAN

MISCELLANEOUS

NATURAL HISTORY FOR BEGINNERS
FORTHCOMING WORKS ...

PAGE

O

O

9

10

11

12

14

16

18

22

24

All Books sent post-free to any part of the United Kingdom on receipt of a remittance for

the published price.

Post-Office Orders to be made payable at King Street, Covknt Garden.

LIST OF WORKS

PUBLISHED BY L. REEVE & CO.

BOTANY.

HANDBOOK OF THE BRITISH FLORA ; a Descrip.

tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the
British Isles. For the Use of Beginners and Amateurs. By George
Bentiiam, F.R.S., President of the Linnean Society. New Editiou, Crown
8vo, G80 pp., 12*.

Distinguished for its terse and clear style of description ; for the introduction
of a system of Analytical Keys, which enable the student to determine the family
and genus of a plant at once by the observation of its more striking characters ;
and for the valuable information here given for the first time of the geographical
range of each species in foreign countries.

HANDBOOK OB THE BRITISH FLORA, Illustrated

Edition; a Description (with a Wood-Engraving, including dissections, of
each species) of the Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or natu¬
ralized in, the British Isles. By George Bentiiam, F.R.S., President of
the Linnean Society. Demy 8vo, 2 vols., 1 154 pp., 12U5 Wood-Er graviugs,
from Original Drawings by W. Fitch. 10*.

An illustrated edition of the foregoing Work, in which every species is ac¬
companied by an elaborate Wood-Engraving of the Plant, with dissections of its
leading structural peculiarities.

THE FIELD BOTANIST'S COMPANION ; a Familiar

Account, in the Four Seasons, of the principal Wild Flowering Plants of
the British Isles. By Thomas Moore, F.L.S. One volume, Demy 8vo,
424 pp. With 24 Coloured Plates, by W. Fitch, 21*.

An elegantly-illustrated volume, intended for Beginners, describing the plants
most readily gathered in our fields and hedgerows, with the progress of the sea¬
sons. Dissections of the parts of the llowers are introduced amoug the Figures,
so that an insight may be readily obtained not only of the Species and name of
each plant, but of its structure and characters of classification.

4

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

OUTLINES OF ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Intro-

ductory to Local Floras. By George Benthah, F.R.S., President of the
Linnean Society. Demy 8vo, pp. 45, 2 s. 6d.

BRITISH GRASSES; an Introduction to the Study of the

Gramme* of Great Britain and Ireland. By M. Plues. Crown 8vo, 16
Coloured Plates by W. Fitch, and 100 Wood-Engravings, 10s. 6d.

One of the ‘New Series of Natural History,’ accurately describing all the
Grasses found in the British Isles, with introductory chapters on the Structure,
Cultivation, Uses, etc. A Wood-Engraving, including dissections, illustrates
each Species ; the Plates contain Coloured figures of 43 Species.

CURTIS'S /BOTANICAL MAGAZINE, comprising the

Plants of the Royal Gardens of Kew, and of other Botanical Establish¬
ments. By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S., Director of the Royal Gardens.
Royal 8vo. Published Monthly, with 6 Plates, 3s. 6d. coloured. Vol. XXII.
of the Third Series (being Vol. XCII. of the entire work) now ready, 42s.
A Complete Set from the commencement may be had.

Descriptions and Drawings, beautifully coloured by hand, of newly-discovered
plants suitable for cultivation in the Garden, Hothouse, or Conservatory.

THE ELORAL MAGAZINE, containing Figures and De¬
scriptions of New Popular Garden Flowers. By the Rev. H. Honywood
Dombrain, A.B. Imperial 8vo. Published Monthly, with 4 Plates, 2s. 6d.
coloured. Vols. I. to V., each with 64 coloured plates, £2. 2s.

Descriptions and Drawings, beautifully coloured by hand, of new varieties of
Flowers raised by the nurserymen for cultivation in the Garden, Hothouse, or
Conservatory.

THE TOURIST’S FLORA; a Descriptive Catalogue of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns of the British Islands, France, Germany,

Switzerland, Italy, and the Italian Islands. By Joseph Woods, F.L.S.

Demy 8vo, 504 pp., 18s.

Designed to enable the lover of botany to determine the names of any wild
plants he may meet with while journeying in our own country and the countries
of the Continent most frequented by tourists. The author’s aim has been to
make the descriptions clear and distinct, and to comprise them within a volume
of not inconvenient bulk.

A FLORA OF ULSTER, AND BOTANIST'S GUIDE

TO THE NORTH OF IRELAND. By G. Dickie, M.D., F.L.S.,
Professor of Botany in the University of Aberdeen. A pocket volume,
pp. 176, 3s.

L. REEVE AND CO.’S PUBLICATIONS.

5

A SECOND CENTURY OF ORCHIDACEOUS PLANTS,

selected from the subjects published in Curtis’s ‘Botanical Magazine’ since
the issue of the ‘ First Century.’ Edited by James Bateman, Esq., F.R.S.
Royal 4to. Parts I. to VIII., each with 10 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6d., now
ready. To be completed in 10 parts.

During the fifteeu years that have elapsed since the publication of the ‘ Cen¬
tury of Orchidaceous Plants,’ now out of print, the ‘Botanical Magazine’ has
been the means of introducing to the public nearly two hundred of this favourite
tribe of plants not hitherto described and figured, or very imperfectly so. It is
intended from these to select “ a Second Century,” and the descriptions, writteu
at the time of publication by Sir W. J. Hooker, will be edited, and in many
cases re-written, agreeably with the present more advanced state of our know¬
ledge and experience in the cultivation of Orchidaceous plants, by Mr. Bateman,
the acknowledged successor of Dr. Lindley as the leading authority in this de¬
partment of botany and horticulture.

MONOGRAPH OF ODONTOGLOSSUM, a Genus of the

Vandeous Section of Orchidaceous Plants. By James Bateman, Esq.,
F.R.S. Imperial folio. Parts I. to IV., each with 5 Coloured Plates, and
occasional Wood Engravings, 2 is.

Designed for the illustration, on an unusually magnificent scale, of the new
and beautiful plants of this favoured genus of Orchidacea , which are being now
imported from the mouutain-chains of Mexico, Central America, New Granada,
and Peru.

SELECT ORCHIDACEOUS PLANTS. By Robert

Warner, F.R.H.S. With Notes on Culture by B. S. Williams. In
Ten Parts, folio, each, with 4 Coloured Plates, 12s. 6d. ; or, complete iu
one vol., cloth gilt, £6. 6s.

Second Series, Parts I. and II., each, with 3 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6rf.

PESCATOREA. Figures of Orchidaceous Plants, chiefly

from the Collection of M. Pescatore. Edited by M. Linden, with the
assistance of MM. G. Luddeman, J. E. Planchon, and M. G. Reichen-
bach. Folio, 48 Coloured Plates, cloth, with morocco back, £5. 5s.

THE RHODODENDRONS OF SIKKIM-HIMALAYA ;

being an Account, Botanical and Geographical, of the Rhododendrons re¬
cently discovered in the Mountains of Eastern Himalaya, from Drawings
and Descriptions made on the spot, by Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. By Sir
W. J. Hooker, F.R.S. Folio, 30 Coloured Plates, £3. 16s.

Illustrations on a superb scale of the new Sikkim Rhododendrons, now being
cultivated in England, accompanied by copious observations on their distribution
and habits.

0 L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

GENERA PLANTARUM, ad Exemplaria imprimis in Her-

bariis Kewensibus servata definita. By George Bentham, F.R.S., Pre¬
sident of the Linnean Society, and Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S., Assistant-
Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew. Vol. I. Part I. pp. 454. Royal 8vo,
2D. Part II., 14s.

This important work comprehends an entire revision aud reconstruction of the
Genera of Plants. Unlike the famous Genera Plautarum of Endlicher, which is
now out of print, it is founded on a personal study of every genus by one or
both authors. The First Part contains 56 Natural Orders and 1287 Genera. The
Second contains 11 Orders and 712 Genera. The whole will be completed in
Four or Five Parts.

ELORA OE THE ANTARCTIC ISLANDS • being Part

I. of the Botany of the Antarctic Voyage of H.M. Discovery Ships ‘Ere¬
bus’ and ‘Terror,’ in the years 1839-1843. By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S.
Royal 4to. 2 vols., 574 pp., 200 Plates, £10. 15s. coloured. Published
under the authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.

The ‘ Flora Antarctica’ illustrates the Botany of the southern districts of South
America and the various Antarctic Islands, as the Falklands, Kerguelen’s Land,
Lord Auckland and Campbell’s Island, and 1370 species are enumerated and
described. The plates, which are executed by Mr. Fitch, and beautifully coloured,
illustrate 370 species, including a vast number of exquisite forms of Mosses aud
Seaweeds.

ELORA OF NEW ZEALAND ; being Part II. of the

Botany of the Antarctic Voyage of H.M. Discovery Ships ‘Erebus’ and
‘ Terror,’ in the years 1839-1843. By Dr. J. D, Hooker, F.R.S. Royal
4to, 2 vols., 733 pp., 130 Plates. £1.6. 16s. coloured. Published under
the authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.

The ‘Flora of New Zealand’ contains detailed descriptions of all the plants,
dowering and dowerless, of that group of Islands, collected by the Author during
Sir James Ross’s Antarctic Expedition ; including also the collections of Cook’s
three voyages, Vancouver’s voyages, etc., and most of them previously unpub¬
lished. The species described amount to 1767 ; aud of the Plates, which illus¬
trate 313 Species, many are devoted to the Mosses, Ferns, and Algre, in which
these Islands abound.

ELORA OF TASMANIA ; being Part III. of the Botany

of the Antarctic Voyage of H.M. Discovery Ships ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror,’
in the years 1839-1843. By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Royal 4to, 2
vols., 972 pp., 200 Plates, £17. 10s., coloured. Published under the
authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.

The ‘Flora of Tasmania’ describes all the Plants, flowering and flowerless, of
that Island, consisting of 2203 Species, collected by the Author and others.
The Plates, of which there are 200, illustrate 412. Species.

ON THE ELORA OE AUSTRALIA, its Origin, Affini¬
ties, and Distribution; being an Introductory Essay to the ‘Flora of Tas¬
mania.’ By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. 128 pp., quarto, 10$.

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

7

HANDBOOK OF T1IE NEW ZEALAND FLORA; a

Systematic Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chat¬
ham, Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands.
By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Demy 8vo. Part I., 16s.; Part II., 14s.;
or complete in one vol., 30s. Published under the auspices of the Govern¬
ment of that colony.

A compendious account of the plants of New Zealand and outlying islands,
published under the authority 6f the Government of that colony. The first
Part coutaius the Plowering Plants, Ferns, and Lycopods ; the Second the re¬
maining Orders of Cryptoyamia , or 1'lowerless Plants, with Index and Cata¬
logues of Native Names and of Naturalized Plants.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS ; a Description of the Plants of

the Australian Territory. By George Bentham, F.R.S., President of the
Linnean Society, assisted by Ferdinand Mueleer, F.R.S., Government
Botanist, Melbourne, Victoria. Demy 8vo. Vols. I., II., and III., 20,?. each.
Published under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia.

Of this great undertaking, the present volumes, of nearly two thousand
closely-printed pages, comprise about one-half. The materials are derived
not only from the vast collections of Australian plants brought to this country
by various botanical travellers, and preserved in the herbaria of Kew and of the
British Museum, including those hitherto unpublished of Banks and Solander,
of Captain Cook’s first Voyage, and of Brown in Flinders’, but from the very
extensive and more recently collected specimens preserved in the Government
Herbarium of Melbourne, under the superintendence of Dr. Ferdinand Mueller.
The descriptions are written in plain English, aud are masterpieces of accuracy
and clearness.

FLORA IIONGKONGENSIS ; a Description of the Flow¬
ering Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By George Ben¬
tham, P.L.S. With a Map of the Island. Demy 8vo, 550 pp., 16s.
Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the
Colonies.

The Island of Hongkong, though occupviug an area of scarcely thirty square
miles, is characterized by an extraordinarily varied Flora, partaking, however, of
that of South Continental China, of which comparatively little is known. The
number of Species enumerated iu the present volume is 1056, derived chiefly
from materials collected by Mr. Hinds, Col. Champion, Dr. Hance, Dr. Harlaud,
Mr. Wright, and Mr. Wilford.

FLORA OF THE BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS.

By Dr. Grisebach, F.L.S. Demy 8vo, 806 pp., 37s. 6 d. Published
under the auspices of the Secretary of State for the Colonies.

Containing complete systematic descriptions of the Flowering Plants and
F’erns of the British West Indian Islands, accompanied by an elaborate index of
reference, and a list of Colonial names.

8

L REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

FLORA VITIENSIS; a Description of the Plants of tht

Viti or Fiji Islauds, with an Account of their History, Uses, and Pro¬
perties. By Dr. Berthold Seemann, F.L.S. Royal 4to, Parts I. to V.
each, 10 Coloured Plates, 15s. To be completed in 10 Parts.

This work owes its origin to the Government Mission to Viti, to which the
author was attached as naturalist. In addition to the specimens collected, the
author has investigated all the Polynesian collections of Plants brought to this
country by various botanical explorers since the voyage of Captain Cook.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF MENTONE.

Bv J. Traherne Moggridge. Royal 8vo. Parts I. and II., each, 25 Co¬
loured Plates, 15s.

In this work a full page is devoted to the illustration of each Species, the
drawings being made by the author from specimens collected by him on the spot,
and they exhibit in vivid colours the beautiful aspect which many of our wild
flowers assume south of the Alps.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE NUEVA QUINOLOGIA

OF PAYON, with Observations on the Barks described. By J. E. Howard,
F.L.S. With 27 Coloured Plates by W. Fitch. Imperial folio, half¬
morocco, gilt edges, £0. Gs.

A superbly-coloured volume, illustrative of the most recent researches of Pavon
and his associates among the Cinchona Barks of Peru.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF SIKKIM-HIMALAYAN PLANTS,

chiefly selected from Drawings made in Sikkim, under the superintendence
of the late J. F. Cathcart, Esq., Bengal Civil Service. The Botanical
Descriptions and Analyses by Dr. J. I). Hooker, F.R.S. Imperial folio,
24 Coloured Plates and an Illuminated Title-page by W. Fitch, £5. 5s.

THE LONDON JOURNAL OF BOTANY. Original

Papers by eminent Botanists, Letters from Botanical Travellers, etc. Vol.
VII., completing the Series. Demy 8vo, 23 Plates, 30s.

JOURNAL of botany and kew miscellany.

Original Papers by eminent Botanists, Letters from Botanical Travellers,
etc. Edited by Sir W. J. Hooker, F.R.S. Vols. IV. to IX., Demy 8vo.
12 Plates, £1. 4s. A Complete Set of 9 vols., half-calf, scarce , £10. 16s.

ICONES PLANTARUM. Figures, with brief Descriptive

Characters and Remarks, of New and Rare Plants, selected from the
Author’s Herbarium. By Sir W. J. Hooker, F.R.S. New Series, Vol. V.,
Royal 8vo, 100 plates, 31s. 6 d.

L. REEVE AND CO.’S PUBLICATIONS.

9

FERNS.

— ♦ —

BRITISH FERNS; an Introduction to the study of the

Ferns, Lycopods, and Equiseta indigenous to the British Isles. With
Chapters on the Structure, Propagation, Cultivation, Diseases, Uses, Pre¬
servation, and Distiibution of Ferns. By Margaret Plues. Crown 8vo,
16 Coloured Plates, drawn expressly for the work by W. Fitch, and 55
Wood-Eugravings, 10$. Qd.

One of the ‘ New Series of Natural History for Beginners,’ accurately de¬
scribing all the Ferns and their allies found in Britain, with a Wood-Engraving
of each Species, and Coloured Figures of 32 of the most interesting, including
magnified dissections showing the Venation and Fructification.

THE BRITISH FERNS; or, Coloured Figures and De- «

scriptions, with the needful Analyses of the Fructification and Venation, of
the Ferns of Great Britain and Ireland, systematically arranged. By Sir
W. J. Hooker, F.R.S. Royal 8vo, 66 Plates, £2. 2s.

The British Ferns and their allies are illustrated in this work, from the
pencil of Mr. Fitch. Each Species has a Plate to itself, so that there is ample
room for the details, on a magnified scale, of Fructification and Venation. The
whole are delicately coloured by hand. In the letterpress an interesting account
is given with each species of its geographical distribution in other countries.

GARDEN FERNS; or. Coloured Figures and Descriptions,

with the needful Analyses of the Fructification and Venation, of a Selection
of Exotic Ferns, adapted for Cultivation in the Garden, Hothouse, and Con¬
servatory. By Sir W. J. Hooker, F.R.S. Royal 8vo, 64 Plates, £2. 2s.

A companion volume to the preceding, for the use of those who take an in¬
terest in the cultivation of some of the more beautiful and remarkable varieties
of Exotic Ferns. Here also each Species has a Plate to itself, and the details of
Fructification and Venation are given on a magnified scale, the Drawings being
from the pencil of Mr. Fitch.

FILICES EXOTICA ; or, Coloured Figures and Description

of Exotic Ferns, chiefly of such as are cultivated in the Royal Gardens of
Kew. By Sir W. J. Hooker, F.R.S. Royal 4to, 100 Plates, £6. 11$.

One of the most superbly illustrated books of Foreign Ferns that has been
hitherto produced. The Species are selected both on account of their beauty of
form, singular structure, and their suitableness for cultivation.

FERNY COMBES; a Ramble after Ferns in the Glens and

Valleys of Devonshire. By Charlottte Chanter. Third Edition.
Fcp. 8vo, 8 coloured plates by Fitch, and a Map of the County, 5$.

10

L. REEYE AND CO.’S PUBLICATIONS.

MOSSES.

HANDBOOK OF BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that

are known to be Natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley,
M.A., F.L.S. Demy 8vo, pp. 360, 24 Coloured Plates, 21s.

A very complete Manual, comprising characters of all the species, with the
circumstances of habitation of each; with special chapters on development and
structure, propagation, fructification, geographical distribution, uses, and modes
of collecting and preserving, followed by an extensive series of coloured illustra¬
tions, in which the essential portions of the plant are repeated, in every case on
a magnified scale.

SEAWEEDS.

— —

PHYCOLOGIA BRITANNICA; or, History of British

Seaweeds, containing Coloured Figures, Generic and Specific Characters,
Synonyms and Descriptions of all the Species of Algae inhabiting the
Shores of the British Islands. By Dr. W. H. Harvey, F.R.S. Royal
8vo, 4 vols., 765 pp., 360 Coloured Plates, £6. 6s. Reissue in Monthly
Parts, each 2s. 6 d.

This work, originally published in 1851, is still the standard work on the
subject of which it treats. Each Species, excepting the minute ones, has a
Plate to itself, with magnified portions of structure and fructification, the whole
being printed in their natural colours, finished by hand.

PHYCOLOGIA AUSTRAL1CA; a History of Australian

Seaweeds, comprising Coloured Figures and Descriptions of the more cha¬
racteristic Marine Algae of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South
Australia and Western Australia, and a Synopsis of all known Australian
Algae. By Dr. Harvey, F.R.S. Royal 8yo, 5 vols., 300 Coloured Plates,
£7. 13s.

This beautiful work, the result of au arduous personal exploration of the
shores of the Australian continent, is got up in the style of the ‘ Phvcologia
Britannica’ by the same author. Each Species has a Plate to itself, with ample
magnified delineations of fructification and structure, embodying a variety of
most curious and remarkable forms.

NEREIS AUSTRALIS; or, Algae of the Southern Ocean,

being Figures and Descriptions of Marine Plants collected on the Shores
of the Cape of Good Hope, the extratropical Australian Colonies, Tas¬
mania, New Zealand, and the Antarctic Regions. By Dr. Harvey, F.R.S.
Imperial 8vo, 50 Coloured Plates, £2. 2$.

A selection of Fifty Species of remarkable forms of Seaweed, not included in
the ‘ Phycologia Australica,’ collected over a wider area.

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

11

FUNGI.

— ♦ —

OUTLINES OF BRITISH FUNGOLOGY, containing

Characters of above a Thousand Species of Fungi, and a Complete List of
all that have been described as Natives of the British Isles. By the Rev.
M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S. Demy 8vo, 484 pp., 24 Coloured Plates,
30*.

Although entitled simply ‘Outlines,’ this is a good-sized volume, of nearly 500
pages, illustrated with more than 200 Figures of British Fungi, all carefully
coloured by hand. Of above a thousand Species the characters are given, and
a complete list of the names of all the rest.

THE ESCULENT EUNGUSES OE ENGLAND. Con¬
taining an Account of their Classical History, Uses, Characters, Develop¬
ment, Structure, Nutritious Properties, Modes of Cooking and Preserving,
etc. By C. D. Badham, M.D. Second Edition. Edited by F. Currey,
F.R.S. Demy 8vo, 152 pp., 12 Coloured Plates, 12*.

A lively classical treatise, written with considerable epigrammatic humour,
with the view of showing that we have upwards of 30 Species of Fungi abounding
in our woods capable of affording nutritious and savoury food, but which, from
ignorance or prejudice, are left to perish ungathered. “ I have indeed grieved,”
says the Author, “ when reflecting on the straitened condition of the lower
orders, to see pounds of extempore beefsteaks growing on our oaks, in the shape
of Fistulina hejMtica; Puff-balls, which some have not inaptly compared to
sweetbread ; Hydna , as good as oysters ; and Agaricus deliciosus, reminding us of
tender lamb-kidney.” Superior coloured Figures of the Species are given from
the pencil of Mr. Fitch.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF BRITISH MYCOLOGY, com-

prising Figures and Descriptions of the Funguses of interest and novelty
indigenous to Britain. By Mrs. T. J. Hussey. Royal 4to; First Series,
90 Coloured Plates, £7. 12*. &d. ; Second Series, 50 Coloured Plates,
£4. 10*.

This beautifully-illustrated work is the production of a lady who, being an
accomplished artist, occupied the leisure of many years in accumulating a port¬
folio of exquisite drawings of the more attractive forms and varieties of British
Fungi. The publication was brought to au end with the 140th Plate by her
sudden decease. The Figures are mostly of the natural size, carefully coloured
by hand.

12

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

SHELLS AND MOLLUSKS.

ELEMENTS OE CONCHOLOGY ; an Introduction to the

Natural History of Shells, and of the Animals which form them. By
Lovell Reeve, F.L S. Royal 8vo, 2 vcls., 478 pp., 62 Coloured Plates,
£2. 16*.

Intended as a guide to the collector of shells in arranging and naming his
specimens, while at the same time inducing him to study them with reference
to their once living existence, geographical distribution, and habits. Forty-
six of the plates are devoted to the illustration of the genera of shells, and
sixteen to shells with the living animal, all beautifully coloured by hand.

THE LAND AND ERESH WATER MOLLUSKS indi¬
genous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. By Lovell Reeve, F.L.S.
Crown 8vo, 295 pp., Map, and 160 Wood-Engravings, 10*. Qd.

A complete history of the British Land and Freshwater Shells, and of the
Animals which form them, illustrated by Wood-Engravings of all the Species.
Other features of the work are au Analytical Key, showing at a glance the na¬
tural groups of families and genera, copious Tables and a Map illustrative of
geographical distribution and habits, and a chapter on the Distribution and
Origin of Species.

CONCHOLOGIA ICONICA ; or, Eigures and Descriptions

of the Shells of Mollusks, with remarks on their Affinities, Synonymy, and
Geographical Distribution. By Lovell Reeve, F.L.S. Demy 4to, pub¬
lished monthly in Parts, 8 Plates, carefully coloured by hand, 10*.

Of this work, comprising illustrations of Shells of the natural size, nearly
2000 Plates are published, but the plan of publication admits of the collector
purchasing it at his option in portions, each of which is complete in itself. Each
genus, as t he work progresses, is issued separately, with Title and Index; and an
Alphabetical List of the published genera, with the prices annexed, may be pro¬
cured of the publishers on application. The system of nomenclature adopted
is that of Lamarck, modified to meet the exigencies of later discoveries. With the
name of each species is given a summary of its leading specific characters in
Latin and English; then the authority for the name is quoted, accompanied
by a reference to its original description ; and next in order are its Synonyms.
The habitat of the species is next given, accompanied, where possible, by par¬
ticulars of soil, depth, or vegetation. Finally, a few general remarks are offered,
calling attention to the most obvious distinguishing peculiarities of the species,
with criticisms, where necessary, on the views of other writers. At the com¬
mencement of the genus some notice is taken of the animal, and the habitats
of the species are worked up into a general summary of the geographical distri¬
bution of the genus.

13

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

CONCHOLOGIA ICONICA IN MONOGRAPHS.

Genera.

Plates.

£.

8.

d.

Genera.

Plates.

£.

8.

Achatina .

. 23 ....

. 1

9

0

Ianthina .

.... 0

6

Achatinella .

. 6 ....

. 0

8

0

lo .

. 3 .

.... 0

4

Adamsiella .

2

. 0

3

0

Isocardia .

. 1 .

.... 0

1

Amphidesma .

. 7 ....

. 0

9

0

Lampania .

2

.... 0

3

Ampullahia .

. 28 ....

. 1

15

6

Leiostraca .

. 3 .

.... 0

4

Anastoma .

. 1 ....

. 0

i

6

Leptopoma .

. 8 .

.... 0 10

Anatina .

. 4 ....

. 0

5

6

Lingula .

0

.... 0

3

Ancillaria .

. 12 ....

. 0

15

6

Lithodomus .

.... 0

6

Anculotus .

. 6 ....

. 0

8

0

Littorina .

. 18 .

.... 1

3

Anohia .

. 8 ...

. 0

10

6

Lucina .

.. 11 .

.... 0

1 I

Akca .

. 17 ...

. 1

1

6

Lutraria .

.... o

6

Argonauta .

. 4 ...

. 0

5

6

Mactra .

. 21 .

.... 1

6

Artemis .

. 10 ...

. 0

13

0

Malleus .

. 3 .

.... 0

4

Aspergillum .

. 4 ...

. 0

5

6

Mangella .

.. 8 .

.... 0

10

Avicula .

. 18 ...

. 1

3

0

Margin ella .

. 27 .

.... 1

14

Buccinum .

. 14 ...

. 0 18

0

Melania .

.. 59 .

.... 8

14

Bulimus .

. 89 ...

. 5

12

0

Mklanopsis .

.. 3 ....

.... 0

4

Bullia .

. 4 ...

. 0

5

6

Melatoma .

.. 3 .

.... 0

4

Calyptr^ea .

. 8 ...

. 0

10

6

Meroe .

. 3 .

.... 0

4

Cancellaria .

. 18 ...

. 1

3

0

Mesalia & Eglisia.

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

Capsa .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Mesodesma .

.. 4 .

.... 0

5

Capsella .

2

. 0

3

0

Meta .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

i

Card it a .

. 9 ...

. 0

11

6

Mitra .

.. 39 ....

0

9

Cardium .

. 22 ...

. 1

8

0

Modioi-a .

.. 11 ....

.... 0

14

Carinaria .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Monoceros .

.. 4 ....

.... 0

5

Cassidaria .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Murex .

.. 37 ....

2

7

Cassis .

. 12 ...

. 0

15

6

Myadora .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

Cerithidea .

. 0

5

6

Myochama .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

Cerithium .

. 20 ...

. 1

5

6

Mytilus .

.. 11 ....

.... 0

14

Chama .

. 9 ...

. 0

11

6

Nassa .

.. 29 ....

.... 1

17

Chamostrea .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Natica .

.. 30 ....

.... 1

18

Chiton .

. 33 ...

. 2

0

0

Nautilus .

.. 6 ....

.... 0

8

Chitonellus .

. 1 ...

o

1

6

Navicella & Latia .

.. 8 ....

.... 0

10

Chondropoma ..

. 11 ...

. 0

14

0

Nerita .

.. 19 ....

....*1

4

Circe .

. 10 ...

. 0 13

0

Neritina .

.. 37 ....

2

7

Columbella .

. 37 ...

O

7

0

Niso .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

CoNCHOLEPAS .

2

. 0

3

0

Oliva .

.. 30 ....

.... 1

18

Conus .

. 50 ...

. 3

11

0

Oniscia .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

CORBULA .

. 5 ...

. 0

6

6

Orbicula .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

Crania .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Ovulum .

. 14 ....

.... 0

18

Crassatella .

. 3 ...

. 0

4

0

Paludina .

.. 11 ....

.... 0

14

Crenatula .

2

. 0

3

0

Paludomus .

.. 3 ....

.... 0

4

Crepidula .

. 5 ...

. 0

6

6

Partula .

.. 4 ....

.... 0

5

Ceucibulum .

. 7 ...

. 0

9

0

Patella .

.. 42 ....

2

13

Caclophorus .

. 20 ...

. 1

5

6

Pecten .

.. 35 ....

0

4

Cyclostoma .

. 23 ...

. 1

9

0

Pectunculus .

.. 9 ....

.... 0

11

CvCLOTUS .

. 9 ...

. 0

11

6

Pedum .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

Cymbium .

. 26 ...

. 1

13

0

Pehna .

.. 6 ....

.... 0

8

Cypr^ia .

. 27 ...

. 1

14

6

Phasianella .

.. 6 ....

.... 0

8

Cypricardia .

O

. 0

3

0

Phorus .

.. 3 ....

.... 0

4

Cytherea .

. 10 ...

. 0

13

0

Pinna .

.. 34 ....

2

3

Delphinula .

. 5 ...

. 0

6

6

Pir£na .

.. 2 ....

.... 0

3

Dione .

. 12 ...

. 0

15

6

Placunanomia .

.. 3 ....

.... 0

4

Dolium .

. 8 ...

. 0

10

6

Pleurotoma .

.. 40 ....

0

10

Donax .

. 9 ...

. 0

11

6

Potamides .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

Eburna .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

PSAMMOBIA .

.. 8 ....

. 0

10

Erato .

. 3 ...

. 0

4

0

Psammotella .

.. 1 ....

. 0

1

Eulima .

. 6 ...

. 0

8

0

Pteroceea .

.. 6 ....

. 0

8

Fasciolaria .

. 7 ...

. 0

9

0

Ptehocyclos .

.. 5 ....

. 0

6

Ficula .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Purpura .

. 13 ....

. 0

16

Fissurella .

. 16 ...

. 1

0

6

Pyramidella .

.. 6 ....

. 0

8

Fusus .

. 21 ...

. 1

6

6

Pyrazus .

.. 1 ....

.... 0

1

GtLAUCONOME .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Pyrula .

.. 9 ....

. 0

11

Halia .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Ranella .

.. 8 ....

. 0

10

Haliotis .

. 17 ...

. 1

1

6

Eicinula .

.. 6 ....

. 0

8

Harp a .

. 4 ...

. 0

5

6

Eostellaria .

.. 3 ....

. 0

4

Helix .

. 210 ...

. 13

5

0

Sanguinolaria .

.. 1 ...

. 0

1

Hemipecten .

. 1 ...

. 0

1

6

Scarabus .

.. 3 ....

. 0

4

TTemtstnus ..

. 6 ..

. 0

8

0

SlGARETUS .

.. 5 ....

. 0

6

Hinnites .

. 1 ..

. 0

1

6

SlMPULOPSIS .

2

. 0

3

Hippopus .

. 1 ..

. 0

1

6

Siphonaria .

.. 7 ....

. 0

9

d.

6

0

6

0

0

6

0

6

0

0

6

6

0

8

6

6

0

0

0

8

6

6

6

0

6

0

6

G

0

0

o

0

6

u

0

6

0

6

6

0

0

0

6

0

6

6

6

0

u

0

0

0

0

6

6

6

6

0

6

6

0

6

6

6

0

6

6

0

6

0

0

14

L. REEVE AND CO.’S PUBLICATIONS.

Genera.

Plates.

£. t.

el.

Genera.

Plates.

£. *.

el.

Solarium .

n

. o .

... 0 4

0

Triton .

. 20 .

... 1 5

6

SOLETELLINA .

. 4 .

... 0 5

6

Trochita .

. 3 .

... 0 4

0

Spondylus .

. 18 .

... 1 3

0

Trochus .

. 16 .

... 1 0

6

Strombus .

. 19 .

... 1 4

0

Tugonia .

. 1 .

... 0 1

6

Struthiolaria .

. 1 .

.... 0 1

6

Turbinella .

. 13 .

... 0 16

6

Tapes .

. 13 .

... 0 16

6

Turbo .

. 13 .

... 0 16

6

Telescopium .

. 1 .

... 0 1

6

Turritella .

. 11 .

... 0 14

0

Terebra .

. 27 .

... 1 14

6

Tympanotonos ....

. 2 .

... 0 3

0

Terebellum .

. 1 .

... 0 1

6

Umbrella .

. 1 .

... 0 1

6

Terebratula & Ryn

-

Venus .

. 26 .

.. 1 13

0

CHONELLA .

. 11 .

... 0 14

0

Vertagus .

. 5 .

... 0 6

6

Thbacia .

. 3 .

... 0 4

0

Vitrina .

. 10 .

... 0 13

0

Tornatella .

. 4 .

... 0 5

6

VOLUTA .

. 22 .

... 1 8

0

Tridacna .

. 8 .

... 0 10

6

Vulsella .

2

... 0 3

0

Trigonia .

. 1 .

... 0 1

6

ZlZYPHINUS .

. 8 .

... 0 10

0

CONCHOLOGIA SYSTEMATICA ; or, Complete System of

Conchology. By Lovell Reeve, F.L.S. Demy 4to, 2 vols. pp. 537,
300 Plates, £10. 10<y. coloured.

Of this work only a few copies remain. It is a useful compauion to the
collector of shells, on account of the very large number of specimens figured, a3
many as six plates being devoted in some instances to the illustration of a single
geuus.

THE EDIBLE MOLLUSKS OE GREAT BRITAIN AND

IRELAND, with the modes of cooking them. By M. S. Lovell. Crown
8 vo, 12 Coloured Plates, 8s. bd.

INSECTS.

— ♦ —

CURTIS’S BRITISH ENTOMOLOGY. Illustrations and

Descriptious of the Genera of Insects found in Great Britain and Ireland,
containing Coloured Figures, from nature, of the most rare and beautiful
species, and, in many instances, upon the plants on which they are found.
Royal 8vo, 8 vols., 770 Plates, coloured, £21.

Or in separate Monographs.

Orders.

Plates.

£

8.

d.

Orders.

Plates.

£.

8.

d

Aphaniptkra .

o

0

9

0

Hymenoptera .

. 125 ...

4

0

0

COLEOPTERA .

. 256

8

0

0

Lepidoptera .

. 193 ...

6

0

0

Dermaptera .

. 1 ...

0

1

0

Neuroptera .

. 13 ...

0

9

0

Dictyoptera .

. 1 ...

0

1

0

Omaloptera .

. 6 ...

0

4

6

DtPTERA .

. 103 ...

3

5

0

Orthoptera .

. 5 ...

0

4

0

Hemiptera .

. 32 ...

1

1

0

Strepsiftera .

. 3 ...

0

0

6

Homoptera .

. 21 ...

0 14

0

Trichoptera .

. 9 ...

0

6

6

‘Curtis’s Entomology,’ which Cuvier pronounced to have “reached the ulti¬
matum of perfection,” is still the standard work on the Genera of British In¬
sects. The Figures executed by the author himself, with wonderful minuteness
and accuracy, have never been surpassed, even if equalled. The price at which
the work was originally published was £43. 10s.

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

15

BRITISH BEETLES ; an Introduction to the study of our

Indigenous Coleoptera. By E. C. Rye. Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured
Steel Plates, comprising Figures of nearly 100 Species, engraved from
Natural Specimens, expressly for the work, by E. W. Robinson, and 11
Wood-Engravings of Dissections by the Author, 10s. 6 d.

This little work forms the first of a New Series designed to assist young per¬
sons to a more profitable, and, consequently, more pleasurable observation of
Nature, by furnishing them in a familiar manner with so much of the science as
they may acquire without encumbering them with more of the technicalities, so
confusing and repulsive to beginners, than are necessary for their purpose. In
the words of the Preface, it is “ somewhat on the scheme of a Delectus ; com¬
bining extracts from the biographies of individual objects with principles of
classification and hints for obtaining further knowledge.”

BRITISH BEES ; an Introduction to the study of the Na¬
tural History and Economy of the Bees indigenous to the British Isles.
By W. E. Shuckard. Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured Steel Plates, containing
nearly 100 Figures, engraved from Natural Specimens, expressly for the
work, by E. W. Robinson, and Woodcuts of Dissections, 10s. 6 d.

A companion volume to that on British Beetles, treating of the structure,
geographical distribution and classification of Bees and their parasites, with lists
of the species found in Britain, and an account of their habits and economy.

BRITISH SPIDERS ; an Introduction to the study of the

Araneida; found in Great Britain and Ireland. By E. F. Staveley.
Crown 8vo, 16 Plates, containing Coloured Figures of nearly 100 Species,
aud 40 Diagrams, showing the number and position of the eyes in various
Genera, drawn expressly for the work by Tuffen West, and 44 Wood-
Engravings, 10s. 6d.

One of the ‘ New Series of Natural History for Beginners,’ and companion
volume to the ‘ British Beetles ’ and ‘ British Bees.’ It treats of the structure
and classification of Spiders, and describes those found in Britain, with notes on
their habits and hints for collecting and preserving.

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS ; an Introduc¬
tion to the study of our Native Lepidoptera. By H. T. Stainton.
Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured Steel Plates, containing Figures of 100 Species,
engraved from Natural Specimens expressly for the work by E. W. Robin¬
son, and Wood-Engravings, 10s. Gd.

Another of the c New Series of Natural History for Beginners and Amateurs,’
treating of the structure aud classification of the Lepidoptera.

16

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

INSECTA BRITANNICA ; Yols. II. and III, Diptera. By

Francis Walker, F.L.S. 8vo, each, with 10 plates, 25,?.

ANTIQUARIAN.

MAN’S AGE IN THE WORLD ACCORDING TO

HOLY SCRIPTURE AND SCIENCE. By an Essex Rector. Demy
8vo, 264 pp., 8.?. Gd.

The Author, recognizing the established facts and inevitable deductions of
Science, and believing all attempts to reconcile them with the commonly re¬
ceived, but erroneous, literal interpretation of Scripture, not only futile, but detri¬
mental to the cause of Truth, seeks an interpretation of the Sacred Writings on
general principles, consistent alike with their authenticity, when rightly under¬
stood, and with the exigencies of Science. He treats in successive chapters of
The Flint Weapons of the Drift, — The Creation, — The Paradisiacal State, — The
Genealogies, — The Deluge,— Babel and the Dispersion ; and adds an Appendix
of valuable information from various sources.

THE ANTIQUITY OF MAN. An Examination of Sir

Charles Ly ell’s recent Work. By S. R. Pattison, F.G.S. Second Edi¬
tion. 8vo, !<?.

A MANUAL OF BRITISH ARCHAEOLOGY. By

Charles Boutell, M.A. Royal 16mo, 398 pp., 20 coloured plates,
10,?. Gd.

A treatise on general subjects of antiquity, written especially for the student
of archaeology, as a preparation for more elaborate works. Architecture, Se¬
pulchral Monuments, Heraldry, Seals, Coins, Illuminated Manuscripts and In¬
scriptions, Arms and Armour, Costume and Personal Ornaments, Pottery, Por¬
celain and Glass, Clocks, Locks, Carvings, Mosaics, Embroidery, etc., are treated
of in succession, the whole being illustrated by 20 attractive Plates of Coloured
Figures of the various objects.

L. IlEEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

17

THE BEWICK COLLECTOR. A Descriptive Catalogue

of the Works of Thomas and John Bewick, including Cuts, in various
states, for Books and Pamphlets, Private Gentlemen, Public Companies,
Exhibitions, Races, Newspapers, Shop Cards, Invoice Heads, Bar Bills,
Coal Certificates, Broadsides, and other miscellaneous purposes, and Wood
Blocks. With an Appendix of Portraits, Autographs, Works of Pupils, etc.
The whole described from the Originals contained in the Largest and most
Perfect Collection ever formed, and illustrated with a Hundred and Twelve
Cuts from Bewick’s own Blocks. By the Rev. Thomas Hugo, M.A., F.S.A.,
the Possessor of the Collection. Demy 8vo, pp. 562, price 21$.; im¬
perial 8vo (limited to 100 copies), with a fine Steel Engraving of Thomas
Bewick, £2. 2s. The Portrait may be had separately, on imperial folio,
price 7 s. &d.

%

WHITNEY’S “CHOICE OF EMBLEMESj” a Facsimile

Reprint by Photo-lithography. With an Introductory Dissertation, Essays
Literary and Bibliographical, and Explanatory Notes. By HeNuy Green,
M.A. Post 4to, pp. lxxxviii., 468. 72 Facsimile Plates, 42$.

A beautiful and interesting reproduction by Photo-lithography of one of the
best specimens of this curious class of literature of the sixteenth century. An
Introductory Dissertation of eighty-eight pages traces the history of Emblematic
Literature from the earliest times, and gives an Account of the Life and Writings
of Geoffrey Whitney, followed by an Index to the Mottoes, with Tra nslations
and some Proverbial Expressions. The facsimile reproduction of the ‘ Emblems,
with their quaint pictorial Illustrations, occupies 230 pages. Then follow
Essays on the Subjects and Sources of the Mottoes and Devices, on Obsolete
Words in Whitney, with parallels, chiefly from Chaucer, Spenser, and Shake¬
speare; Biographical Notices of some other emblem-writers to whom Whitney
was indebted; Shakespeare’s references to emblem-books, and to Whitney’s em¬
blems in particular; Literary and Biographical Notes explanatory of some of
Whitney’s emblems, and of the persons to whom they are dedicated. Seventy-
two exceedingly curious plates, reproduced iu facsimile, illustrate this portiou of
the work, and a copious General Index concludes the volume.

SHAKESPEARE’S SONNETS, Facsimile, by Pboto-Zinco-

graphv, of the First Printed edition of 1609. From the Copy in the
Library of Bridgewater House, by permission of the Right Hon. the Earl
of Ellesmere. 10$. 6d.

18

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

MISCELLANEOUS.

— ♦- —

LIVE COALS ; or, Paces from the Eire. By Miss Budgen,

“Acheta,” Author of ‘ Episodes of Insect Life/ etc. Dedicated, by Special
Permission, to H.R.H. Field-Marshal the Duke of Cambridge. Royal
4to, 35 Original Sketches printed in colours, 42s.

The ‘Episodes of Insect Life,’ published in three series some years since, and
so favourably received, will pleasantly recall to the mind of every one acquainted
with that Work the power of graphic description, the playful fancy, the fertile
imagination, and the humorous and artistic pencil of its gifted Author. The
talent and genius therein displayed won, unsolicited, from the late Prince Con¬
sort, a graceful acknowledgment in the presentation to the Author of a copy of a
book, ‘ The Natural History of Deeside/ privately printed by command of Her
Majesty the Queen. The above Work comprises a series of Thirty-five highly
imaginative and humorous Sketches, suggested by burning Coals and Wood; ac¬
companied by Essays, descriptive aud discursive, on: — The Imagery of Accident
— The Fire in a New Light — The Fire an Exhibitor— The Fire a Sculptor.

METEORS, AEROLITES, AND FALLING STARS. By

Dr. T. L. Phipson, F.C.S. Crown 8vo. 25 Woodcuts and Lithogra¬
phic Frontispiece, 6s.

A very complete summary of Meteoric Phenomena, from the earliest to the
present time, including the shower of November, 1866, as observed by the
Author.

SUNSHINE AND SHOWERS: their Influences through¬
out Creation. A Compendium of Popular Meteorology. By Andrew
Steinmetz, Esq., of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Lavv, Author of ‘A
Manual of Weather- Casts,5 etc. etc. Crown 8vo, Wood Engravings,
7 s. 6 d.

This Work not only treats fully all the leading topics of Meteorology, but es¬
pecially of the use of the Hygrometer, for which systematic Rules are now for
the first time drawn up. Among other interesting and useful subjects, are chap¬
ters on Rainfall in England and Europe in general — Wet aud Dry Years — Tem¬
perature and Moisture with respect to the health of Plants and Animals — The
Wonders of Evaporation— Soil Temperature — The Influence of Trees on Climate
and Water Supply — The Prognostication of the Seasons and Harvest — The
Characteristics and Meteorology of the Seasons — Rules of the Barometer — Rules
of the Thermometer as a Weather Glass — Popular Weather-casts — Anemometry
— and finally, "What becomes of the Sunshine — and what becomes of the
Showers.

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

19

THE REASONING POWER IN ANIMALS. By the Rev.

J. S. Watson, M.A. 480 pp. Crown 8vo, 9s.

The object of the above treatise is to trace the evidences of the existence in
the lower animals of a portion of that reason which is possessed by man. A
large number of carefully-selected and well-authenticated anecdotes are adduced
of various animals having displayed a degree of intelligence distinct from in¬
stinct, and called into activity by circumstances in which the latter could have
been no guide.

MANUAL OE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS, Qualitative and

Quantitative; for the Use of Students. By Dr. Henry M. Noad, F.R.S.
Crown 8vo, pp. 663, 109 Wood Engravings, 16s. Or, separately, Part I.,
‘QUALITATIVE,’ 6s.; Part II., ‘QUANTITATIVE,’ 10s. 6<A

A Copiously-illustrated, Useful, Practical Manual of Chemical Analysis, pre¬
pared for the Use of Students by the Lecturer on Chemistry at St. George’s
Hospital. The illustrations consist of a series of highly-finished Wood-Engra¬
vings, chiefly of the most approved forms and varieties of apparatus.

PHOSPHORESCENCE; or, the Emission of Light by Mine¬
rals, Plants, and Animals. By Dr. T. L. Phipson, F.C.S. Small 8vo,
225 pp., 30 Wood Engravings and Coloured Frontispiece, 5s.

An interesting summary of the various phosphoric phenomena that have been
observed in nature, — in the mineral, in the vegetable, and in the animal world.

THE GEOLOGIST. A Magazine of Geology, Palaeontology,

and Mineralogy. Illustrated with highly finished Wood - Engravings.
Edited by.S. J. Mackie, F.G.S., F.S.A. Vols. V. and VI., each, with nu¬
merous Wood-Engravings, 18s. Vol. VII., 9s.

THE ZOOLOGY OE THE YOYAGE OE H.M.S. SA-

MARANG, under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher, C.B., during
the Years 1843-46. By Professor Owen, Dr. J. E. Gray, Sir J. Richard¬
son, A. Adams, L. Reeve, and A. White. Edited by Arthur Adams,
F.L.S. Royal 4to, 257 pp., 55 Plates, mostly coloured, £3. IDs.

In this work, illustrative of the new species of animals collected during the
surveying expedition of H.M.S. Samarang in the Eastern Seas in the years 1843-
1846, there are 7 Plates of Quadrupeds, 1 of Reptiles, 10 of Fishes, 24 of Mol-
lusca and Shells, and 13 of Crustacea. The Mollusca, which are particularly in¬
teresting, include the anatomy of SpiniJa by Professor Owen, and a number of
beautiful Figures of the living animals by Mr. Arthur Adams.

20

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

TRAVELS ON THE AMAZON AND RIO NEGRO;

with an Account of the Native Tribes, and Observations on the Climate,
Geology, and Natural History of the Amazon Valley. By Alfred R.
Wallace. Demy 8vo, 541 pp., with Map and Tinted Frontispiece, 18s.

A lively narrative of travels in one of the most interesting districts of the
Southern Hemisphere, accompanied by Remarks on the Vocabularies of the
Languages, by Dr. R. G. Latham.

A SURVEY OF THE EARLY GEOGRAPHY OF

WESTERN EUROPE, as connected with the First Inhabitants of Britain,
their Origin, Language, Religious Rites, and Edifices. By Henry Lawes
Long, Esq. 8vo, 6s.

LITERARY PAPERS ON SCIENTIFIC SUBJECTS.

Bv the late Professor Edward Forbes, F.R.S., selected from his Writings
in the ‘Literary Gazette.’ With a Portrait and Memoir. Small 8vo, 6s.

GUIDE TO COOL-ORCHID GROWING. By James

Bateman, Esq., F.R.S., Author of ‘The Orchidacem of Mexico and Gua¬
temala.’ Woodcuts, Is.

THE STEREOSCOPIC MAGAZINE. A Gallery for the

Stereoscope of Landscape Scenery, Architecture, Antiquities, Natural His¬
tory, Rustic Character, etc. With Descriptions. 5 vols., each complete
in itself and containing 50 Stereographs, £2. 2s.

THE ARTIFICIAL PRODUCTION OF FISH. By Pis-

carius. Third Edition. Is.

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

2 L

RECENTLY PUBLISHED.

— ♦ —

STAINTON'S BRITISH BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS.

16 Coloured Plates, 10$. 6 d.

PLUES'S BRITISH GRASSES. 16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6d.
LOVELL'S EDIBLE MOLLUSKS OF BRITAIN. 8s. 6rf.
STEINMETZ'S SUNSHINE AND SHOWERS. 7s. 6d.
WATSON'S REASONING POWER IN ANIMALS. 9s.
LIVE COALS; or, Faces from the Fire. By the Author of

‘ Episodes of Insect Life.’ 42s.

PHIPSON'S METEORS, AEROLITES, AND FALLING

STARS. 6s.

BENTHAM'S HANDBOOK OF THE BRITISH FLORA.

New Edition, 12s.

BENTHAM'S ILLUSTRATED BRITISH FLORA. Two

Vols. 8 vo, 1295 Wood-Engravings, 70s.

SECOND CENTURY OF ORCHIDACEOUS PLANTS.

Edited by James Bateman, Esq. Royal 4to, Part VIII., with 10 Coloured
Plates, 10s. 6 d.

BATEMAN’S ODONTOGLOSSUM. Imperial Folio. Part

IV., with 5 Coloured Plates, 21s.

PLUES’S BRITISH FERNS. 1G Coloured Plates, 10s. 6 d.
RYE’S BRITISH BEETLES. 16 Coloured Plates, 10s. Gd.
SHUCKARD’S BRITISH BEES. lGColoured Plates, 10s. 6d.
STAVELEY’S BRITISH SPIDERS. 16 Coloured Plates,

10i. 6 d.

BENTHAM’S FLORA AU STRALIEN SIS. Vol. III. 20s.
HOOKER’S FLORA OF NEW ZEALAND. Part II. 14s.
SEEMANN’S FLORA VITIENSIS. Royal 4to. Part V.,

with 10 Coloured Plates, 15s.

HUGO’S “BEWICK COLLECTOR.” Demy 8vo, 21s.;

Imperial 8vo, with Portrait of T. Bewick, 42s.

22

L. 11EEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

I

NEW SERIES OF NATURAL HISTORY FOR

BEGINNERS.

— ♦ —

*%* A good introductory series of books on Natural History for the use of
students and amateurs is still a desideratum. Those at present in use have
been too much compiled from antiquated sources ; while the figures, copied
in many instances from sources equally antiquated, are far from accurate, the
colouring of them having become degenerated through the adoption, for the
sake of cheapness, of mechanical processes.

The present series will be entirely the result of original research carried to its
most advanced point; and the figures, which will be chiefly engraved on steel, by
the artist most highly renowned in each department for his technical knowledge
of the subjects, will in all cases be drawn from actual specimens, and coloured
separately by hand.

Each work will treat of a department of Natural History sufficiently limited
in extent to admit of a satisfactory degree of fulness ; a closer study of a limited
subject being both more interesting, and preferable as a mental discipline, than a
superficial acquaintance with a wider range.

The following are now ready:—

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our

Indigenous Coleoptera. By E. C. Rye. Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured
Steel Plates, comprising Figures of nearly 100 Species, engraved from
Natural Specimens, expressly for the work, by E. W. Robinson, and 11
Wood-Engravings of Dissections by the Author, 10.?. 6d.

BRITISH BEES ; an Introduction to the Study of our Na¬
tural History and Economy of the Bees indigenous to the British Isles.
By W. E. Shuckard. Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured Steel Plates, containing
nearly 100 Figures, engraved from Natural Specimens, expressly for the
work, by E. W. Robinson, and Woodcuts of Dissections, lOs. 6d.

BRITISH SPIDERS ; an Introduction to the Study of the

Araneidte found in Great Britain and Ireland. By E. F. Staveley.
Crown 8vo, 16 Plates, containing Coloured Figures of nearly 100 Species,
and 40 Diagrams, showing the number and position of the eyes in various
Genera, drawn expressly for the work by Tuefen West, and 44 Wood-
Engravings, 10s. 6d.

BRITISH PERNS ; an Introduction to the Study of the Ferns,

Lycopods, and Equiseta indigenous to the British Isles. With Chapters
on the Structure, Propagation, Cultivation, Diseases, Uses, Preservation,
and Distribution of Ferns. By Margaret Plues. Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured
Plates, drawn expressly for the work by W. Fitch, aud 55 Wood-Engrav¬
ings, 10s. tid .

23

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

BRITISH GRASSES; an Introduction to the study of the

Grasses found in the British Isles. By M. Plues. Crown 8vo, 1G
Coloured Plates, and 100 Wood-Engravings, 10s. Got

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS; an Introduc¬
tion to the study of our Native Lepidoptera. By II. T. Stainton.
Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured Steel Plates, containing Figures of 100 Species,
engraved from Natural Specimens expressly for the work by E. W. Robin¬
son, and Wood-Engravings, 10s. Gd.

The following are in preparation:—

BRITISH SEAWEEDS ; an Introduction to the study of

the Marine Alg.e of Britain. By S. O. Gray. Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured
Plates, and Wood-Engravings, 10s. Gd. \ln the press.

BRITISH ELIES; an Introduction to the study of the

Diptera of Britain. By W. E. Shuckard. Crown 8vo, 16 Coloured
Plates, and Wood-Engravings, 10s. Gd.

%

BRITISH WASPS AND ANTS; an Introduction to the

study of the IIymenoptera of Britain. By W. E. Shuckard. Crown
8vo, 1G Coloured Plates, and Wood-Engravings, 10s. Gd.

BRITISH INSECTS; an Introduction to the study of the

Insects of Britain. By E. F. Staveley. Crown 8vo, 1G Coloured Plates,
and Wood-Engravings, 10s. Gd.

And other Works.

24

L. REEVE AND CO.’s PUBLICATIONS.

FORTHCOMING WORKS.

— ♦ —

BRITISH FLIES. By W. E. Shuckard.

[In preparation.

BRITISH WASPS. By W. E. Shuckard.

[In preparation.

BRITISH INSECTS. By E. F. Staveley.

[In preparation.

BRITISH SEAWEEDS. By S. 0. Gray.

[In the press.

THE YOUNG COLLECTOR’S HANDY BOOK OF BO-

TANY. By the Rev. H. P. Dunster.

THE YOUNG COLLECTOR’S HANDY BOOK OF RE-

CREATIVE SCIENCE. By the Rev. H. P. Dunster.

SECOND CENTURY OF ORCHIDACEOUS PLANTS.

By James Bateman, Esq. Part IX.

MONOGRAPH OF ODONTOGLOSSUM. Bv James

Bateman, Esq. Part V.

FLORA VITIENSIS. By Dr. Seemann. Part VI.
FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS. By G. Bentham. Vol. IV.

LONDON :

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

M6/Z73

Library
of the

University of Toronto